GPON OLT High-end Multi-service Routing OLT User Manual

Command Line Reference Manual

1. Accessing Switch
2. Port Configuration
3. VLAN
4. IP Interface
5. ARP
6. DHCP
7. Local IP Address Pool
8. Static Route
9. RIP
10. OSPF
11. BGP
12. Multicast
13. ACL
14. QOS
15. STP
16. 802.1x
17. SNTP Client
18. Syslog
19. SSH
20. VRRP
21. Switch Management and Maintenance
22. LLDP
23. Flex Links
24. CFM
25. PPPoE Plus
26. BFD
27. ERRP
28. OLT Slot Management
29. PON
30. ONU Management
31. PSG Management
32. Controllable Multicast Profile
Management
 Content
Chapter 1 Switch Logging in Command......................................................- 1 -
1.1 Switch Logging in Command...............................................................- 1 -
1.1.1 cls.............................................................................................. - 1 -
1.1.2 configure terminal......................................................................- 2 -
1.1.3 enable........................................................................................ - 2 -
1.1.4 end............................................................................................ - 3 -
1.1.5 exit............................................................................................. - 4 -
1.1.6 help............................................................................................ - 4 -
1.1.7 hostname...................................................................................- 5 -
1.1.8 interface.....................................................................................- 6 -
1.1.9 interface range...........................................................................- 6 -
1.1.10 muser.......................................................................................- 7 -
1.1.11 quit........................................................................................... - 8 -
1.1.12 show muser.............................................................................- 9 -
1.1.13 show tacacs+...........................................................................- 9 -
1.1.14 show username.......................................................................- 9 -
1.1.15 stop........................................................................................ - 10 -
1.1.16 tacacs+..................................................................................- 10 -
1.1.17 terminal language..................................................................- 11 -
1.1.18 timeout...................................................................................- 12 -
1.1.19 username username privilege...............................................- 13 -
1.1.20 username change-password.................................................- 14 -
Chapter 2 Port Configuration Command...................................................- 16 -
2.1 Ethernet Interface Configuration Command......................................- 16 -
2.1.1 clear interface..........................................................................- 17 -
2.1.2 combo......................................................................................- 18 -
2.1.3 description...............................................................................- 18 -

I
 2.1.4 duplex......................................................................................- 19 -
2.1.5 flow-control..............................................................................- 20 -
2.1.6 ingress acceptable-frame........................................................- 21 -
2.1.7 ingress filtering........................................................................- 22 -
2.1.8 priority......................................................................................- 22 -
2.1.9 show description......................................................................- 23 -
2.1.10 show interface.......................................................................- 24 -
2.1.11 show statistics interface.........................................................- 24 -
2.1.12 show statistics higig...............................................................- 25 -
2.1.13 clear higig-statistics...............................................................- 26 -
2.1.14 shutdown...............................................................................- 27 -
2.1.15 port-control mode..................................................................- 27 -
2.1.16 show port-control mode.........................................................- 28 -
2.1.17 speed.....................................................................................- 29 -
2.1.18 switchport mode....................................................................- 30 -
2.1.19 switchport trunk allowed vlan.................................................- 30 -
2.1.20 switchport trunk default vlan..................................................- 31 -
2.1.21 show statistics dynamic interface..........................................- 32 -
2.1.22 show utilization interface........................................................- 32 -
2.1.23 local-switch............................................................................- 33 -
2.2 Interface Mirror Configuration Command...........................................- 34 -
2.2.1 mirror destination-interface......................................................- 34 -
2.2.2 mirror source-interface.............................................................- 35 -
2.2.3 show mirror..............................................................................- 35 -
2.3 Port CAR Configuration Command....................................................- 36 -
2.3.1 port-car....................................................................................- 36 -
2.3.2 port-car-open-time...................................................................- 37 -
2.3.3 port-car-rate.............................................................................- 37 -
2.3.4 show port-car...........................................................................- 38 -
2.4 Port LACP Configuration Command..................................................- 38 -
2.4.1 channel-group..........................................................................- 39 -

II
 2.4.2 channel-group mode................................................................- 40 -
2.4.3 channel-group load-balance....................................................- 41 -
2.4.4 higig-trunk load-balance..........................................................- 41 -
2.4.5 lacp system-priority..................................................................- 42 -
2.4.6 lacp port-priority.......................................................................- 43 -
2.4.7 show higig-trunk load-balance.................................................- 43 -
2.4.8 show utilization higig................................................................- 44 -
2.4.9 show lacp sys-id......................................................................- 44 -
2.4.10 show lacp internal..................................................................- 45 -
2.4.11 show statistics channel-group................................................- 46 -
2.4.12 clear channel-group...............................................................- 46 -
2.4.13 show statistics dynamic channel-group.................................- 47 -
2.4.14 show utilization channel-group..............................................- 47 -
2.4.15 show lacp neighbor................................................................- 48 -
2.5 Port Alarm Configuration Command..................................................- 49 -
2.5.1 alarm all-packets.....................................................................- 49 -
2.5.2 alarm all-packets threshold......................................................- 49 -
2.5.3 show alarm all-packets............................................................- 50 -
2.5.4 show alarm all-packets interface.............................................- 51 -
2.6 Interface shutdown-control Configuration Command.........................- 52 -
2.6.1 shutdown-control.....................................................................- 52 -
2.6.2 shutdown-control-open-time....................................................- 52 -
2.6.3 no shutdown-control-recover...................................................- 53 -
2.6.4 show shutdown-control............................................................- 53 -
Chapter 3 VLAN Configuration Command................................................- 55 -
3.1 VLAN Configuration...........................................................................- 55 -
3.1.1 description...............................................................................- 55 -
3.1.2 show vlan.................................................................................- 56 -
3.1.3 switchport................................................................................- 56 -
3.1.4 vlan.......................................................................................... - 58 -
3.2 GVRP Configuration Command.........................................................- 59 -

III
 3.2.1 gvrp.......................................................................................... - 59 -
3.2.2 show gvrp................................................................................- 60 -
3.2.3 show gvrp interface.................................................................- 60 -
3.2.4 garp permit vlan.......................................................................- 61 -
3.2.5 show garp permit vlan..............................................................- 61 -
3.3 QinQ command..................................................................................- 62 -
3.3.1 dtag.......................................................................................... - 62 -
3.3.2 dtag inner-tpid..........................................................................- 63 -
3.3.3 dtag outer-tpid.........................................................................- 63 -
3.3.4 dtag mode................................................................................- 64 -
3.3.5 show dag.................................................................................- 64 -
3.3.6 dtag insert................................................................................- 65 -
3.3.7 show dag insert.......................................................................- 65 -
3.3.8 dtag swap................................................................................- 66 -
3.3.9 show dag swap........................................................................- 66 -
3.3.10 dtag pass-through..................................................................- 67 -
3.3.11 show dag pass-through..........................................................- 67 -
3.4 l2-tunnel Configuration.......................................................................- 68 -
3.4.1 l2-tunnel...................................................................................- 68 -
3.4.2 show l2-tunnel interface...........................................................- 69 -
3.4.3 l2-tunnel drop-threshold...........................................................- 69 -
3.4.4 show l2-tunnel drop-threshold.................................................- 70 -
Chapter 4 IP Interface Configuration Command.......................................- 71 -
4.1 IP Interface Configuration Command.................................................- 71 -
4.1.1 arp-proxy.................................................................................- 71 -
4.1.2 interface vlan-interface............................................................- 72 -
4.1.3 interface supervlan-interface...................................................- 72 -
4.1.4 ip address................................................................................- 73 -
4.1.5 ip address primary...................................................................- 74 -
4.1.6 ip address range......................................................................- 74 -
4.1.7 ip def cpu.................................................................................- 75 -

IV
 4.1.8 ip def cpu vlan.........................................................................- 75 -
4.1.9 show ip interface supervlan-interface......................................- 76 -
4.1.10 show ip interface vlan-interface.............................................- 77 -
4.1.11 show ip def cpu......................................................................- 77 -
4.1.12 subvlan..................................................................................- 78 -
4.1.13 urpf........................................................................................- 78 -
4.1.14 show urpf...............................................................................- 79 -
Chapter 5 ARP Configuration Command...................................................- 80 -
5.1 ARP Configuration Command............................................................- 80 -
5.1.1 arp........................................................................................... - 81 -
5.1.2 arp bind dynamic.....................................................................- 82 -
5.1.3 arp aging..................................................................................- 83 -
5.1.4 show arp..................................................................................- 83 -
5.1.5 show arp aging-time................................................................- 84 -
5.1.6 arp-attack-protect....................................................................- 84 -
5.1.7 show arp-attack-protect...........................................................- 85 -
5.1.8 arp anti-flood............................................................................- 86 -
5.1.9 arp anti-flood action.................................................................- 86 -
5.1.10 arp anti-flood recover-time.....................................................- 87 -
5.1.11 arp anti-flood recover.............................................................- 87 -
5.1.12 show arp anti-flood................................................................- 88 -
5.1.13 arp anti-flood bind blackhole..................................................- 88 -
5.1.14 arp anti-spoofing....................................................................- 89 -
5.1.15 arp anti-spoofing unknown.....................................................- 90 -
5.1.16 arp anti-spoofing valid-check.................................................- 90 -
5.1.17 arp anti-spoofing deny-disguiser............................................- 91 -
5.1.18 show arp anti-spoofing...........................................................- 92 -
5.1.19 arp anti trust...........................................................................- 92 -
5.1.20 arp-dos-protect......................................................................- 92 -
5.1.21 show arp-dos-protect.............................................................- 93 -
5.1.22 arp overwrite..........................................................................- 93 -

V
 5.1.23 show arp overwrite.................................................................- 94 -
Chapter 6 DHCP Configuration Command................................................- 95 -
6.1 DHCP Configuration Command.........................................................- 95 -
6.1.1 dhcp-relay................................................................................- 95 -
6.1.2 dhcp-relay hide server-ip.........................................................- 96 -
6.1.3 dhcp-server..............................................................................- 97 -
6.1.4 dhcp-snooping.........................................................................- 98 -
6.1.5 dhcp-snooping trust.................................................................- 99 -
6.1.6 dhcp-snooping max-clients......................................................- 99 -
6.1.7 dhcp option82........................................................................- 100 -
6.1.8 dhcp option82 strategy..........................................................- 100 -
6.1.9 dhcp option82 format.............................................................- 101 -
6.1.10 dhcp option82 circuit-id string..............................................- 102 -
6.1.11 dhcp option82 remote-id string.............................................- 103 -
6.1.12 ip-source-guard...................................................................- 104 -
6.1.13 ip-source-guard bind ip........................................................- 104 -
6.1.14 show dhcp-relay..................................................................- 105 -
6.1.15 show dhcp-relay hide server-ip............................................- 105 -
6.1.16 show dhcp-server................................................................- 106 -
6.1.17 show dhcp-server inerface...................................................- 106 -
6.1.18 show dhcp-snooping interface.............................................- 107 -
6.1.19 show dhcp-snooping vlan....................................................- 108 -
6.1.20 show ip-source-guard bind ip...............................................- 108 -
6.1.21 show dhcp-snooping clients.................................................- 109 -
Chapter 7 Local IP Address Pool Configuration Command.....................- 110 -
7.1 Local IP Address Pool Configuration Command..............................- 110 -
7.1.1 dhcp-client.............................................................................- 110 -
7.1.2 dns primary-ip........................................................................- 111 -
7.1.3 dns second-ip.........................................................................- 112 -
7.1.4 dns third-ip.............................................................................- 112 -
7.1.5 dns fourth-ip...........................................................................- 113 -

VI
 7.1.6 dns suffix................................................................................- 114 -
7.1.7 gateway.................................................................................- 114 -
7.1.8 ip............................................................................................- 115 -
7.1.9 ip-bind....................................................................................- 116 -
7.1.10 ip pool..................................................................................- 116 -
7.1.11 lease....................................................................................- 117 -
7.1.12 section.................................................................................- 117 -
7.1.13 show dhcp-client..................................................................- 118 -
7.1.14 show ip-bind.........................................................................- 119 -
7.1.15 show ip pool.........................................................................- 119 -
7.1.16 wins primary-ip....................................................................- 120 -
7.1.17 wins second-ip.....................................................................- 120 -
Chapter 8 Static Routing Configuration Command.................................- 122 -
8.1 Static Routing Configuration Command...........................................- 122 -
8.1.1 ip route...................................................................................- 122 -
8.1.2 show ip route.........................................................................- 123 -
Chapter 9 RIP Configuration Command..................................................- 125 -
9.1 RIP Configuration Command...........................................................- 125 -
9.1.1 auto-summary........................................................................- 126 -
9.1.2 host-route..............................................................................- 126 -
9.1.3 ip rip authentication................................................................- 127 -
9.1.4 ip rip input..............................................................................- 128 -
9.1.5 ip rip metricin.........................................................................- 128 -
9.1.6 ip rip metricout.......................................................................- 129 -
9.1.7 ip rip output............................................................................- 130 -
9.1.8 ip rip split...............................................................................- 130 -
9.1.9 ip rip version..........................................................................- 131 -
9.1.10 ip rip work............................................................................- 132 -
9.1.11 network................................................................................- 132 -
9.1.12 router rip..............................................................................- 133 -
9.1.13 ip prefix-list..........................................................................- 134 -

VII
 9.1.14 ip prefix-list default...............................................................- 136 -
9.1.15 show ip prefix-list.................................................................- 137 -
9.1.16 redistribute...........................................................................- 137 -
9.1.17 distribute-list........................................................................- 139 -
9.1.18 show ip rip...........................................................................- 139 -
9.1.19 show ip rip interface.............................................................- 140 -
Chapter 10 OSPF Configuration Command............................................- 141 -
10.1 OSPF configuration command.......................................................- 141 -
10.1.1 area authentication..............................................................- 142 -
10.1.2 area default-cost..................................................................- 143 -
10.1.3 area range...........................................................................- 144 -
10.1.4 area nssa.............................................................................- 145 -
10.1.5 area stub..............................................................................- 146 -
10.1.6 area virtual-link....................................................................- 147 -
10.1.7 default-information originate................................................- 149 -
10.1.8 default redistribute metric....................................................- 150 -
10.1.9 default redistribute type.......................................................- 151 -
10.1.10 ip ospf authentication-key..................................................- 152 -
10.1.11 ip ospf cost.........................................................................- 153 -
10.1.12 ip ospf dead-interval..........................................................- 154 -
10.1.13 ip ospf hello-interval...........................................................- 155 -
10.1.14 ip ospf message-digest-key...............................................- 155 -
10.1.15 ip ospf network..................................................................- 156 -
10.1.16 ip ospf priority....................................................................- 157 -
10.1.17 ip ospf retransmit-interval..................................................- 159 -
10.1.18 ip ospf transmit-delay.........................................................- 160 -
10.1.19 network area......................................................................- 161 -
10.1.20 redistribute.........................................................................- 162 -
10.1.21 ip ospf distribute-list...........................................................- 163 -
10.1.22 ip ospf bfd..........................................................................- 164 -
10.1.23 router id.............................................................................- 165 -

VIII
 10.1.24 router ospf.........................................................................- 166 -
10.1.25 show ip ospf.......................................................................- 166 -
10.1.26 show ip ospf border-routers...............................................- 167 -
10.1.27 show ip ospf cumulative.....................................................- 167 -
10.1.28 show ip ospf database.......................................................- 168 -
10.1.29 show ip ospf error..............................................................- 168 -
10.1.30 show ip ospf interface........................................................- 169 -
10.1.31 show ip ospf neighbor........................................................- 170 -
10.1.32 show ip ospf request-list....................................................- 170 -
10.1.33 show ip ospf retrans-list.....................................................- 170 -
10.1.34 show ip ospf virtual-link......................................................- 171 -
10.1.35 show ip route ospf..............................................................- 172 -
10.1.36 show router id....................................................................- 172 -
10.1.37 show ip ospf distribute-list..................................................- 173 -
Chapter 11 BGP Configuration Command...............................................- 174 -
11.1 BGP Configuration Command........................................................- 174 -
11.1.1 aggregate-address...............................................................- 175 -
11.1.2 bgp always-compare-med....................................................- 176 -
11.1.3 bgp default local-preference................................................- 177 -
11.1.4 bgp router-id.........................................................................- 177 -
11.1.5 default-metric.......................................................................- 178 -
11.1.6 ip as-path access-list...........................................................- 179 -
11.1.7 ip distribute-list.....................................................................- 181 -
11.1.8 neighbor advertisement-interval...........................................- 182 -
11.1.9 neighbor distribute-list..........................................................- 183 -
11.1.10 neighbor ebgp-multihop.....................................................- 184 -
11.1.11 neighbor filter-list................................................................- 185 -
11.1.12 neighbor next-hop-self.......................................................- 186 -
11.1.13 neighbor remote-as............................................................- 186 -
11.1.14 neighbor timers..................................................................- 187 -
11.1.15 network..............................................................................- 188 -

IX
 11.1.16 redistribute.........................................................................- 189 -
11.1.17 router bgp..........................................................................- 190 -
11.1.18 show ip as-path access-list................................................- 190 -
11.1.19 show ip bgp........................................................................- 191 -
11.1.20 show ip bgp neighbors.......................................................- 192 -
11.1.21 show ip bgp summary........................................................- 193 -
11.1.22 show ip distribute-list..........................................................- 194 -
11.1.23 timers bgp..........................................................................- 194 -
Chapter 12 Multicast Protocol Configuration Command.........................- 196 -
12.1 Static Multicast Configuration Command.......................................- 196 -
12.1.1 multicast mac-address.........................................................- 196 -
12.1.2 multicast mac-address vlan interface...................................- 197 -
12.1.3 show multicast.....................................................................- 198 -
12.2 IGMP snooping and GMRP Configuration Command....................- 199 -
12.2.1 gmrp....................................................................................- 199 -
12.2.2 igmp-snooping.....................................................................- 200 -
12.2.3 igmp-snooping host-aging-time...........................................- 200 -
12.2.4 igmp-snooping max-response-time......................................- 201 -
12.2.5 igmp-snooping fast-leave.....................................................- 202 -
12.2.6 igmp-snooping group-limit...................................................- 202 -
12.2.7 igmp-snooping permit/deny group.......................................- 203 -
12.2.8 igmp-snooping route-port forward........................................- 203 -
12.2.9 igmp-snooping multicast vlan..............................................- 204 -
12.2.10 show gmrp.........................................................................- 205 -
12.2.11 show gmrp interface...........................................................- 205 -
12.2.12 garp permit multicast mac-address....................................- 206 -
12.2.13 show garp permit multicast................................................- 207 -
12.2.14 show igmp-snooping..........................................................- 207 -
12.3 IGMP Configuration Command......................................................- 208 -
12.3.1 ip igmp.................................................................................- 209 -
12.3.2 igmp-proxy...........................................................................- 209 -

X
 12.3.3 ip igmp access-group...........................................................- 210 -
12.3.4 ip igmp last-member-query-interval......................................- 211 -
12.3.5 ip igmp query-interval..........................................................- 212 -
12.3.6 ip igmp query-max-response-time.......................................- 213 -
12.3.7 ip igmp static-group.............................................................- 215 -
12.3.8 ip igmp create-group............................................................- 216 -
12.3.9 ip igmp robustness-varible...................................................- 217 -
12.3.10 ip igmp limit-group.............................................................- 218 -
12.3.11 ip igmp version...................................................................- 219 -
12.3.12 ip multicast-routing.............................................................- 220 -
12.3.13 show igmp-proxy................................................................- 221 -
12.3.14 show ip igmp groups..........................................................- 221 -
12.3.15 show ip igmp interface.......................................................- 222 -
12.3.16 ip igmp ssm-mapping.........................................................- 222 -
12.3.17 mroute igmp.......................................................................- 223 -
12.3.18 ssm-mapping static............................................................- 224 -
12.3.19 show ip igmp ssm-mapping...............................................- 224 -
12.4 PIM Configuration Command.........................................................- 225 -
12.4.1 ip pim dense-mode..............................................................- 226 -
12.4.2 ip pim neighbor-limit.............................................................- 227 -
12.4.3 ip pim neighbor-policy..........................................................- 228 -
12.4.4 ip pim query-interval............................................................- 229 -
12.4.5 ip pim sparse-mode.............................................................- 230 -
12.4.6 ip pim bsr-border.................................................................- 230 -
12.4.7 mroute pim...........................................................................- 231 -
12.4.8 show ip mroute....................................................................- 231 -
12.4.9 show ip pim neighbor...........................................................- 232 -
12.4.10 show ip pim interface.........................................................- 233 -
12.4.11 show ip pim rp-info.............................................................- 233 -
12.4.12 show ip pim bsr..................................................................- 234 -
12.4.13 source-policy.....................................................................- 234 -

XI
 12.4.14 static-rp..............................................................................- 235 -
12.4.15 bsr-candidate.....................................................................- 236 -
12.4.16 rp-candidate.......................................................................- 237 -
12.4.17 spt-threshold......................................................................- 238 -
12.4.18 ssm....................................................................................- 239 -
12.4.19 show ip pim ssm range......................................................- 240 -
Chapter 13 ACL Configuration Command...............................................- 242 -
13.1 ACL configuration command list....................................................- 242 -
13.1.1 absolute...............................................................................- 243 -
13.1.2 access-group.......................................................................- 244 -
13.1.3 access-list............................................................................- 245 -
13.1.4 access-list extended............................................................- 250 -
13.1.5 access-list link.....................................................................- 252 -
13.1.6 access-list match-order........................................................- 253 -
13.1.7 access-list standard.............................................................- 254 -
13.1.8 { permit | deny }....................................................................- 256 -
13.1.9 periodic................................................................................- 260 -
13.1.10 port-isolation......................................................................- 263 -
13.1.11 port-isolation group............................................................- 264 -
13.1.12 show access-list config......................................................- 265 -
13.1.13 show access-list config statistic.........................................- 266 -
13.1.14 show access-list runtime....................................................- 266 -
13.1.15 show access-list runtime statistic.......................................- 267 -
13.1.16 show port-isolation.............................................................- 267 -
13.1.17 show time-range................................................................- 268 -
13.1.18 time-range.........................................................................- 269 -
Chapter 14 QOS Configuration Command..............................................- 270 -
14.1 QoS Configuration Command........................................................- 270 -
14.1.1 clear traffic-statistic..............................................................- 271 -
14.1.2 bandwidth egress.................................................................- 272 -
14.1.3 mirrored-to...........................................................................- 273 -

XII
 14.1.4 queue-scheduler..................................................................- 274 -
14.1.5 queue-scheduler cos-map...................................................- 275 -
14.1.6 queue-scheduler dscp-map.................................................- 276 -
14.1.7 rate-limit...............................................................................- 277 -
14.1.8 two-rate-policer mode..........................................................- 278 -
14.1.9 two-rate-policer set-pre-color...............................................- 279 -
14.1.10 show qos-info all................................................................- 280 -
14.1.11 show qos-info mirrored-to..................................................- 281 -
14.1.12 show qos-info statistic........................................................- 281 -
14.1.13 show qos-info traffic-copy-to-cpu.......................................- 282 -
14.1.14 show qos-info traffic-priority...............................................- 282 -
14.1.15 show qos-info traffic-redirect..............................................- 283 -
14.1.16 show qos-info traffic-statistic..............................................- 283 -
14.1.17 show qos-interface all........................................................- 284 -
14.1.18 show qos-interface line-rate...............................................- 284 -
14.1.19 show qos-interface rate-limit..............................................- 285 -
14.1.20 show qos-interface statistic................................................- 286 -
14.1.21 show queue-scheduler.......................................................- 286 -
14.1.22 show queue-scheduler cos-map........................................- 287 -
14.1.23 show queue-scheduler dscp-map......................................- 287 -
14.1.24 show two-rate-policer.........................................................- 287 -
14.1.25 storm-control......................................................................- 288 -
14.1.26 traffic-copy-to-cpu..............................................................- 288 -
14.1.27 traffic-priority......................................................................- 290 -
14.1.28 traffic-redirect.....................................................................- 292 -
14.1.29 traffic-statistic.....................................................................- 293 -
Chapter 15 STP Configuration Command...............................................- 295 -
15.1 STP Configuration Command........................................................- 295 -
15.1.1 show spanning-tree interface...............................................- 295 -
15.1.2 show spanning-tree remote-loop-detect interface................- 296 -
15.1.3 spanning-tree.......................................................................- 297 -

XIII
 15.1.4 spanning-tree cost...............................................................- 298 -
15.1.5 spanning-tree forward-time..................................................- 299 -
15.1.6 spanning-tree hello-time......................................................- 300 -
15.1.7 spanning-tree max-age........................................................- 300 -
15.1.8 spanning-tree port-priority....................................................- 301 -
15.1.9 spanning-tree mcheck.........................................................- 302 -
15.1.10 spanning-tree point-to-point...............................................- 303 -
15.1.11 spanning-tree portfast........................................................- 303 -
15.1.12 spanning-tree transit-limit..................................................- 304 -
15.1.13 spanning-tree priority.........................................................- 305 -
15.1.14 spanning-tree mode...........................................................- 306 -
15.1.15 spanning-tree remote-loop-detect......................................- 306 -
15.1.16 clear spanning-tree............................................................- 307 -
15.2 MSTP Cconfiguration Command...................................................- 308 -
15.2.1 spanning-tree mst max-hops...............................................- 309 -
15.2.2 spanning-tree mst name......................................................- 309 -
15.2.3 spanning-tree mst revision...................................................- 310 -
15.2.4 spanning-tree mst instance vlan..........................................- 311 -
15.2.5 spanning-tree mst instance instance-num priority................- 311 -
15.2.6 spanning-tree mst external cost...........................................- 312 -
15.2.7 spanning-tree mst instance cost..........................................- 313 -
15.2.8 spanning-tree mst instance port-priority...............................- 313 -
15.2.9 show spanning-tree mst config-id........................................- 314 -
15.2.10 show spanning-tree mst instance interface........................- 315 -
Chapter 16 822.1X Configuration Command..........................................- 316 -
16.1 Domain Configuration Command...................................................- 316 -
16.1.1 aaa.......................................................................................- 316 -
16.1.2 access-limit..........................................................................- 317 -
16.1.3 default domain-name enbale...............................................- 318 -
16.1.4 domain.................................................................................- 319 -
16.1.5 show domain.......................................................................- 320 -

XIV
 16.1.6 radius host binding...............................................................- 320 -
16.1.7 state.....................................................................................- 321 -
16.2 RADIUS Server Configuration Command......................................- 322 -
16.2.1 accounting-on......................................................................- 323 -
16.2.2 acct-secret-key....................................................................- 323 -
16.2.3 auth-secret-key....................................................................- 324 -
16.2.4 dnrate-value.........................................................................- 325 -
16.2.5 h3c-cams.............................................................................- 325 -
16.2.6 nas-ipaddress......................................................................- 326 -
16.2.7 primary-acct-ip.....................................................................- 327 -
16.2.8 primary-auth-ip....................................................................- 327 -
16.2.9 show radius attribute............................................................- 328 -
16.2.10 show radius config-attribute...............................................- 328 -
16.2.11 show radius host................................................................- 329 -
16.2.12 uprate-value.......................................................................- 329 -
16.2.13 radius 8021p......................................................................- 330 -
16.2.14 radius accounting...............................................................- 331 -
16.2.15 radius attribute...................................................................- 332 -
16.2.16 radius bandwidth-limit........................................................- 332 -
16.2.17 radius config-attribute........................................................- 333 -
16.2.18 radius host.........................................................................- 334 -
16.2.19 radius mac-address-number..............................................- 334 -
16.2.20 radius server-disconnect drop 1x.......................................- 335 -
16.2.21 radius vlan.........................................................................- 336 -
16.2.22 realtime-account................................................................- 337 -
16.2.23 second-acct-ip...................................................................- 337 -
16.2.24 second-auth-ip...................................................................- 338 -
16.2.25 username-format...............................................................- 339 -
16.3 822.1X Related Configuration Command......................................- 340 -
16.3.1 dot1x method.......................................................................- 340 -
16.3.2 dot1x daemon......................................................................- 341 -

XV
 16.3.3 dot1x eap-finish...................................................................- 343 -
16.3.4 dot1x eap-transfer................................................................- 343 -
16.3.5 dot1x max-user....................................................................- 344 -
16.3.6 dot1x port-control.................................................................- 345 -
16.3.7 dot1x re-authenticate...........................................................- 347 -
16.3.8 dot1x re-authentication........................................................- 347 -
16.3.9 dot1x timeout re-authperiod.................................................- 348 -
16.3.10 dot1x user cut....................................................................- 349 -
16.3.11 dot1x detect.......................................................................- 350 -
16.3.12 dot1x quiet-period-value....................................................- 350 -
16.3.13 show dot1x........................................................................- 351 -
16.3.14 show dot1x daemon...........................................................- 351 -
16.3.15 show dot1x interface..........................................................- 352 -
16.3.16 show dot1x session...........................................................- 353 -
Chapter 17 SNTP Client Configuration Command..................................- 354 -
17.1 SNTP client configuration command list........................................- 354 -
17.1.1 show sntp client...................................................................- 354 -
17.1.2 sntp client............................................................................- 355 -
17.1.3 sntp client authenticate........................................................- 355 -
17.1.4 sntp client authentication-key..............................................- 356 -
17.1.5 sntp client broadcastdelay...................................................- 357 -
17.1.6 sntp client mode..................................................................- 357 -
17.1.7 sntp client multicast ttl..........................................................- 358 -
17.1.8 sntp client poll-interval.........................................................- 359 -
17.1.9 sntp client retransmit............................................................- 360 -
17.1.10 sntp client retransmit-interval.............................................- 361 -
17.1.11 sntp client valid-server.......................................................- 362 -
17.1.12 sntp server.........................................................................- 362 -
17.1.13 sntp client summer-time.....................................................- 363 -
17.1.14 sntp trusted-key.................................................................- 364 -
Chapter 18 Syslog Configiration Command............................................３６６

XVI
 18.1 Syslog Configuration Command....................................................３６６
18.1.1 show logging.......................................................................３６７
18.1.2 show logging buffered.........................................................３６７
18.1.3 show logging flash...............................................................３６８
18.1.4 show logging filter................................................................３６８
18.1.5 show debug.........................................................................３６９
18.1.6 logging.................................................................................３６９
18.1.7 logging sequence-numbers.................................................３７０
18.1.8 logging timestamps.............................................................３７０
18.1.9 logging language.................................................................３７１
18.1.10 logging monitor..................................................................３７２
18.1.11 terminal monitor.................................................................３７３
18.1.12 logging buffered.................................................................３７４
18.1.13 clear logging buffered........................................................３７５
18.1.14 logging flash......................................................................３７５
18.1.15 clear logging flash.............................................................３７７
18.1.16 logging host.......................................................................３７７
18.1.17 logging facility....................................................................３７８
18.1.18 logging source...................................................................３７９
18.1.19 logging snmp-agent...........................................................３８０
18.1.20 debug................................................................................３８２
18.1.21 upload logging...................................................................３８３
Chapter 19 SSH Configuration Command..............................................- 385 -
19.1 SSH configuration command list....................................................- 385 -
19.1.1 show ssh..............................................................................- 385 -
19.1.2 show keyfile.........................................................................- 385 -
19.1.3 ssh.......................................................................................- 386 -
19.1.4 crypto key generate rsa.......................................................- 386 -
19.1.5 crypto key zeroize rsa..........................................................- 387 -
19.1.6 crypto key refresh................................................................- 387 -
19.1.7 load keyfile...........................................................................- 387 -

XVII
 19.1.8 upload keyfile.......................................................................- 388 -
Chapter 20 VRRP Configuration Command............................................- 390 -
20.1 VRRP configuration command list.................................................- 390 -
20.1.1 ip vrrp...................................................................................- 390 -
20.1.2 show vrrp.............................................................................- 391 -
20.1.3 vrrp ping-enable...................................................................- 392 -
20.1.4 vrrp preempt........................................................................- 392 -
20.1.5 vrrp priority...........................................................................- 393 -
20.1.6 vrrp track..............................................................................- 394 -
20.1.7 vrrp timer.............................................................................- 395 -
Chapter 21 Switch Manage and Maintenance Command.......................- 397 -
21.1 Configuration Files Management...................................................- 397 -
21.1.1 buildrun mode continue.......................................................- 397 -
21.1.2 buildrun mode stop..............................................................- 398 -
21.1.3 clear startup-config..............................................................- 398 -
21.1.4 copy nm-interface-config startup-config...............................- 398 -
21.1.5 copy running-config startup-config.......................................- 400 -
21.1.6 copy startup-config running-config.......................................- 400 -
21.1.7 show running-config.............................................................- 400 -
21.1.8 show startup-config..............................................................- 401 -
21.2 Online Loading Upgrade Program.................................................- 402 -
21.2.1 load application ftp...............................................................- 402 -
21.2.2 load application tftp..............................................................- 403 -
21.2.3 load application xmodem.....................................................- 404 -
21.2.4 load configuration ftp...........................................................- 404 -
21.2.5 load configuration tftp..........................................................- 405 -
21.2.6 load configuration xmodem..................................................- 406 -
21.2.7 load whole-bootrom ftp........................................................- 406 -
21.2.8 load whole-bootrom tftp.......................................................- 407 -
21.2.9 load whole-bootrom xmodem..............................................- 408 -
21.2.10 upload alarm ftp.................................................................- 408 -

XVIII
 21.2.11 upload alarm tftp................................................................- 409 -
21.2.12 upload configuration ftp.....................................................- 409 -
21.2.13 upload configuration tftp....................................................- 410 -
21.2.14 upload logging ftp...............................................................- 411 -
21.2.15 upload logging tftp.............................................................- 412 -
21.3 Reboot Switch................................................................................- 412 -
21.3.1 reboot..................................................................................- 412 -
21.4 Basic Configuration and Maintenance...........................................- 413 -
21.4.1 broadcast-suppression........................................................- 414 -
21.4.2 clock set...............................................................................- 415 -
21.4.3 clock timezone.....................................................................- 415 -
21.4.4 discard-bpdu........................................................................- 416 -
21.4.5 discard-l2-tunnel..................................................................- 417 -
21.4.6 dlf-forward............................................................................- 418 -
21.4.7 loopback..............................................................................- 418 -
21.4.8 vct run..................................................................................- 419 -
21.4.9 vct auto-run..........................................................................- 419 -
21.4.10 show vct auto-run..............................................................- 420 -
21.4.11 mac-address-table.............................................................- 420 -
21.4.12 mac-address-table age-time..............................................- 422 -
21.4.13 mac-address-table learning...............................................- 422 -
21.4.14 mac-address-table max-mac-count...................................- 423 -
21.4.15 ping....................................................................................- 424 -
21.4.16 show broadcast-suppression.............................................- 424 -
21.4.17 show clock.........................................................................- 425 -
21.4.18 show cpu-utilization...........................................................- 425 -
21.4.19 show dhcp-server clients...................................................- 426 -
21.4.20 show discard-bpdu.............................................................- 426 -
21.4.21 show dlf-forward................................................................- 427 -
21.4.22 show ip fdb........................................................................- 427 -
21.4.23 show mac-address-table....................................................- 427 -

XIX
 21.4.24 show mac-address-table age-time.....................................- 429 -
21.4.25 show mac-address-table learning......................................- 429 -
21.4.26 show memory....................................................................- 429 -
21.4.27 show system......................................................................- 430 -
21.4.28 show users........................................................................- 430 -
21.4.29 show version......................................................................- 430 -
21.4.30 login-access-list telnet-limit................................................- 431 -
21.4.31 tracert................................................................................- 432 -
21.4.32 cpu-car...............................................................................- 433 -
21.4.33 show cpu-car.....................................................................- 433 -
21.4.34 show cpu- statistics............................................................- 434 -
21.4.35 clear cpu- statistics............................................................- 434 -
21.5 SNMP Configuration......................................................................- 434 -
21.5.1 show snmp community........................................................- 435 -
21.5.2 show snmp contact..............................................................- 436 -
21.5.3 show snmp host...................................................................- 436 -
21.5.4 show snmp notify.................................................................- 436 -
21.5.5 show snmp location.............................................................- 437 -
21.5.6 show snmp engineID...........................................................- 437 -
21.5.7 show snmp group................................................................- 438 -
21.5.8 show snmp user..................................................................- 438 -
21.5.9 show snmp view..................................................................- 439 -
21.5.10 snmp-server community....................................................- 439 -
21.5.11 snmp-server contact..........................................................- 440 -
21.5.12 snmp-server host...............................................................- 441 -
21.5.13 snmp-server location.........................................................- 442 -
21.5.14 snmp-server name.............................................................- 443 -
21.5.15 snmp-server enable traps..................................................- 443 -
21.5.16 snmp-server trap-source....................................................- 444 -
21.5.17 snmp-server engineID.......................................................- 445 -
21.5.18 snmp-server view...............................................................- 446 -

XX
 21.5.19 snmp-server group.............................................................- 447 -
21.5.20 snmp-server user...............................................................- 449 -
21.6 Manage IP Restriction Configuration.............................................- 451 -
21.6.1 login-access-list...................................................................- 451 -
21.6.2 show login-access-list..........................................................- 452 -
21.7 Telnet Client...................................................................................- 452 -
21.7.1 telnet....................................................................................- 452 -
21.7.2 show telnet client.................................................................- 453 -
21.7.3 stop telnet client...................................................................- 454 -
21.8 CPU Alarm Configuration Command.............................................- 454 -
21.8.1 alarm cpu.............................................................................- 455 -
21.8.2 alarm cpu threshold.............................................................- 455 -
21.8.3 show alarm cpu...................................................................- 456 -
21.9 Mail Alarm Configuration................................................................- 456 -
21.9.1 mailalarm.............................................................................- 457 -
21.9.2 mailalarm server..................................................................- 457 -
21.9.3 mailalarm receiver...............................................................- 458 -
21.9.4 mailalarm ccaddr.................................................................- 458 -
21.9.5 mailalarm smtp authentication.............................................- 459 -
21.9.6 mailalarm logging level........................................................- 460 -
21.9.7 show mailalarm....................................................................- 461 -
21.10 Anti-DOS Attack...........................................................................- 461 -
21.10.1 anti-dos ip fragment...........................................................- 462 -
21.10.2 anti-dos ip ttl......................................................................- 462 -
21.10.3 show anti-dos....................................................................- 463 -
Chapter 22 LLDP Configuration Command.............................................- 464 -
22.1 LLDP Configuration Command......................................................- 464 -
22.1.1 lldp.......................................................................................- 464 -
22.1.2 lldp hello-time......................................................................- 465 -
22.1.3 lldp hold-time.......................................................................- 465 -
22.1.4 lldp { rx | tx | rxtx }................................................................- 466 -

XXI
 22.1.5 show lldp interface [ <interface-list> ]...................................- 466 -
Chapter 23 Flex links Configuration Command.......................................- 467 -
23.1 Flex links Configuration Command................................................- 467 -
23.1.1 switchport backup................................................................- 467 -
23.1.2 channel-group channel-group-number backup....................- 467 -
23.1.3 switchport backup preemption mode...................................- 468 -
23.1.4 channel group backup preemption mode.............................- 468 -
23.1.5 switchport backup preemption delay....................................- 469 -
23.1.6 channel-group backup preemption delay.............................- 470 -
23.1.7 show swithport interface backup..........................................- 470 -
23.1.8 mac-address-table move update transmit............................- 471 -
23.1.9 mac-address-table move update receive.............................- 471 -
23.1.10 show swithport interface backup........................................- 471 -
Chapter 24 CFM Configuration Command..............................................- 473 -
24.1.1 cfm md.................................................................................- 473 -
24.1.2 cfm mep...............................................................................- 474 -
24.1.3 cfm mip................................................................................- 475 -
24.1.4 cfm rmep..............................................................................- 475 -
24.1.5 cfm cc interval......................................................................- 476 -
24.1.6 cfm loopback.......................................................................- 477 -
24.1.7 cfm linktrack.........................................................................- 477 -
24.1.8 show cfm md.......................................................................- 478 -
24.1.9 show cfm mp local...............................................................- 478 -
24.1.10 show cfm mp remote.........................................................- 478 -
24.1.11 show cfm cc database.......................................................- 479 -
24.1.12 show cfm errors.................................................................- 479 -
Chapter 25 PPPoE PlusConfiguration Command...................................- 480 -
25.1 PPPoE PlusConfiguration Command............................................- 480 -
25.1.1 pppoeplus............................................................................- 480 -
25.1.2 pppoeplus type....................................................................- 480 -

XXII
 25.1.3 show pppoeplus...................................................................- 481 -
Chapter 26 BFD Configuration................................................................- 482 -
26.1 BFD Configuration.........................................................................- 482 -
26.1.1 ip ospf bfd............................................................................- 482 -
26.1.2 bfd min-transmit-interval value.............................................- 483 -
26.1.3 bfd min-receive-interval value..............................................- 483 -
26.1.4 bfd detect-multiplier value....................................................- 484 -
26.1.5 bfd demand { on | off }.........................................................- 485 -
26.1.6 bfd session init-mode { passive | active}..............................- 485 -
26.1.7 clear bfd statistics................................................................- 486 -
26.1.8 show bfd session [verbose].................................................- 486 -
26.1.9 show bfd interface [verbose]................................................- 487 -
Chapter 27 ERRP Configuration Command............................................- 488 -
27.1 ERRP Configuration Command.....................................................- 488 -
27.1.1 errp......................................................................................- 488 -
27.1.2 errp hello-timer....................................................................- 489 -
27.1.3 errp fail-timer.......................................................................- 489 -
27.1.4 errp domain.........................................................................- 490 -
27.1.5 control-vlan..........................................................................- 490 -
27.1.6 ring role primary-port secondary-port level..........................- 492 -
27.1.7 ring role common-port edge-port.........................................- 492 -
27.1.8 ring { enable | disable }........................................................- 493 -
27.1.9 show errp.............................................................................- 494 -
27.1.10 ring query-solicit.................................................................- 494 -
Chapter 28 OLT Slot Management Configuration Command..................- 496 -
28.1 OLT Slot Management Configuration Command...........................- 496 -
28.1.1 set slot.................................................................................- 496 -
28.1.2 show slot..............................................................................- 497 -
28.1.3 show pon.............................................................................- 497 -
Chapter 29 PON Configuration Command..............................................- 499 -

XXIII
 29.1 PON Configuration Command.......................................................- 499 -
29.1.1 onu-authenticate..................................................................- 500 -
29.1.2 white-list...............................................................................- 500 -
29.1.3 black-list...............................................................................- 501 -
29.1.4 loid-list.................................................................................- 501 -
29.1.5 hybrid-list.............................................................................- 502 -
29.1.6 onu-p2p...............................................................................- 502 -
29.1.7 encryp..................................................................................- 503 -
29.1.8 dba.......................................................................................- 504 -
29.1.9 mac-address-table...............................................................- 504 -
29.1.10 classif.................................................................................- 505 -
29.1.11 no classif............................................................................- 510 -
29.1.12 enable-pon-vlan-isolation...................................................- 511 -
29.1.13 show onu-mac-auth...........................................................- 511 -
29.1.14 show white-list...................................................................- 512 -
29.1.15 show black-list...................................................................- 512 -
29.1.16 show loid-list......................................................................- 513 -
29.1.17 show hybrid-list..................................................................- 513 -
29.1.18 show onu-p2p....................................................................- 514 -
29.1.19 show dba...........................................................................- 514 -
29.1.20 show mac-address-table....................................................- 515 -
29.1.21 show classif.......................................................................- 516 -
29.1.22 show enable-pon-vlan-isolation.........................................- 516 -
Chapter 30 ONU Management Configuration Commands......................- 518 -
30.1 ONU Management Configuration Commands...............................- 518 -
30.1.1 onu-description....................................................................- 519 -
30.1.2 show onu-description...........................................................- 519 -
30.1.3 onu-binding..........................................................................- 520 -
30.1.4 show onu-status..................................................................- 521 -
30.1.5 onu-reboot...........................................................................- 522 -
30.1.6 onu-bandwidth.....................................................................- 522 -

XXIV
30.1.7 onu-encrypt..........................................................................- 524 -
30.1.8 onu-loopback.......................................................................- 524 -
30.1.9 onu-flow-control...................................................................- 525 -
30.1.10 onu-shutdown....................................................................- 525 -
30.1.11 onu-speed auto..................................................................- 526 -
30.1.12 onu-bandwidth...................................................................- 526 -
30.1.13 onu-bandwidth multicast....................................................- 527 -
30.1.14 onu-bandwidth broadcast..................................................- 527 -
30.1.15 onu-vlan-mode...................................................................- 528 -
30.1.16 onu-classification...............................................................- 529 -
30.1.17 onu-multicast mode...........................................................- 530 -
30.1.18 onu-multicast tag...............................................................- 530 -
30.1.19 onu-multicast fastleave......................................................- 531 -
30.1.20 onu-igmp-snooping vlan....................................................- 531 -
30.1.21 onu-igmp-snooping group-number.....................................- 532 -
30.1.22 onu-multicast-ctrl...............................................................- 532 -
30.1.23 onu-fec mode.....................................................................- 532 -
30.1.24 no onu-classification..........................................................- 533 -
30.1.25 no onu-igmp-snooping vlan...............................................- 533 -
30.1.26 no onu-multicast-ctrl..........................................................- 534 -
30.1.27 no onu-bandwidth multicast...............................................- 534 -
30.1.28 no onu-bandwidth broadcast.............................................- 534 -
30.1.29 onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count............................- 535 -
30.1.30 onu-mac-address-table age-time.......................................- 535 -
30.1.31 onu-queue-scheduler.........................................................- 536 -
30.1.32 onu-queue-scheduler cos-map..........................................- 537 -
30.1.33 onu-queue-scheduler cos-remap.......................................- 538 -
30.1.34 onu-mac-address-table blackhole......................................- 539 -
30.1.35 onu-dtag............................................................................- 539 -
30.1.36 onu-ip address static..........................................................- 541 -
30.1.37 no onu-ip address..............................................................- 542 -

XXV
30.1.38 onu-vlan.............................................................................- 542 -
30.1.39 no onu-vlan........................................................................- 542 -
30.1.40 onu-swithport.....................................................................- 543 -
30.1.41 no onu-swithport................................................................- 543 -
30.1.42 onu-swithport access vlan.................................................- 543 -
30.1.43 no onu-swithport access vlan............................................- 544 -
30.1.44 onu-tag-mode....................................................................- 544 -
30.1.45 onu-com-session...............................................................- 545 -
30.1.46 no onu-com-session..........................................................- 546 -
30.1.47 clear onu-com-statistic.......................................................- 546 -
30.1.48 onu-event-alarm loopback.................................................- 546 -
30.1.49 onu-ctc-upgrade.................................................................- 547 -
30.1.50 onu-ctc-upgrade-commit....................................................- 547 -
30.1.51 show onu-port-info.............................................................- 548 -
30.1.52 show onu-status.................................................................- 548 -
30.1.53 show statistics onu.............................................................- 549 -
30.1.54 show onu-bandwidth..........................................................- 549 -
30.1.55 show onu-encrypt..............................................................- 550 -
30.1.56 show onu-loopback oam....................................................- 551 -
30.1.57 show onu-interface............................................................- 551 -
30.1.58 show onu-sn......................................................................- 552 -
30.1.59 show onu-firmware............................................................- 553 -
30.1.60 show onu-pon-chip............................................................- 553 -
30.1.61 show onu-capabilities........................................................- 554 -
30.1.62 show onu-bandwidth..........................................................- 554 -
30.1.63 show vlan-mode.................................................................- 556 -
30.1.64 show onu-classification......................................................- 557 -
30.1.65 show onu-multicast mode..................................................- 557 -
30.1.66 show onu-multicast tag......................................................- 558 -
30.1.67 show onu-multicast fast-leave...........................................- 558 -
30.1.68 show onu-igmp-snooping vlan...........................................- 559 -

XXVI
 30.1.69 show onu-multicast-ctrl local-ctrl........................................- 559 -
30.1.70 show onu-multicast-ctrl......................................................- 560 -
30.1.71 show onu-fec.....................................................................- 560 -
30.1.72 show onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count...................- 561 -
30.1.73 show onu-mac-address-table age-time..............................- 562 -
30.1.74 show onu-queue-scheduler...............................................- 562 -
30.1.75 show onu-mac-address-table blackhole............................- 563 -
30.1.76 show onu-bandwidth multicast...........................................- 563 -
30.1.77 show onu-bandwidth broadcast.........................................- 564 -
30.1.78 show onu-dtag...................................................................- 564 -
30.1.79 show onu-mac-address-table blackhole............................- 566 -
30.1.80 show onu-ip address onu...................................................- 566 -
30.1.81 show onu-com-session......................................................- 566 -
30.1.82 show onu-com-statistic......................................................- 567 -
30.1.83 show onu-event-alarm loopback........................................- 568 -
Chapter 31 PSG Management Configuration Command........................- 569 -
31.1 PSG Management Configuration Command.................................- 569 -
31.1.1 mpcp-delay-time..................................................................- 569 -
31.1.2 admin-enable-pon................................................................- 570 -
31.1.3 psg creat..............................................................................- 571 -
31.1.4 psg delete............................................................................- 571 -
31.1.5 psg switch............................................................................- 572 -
31.1.6 admin-enable-psg................................................................- 572 -
31.1.7 show mpcp-delay-time.........................................................- 573 -
31.1.8 show admin-enable-pon......................................................- 574 -
31.1.9 show psg.............................................................................- 574 -
31.1.10 show admin-enable-psg.....................................................- 575 -
Chapter 32 Controllable Multicast Profile Managmenet Commands.......- 576 -
32.1 Controllable multicast profile management commands.................- 576 -
32.1.1 multicast-ctrl profile..............................................................- 576 -
32.1.2 multicast-ctrl........................................................................- 577 -

XXVII
32.1.3 show multicast-ctrl profile....................................................- 577 -
32.1.4 enable multicast-ctrl profile..................................................- 578 -
32.1.5 onu-multicast-ctrl profile-binding..........................................- 578 -

XXVIII
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 1 Switch Logging in

Command

1.1 Switch Logging in Command

Switch logging in command includes:

 cls
 configure terminal
 enable
 end
 exit
 help
 hostname
 interface
 muser
 quit
 show muser
 show username
 stop
 terminal language
 timeout

1
 Command line configuration manual
 username
 username change-password

1.1.1 cls

Use cls command to clear current screen displaying

cls

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Clear current screen displaying

GPON>cls

1.1.2 configure terminal

Use configure terminal command to enter global configuration mode from

privileged mode.

configure terminal

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Example】

GPON#configure terminal

GPON(config)#

【Related command】

exit,end

1.1.3 enable

2
 Command line configuration manual
Use enable command to enter privileged mode from user mode.

enable

【Command configuration mode】

User mode

【Example】

！Enter from user mode to privileged mode

GPON>enable

GPON#

【Related command】

exit,end

1.1.4 end

Use end command to be back from global configuration mode or other

superior mode to privileged mode.

end

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode except user mode and privileged mode

【Usage】

5 levels of command line configuration mode, from inferior to superior are:

 User mode
 Privileged mode
 Global configuration mode
 Interface configuration mode, VLAN configuration mode, and
AAA configuration mode

3
 Command line configuration manual
 Domain configuration mode and radius configuration mode

End command can back from global configuration mode or other superior
mode to privileged mode.

【Example】

！Back from global configuration mode to privileged mode

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#end

GPON#

【Related command】

exit

1.1.5 exit

Use exit command to be back to inferior mode. For the user mode, exit.

exit

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use exit command can be back to inferior mode

【Example】

！Back to global configuration mode from interface configuration mode

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#exit

GPON(config)#

【Related command】

end

4
 Command line configuration manual
1.1.6 help

Use help command to display command help information.

help

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use help command can display any command in current mode, and user can
key in “?” at any moment.

【Example】

GPON(config)#help

1.1.7 hostname

Use hostname command to configure host name. Use no hostname

command to restore default host name.

hostname hostname

no hostname

【Parameter】

hostname:character strings range from 1 to 32, these strings can be

printable, excluding such wildcards as '/',':','*','?','\\','<','>','|','"'etc.

【Default】

Default hostname is GPON

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

5
 Command line configuration manual
Modify system hostname. If the hostname is GPON,the hostname in global
configuration mode is GPON(config)#.

【Example】

！Configure hostname to be GPONEL8600-04

GPON(config)#hostname GPONEL8600-04

GPONEL8600-04(config)#

1.1.8 interface

Use interface command to enter interface configuration mode.

interface ethernet interface-num

【Parameter】

interface-num:The number of the interface

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Interface-number is in the form of slot-num/port-num, in which slot-num is in

the range of 0 to 2, and port-num is in the range of 1 to 24.

【Example】

！Enter from clobal configuration mode to interface configuration mode

GPON(config)#interface ethernet 2/1

1.1.9 interface range

Use this command to enter Ethernet interface group configuration mode.

interface range interface-list

6
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

interface-list:interface list

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

After entering Ethernet interface group mode, inputting command once can
configure all interface members of this group and failure in halfway will not
affect the configuration o following interfaces. All command which can be
used in Ethernet interface mode can be used in this mode. This is a dynamic
mode.the current group will not be existed after exit. All configuration
command in this mode can generate anticompile for single interface.

【Example】

！Enter Ethernet interface group configuration mode which includes Ethernet

1-3

GPON(config)#interface range ethernet 2/1 to e 2/3

1.1.10 muser

Use muser command to enable user’s RADIUS/TACACS+ remote

authentication.

muser { local | { radius radiusname { pap | chap } [ local ] } }| { tacacs+

[ author ] [ account ] [ local ] } }

【Parameter】

radiusname:RADIUS server configuration name

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

7
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

Configure authentication of RADIUS/TACACS+ remote authentication only or

using RADIUS/TACACS+ remote authentication first, if RADIUS/TACACS+
fails, local database authentication is used.

RADIUS authentication supports PAP or CHAP ways.

Enable RADIUS/TACACS+ remote authentication needs correct

RADIUS/TACACS+ server configuration.

If it is TACACS+ remote authentication, when the authorization is not used,

the privilege after authentication is administrator; when the authorization is
used, the privilege after authentication is determined by the replied priv_lvl
from remote server, if there is no reply, it is administrator; if the authorization
fails, it is normal user.

The accounting of TACACS+ is from the beginning to the end.

【Example】

！Enable RADIUS authentication with the way of PAP

GPON(config)#muser radius radiusserver1 pap

！Enable TACACS+ authentication

GPON(config)#muser tacacs+ author

1.1.11 quit

Use quit command to disconnect with switch and exit.

quit

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If the current connect is in telnet, use quit command to disconnect with the

8
 Command line configuration manual
switch and exit. If the current connect is in serial port, after using quit
command, you will re-log in.

【Example】

！Disconnect with the switch and exit

GPON#quit

1.1.12 show muser

Use show muser command to display user’s authentication.

show muser

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display user’s authentication

GPON(config)#show muser

1.1.13 show tacacs+

Use this command to show TACACS+ server configuration.

show tacacs+

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！show TACACS+ server configuration

GPON(config)#show tacacs+

1.1.14 show username

9
 Command line configuration manual
Use show username command to display all the users or the user’s
privilege or the existed user and his privilege.

show username [ username ]

【Parameter】

username:existed username ranges from 1 to 32 printable characters such

wildcards as '/',':','*','?','\\','<','>','|','"'.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the privilege of user “green”

GPON(config)#show username green

1.1.15 stop

Use stop command to stop the session between user and telnet forcibly, that
is, after using this command, telnet user with the username of “username”
will force to disconnect with telnet.

stop username

【Parameter】

username:Telnet user who has logged in

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Only administrator can use this command

【Example】

10
 Command line configuration manual
！Force user “green” to disconnect with telnet

GPON#stop green

1.1.16 tacacs+

use this command to configure TACACS+ server.

tacacs+ { priamary | secondary } server ipaddress [key keyvalue] [port

portnum] [timeout timevalue]

no tacacs+ { priamary | secondary } server

【Parameter】

ipaddress:ip address of primary and secondary server which cannot be the

same.

keyvalue:the key between switch and server, which is in the length of 1～16
characters.

portnum:TACACS+ is tcp and this value is defaulted to be 49, which is in the

range of 1～65535

timevalue:the timeout of tcp connection, which is defaulted to be 5 seconds

and in the range of 1～120 seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Only administrators can use this command.

【Example】

！Configure primary server

GPON#tacacs+ priamary server key 123

1.1.17 terminal language

11
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to shift language mode of command line interface.

terminal language { chinese | english }

【Parameter】

It is defaulted to be English

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

System command line interface supports both English and Chinese.

【Example】

！Shift English into Chinese

GPON#terminal language chinese

1.1.18 timeout

Use timeout command to configure the overtime of user’s logging in. Use no
timeout command to configure overtime to be non-over timing.

timeout [ minute ]

no timeout

【Parameter】

minute:Range from 1 to 480 minutes

【Default】

Default time is 20 minutes

【Command configuration mode】

User mode, privileged mode

12
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

If timeout command without parameter, it configures to be default time. No

timeout command means non-overtime. Use no timeout command in telnet,
if the user doesn’t exit and the net is smooth, telnet user is non-overtime; if
the net is disconnected, the link to telnet will be disconnected in 2 hours.

This command is effective for command line users.

【Example】

！Configure the overtime to be 30 minutes

GPON#timeout 30

！Configure user to be non-overtime

GPON#no timeout

1.1.19 username username privilege

Use username username privilege command to add a user or modify the

privilege or password of the existed user. Use no username username
privilege command to remove specified user.

username username [ privilege level ] { password encryption-type

password }

no username username

【Parameter】

username:User name of new users and existed users ranges from 1 to 32

printable characters excluding such wildcards as '/',':','*','?','\\','<','>','|','"' etc.

privilege:Privilege of new user or the modified privilege of existed user

ranges from 0 to 15. 0 to 1 means user while 2 to 15 means administrator.
Caution: the privilege of administrator cannot be modified.

encryption-type: the value of it is 0 or 7. 0 means non-encryption and 7

means encryption( It is not supported now).

13
 Command line configuration manual
password:Log in password for new user and modified password of the
existed user ranges from 1 to 16 characters or numbers.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

When inputting the privilege of the new user, 0 to 1 means ordinary user and
2 to 15 means administrator. If the privilege doesn’t configure, the default
privilege is ordinary user.

If inputting nothing to modify the privilege of existed user, the privilege

doesn’t modify. The privilege of Admin cannot be modified.

【Example】

！ Add a new administrator “green”, configure privilege to be 15,and

password to be 123456

GPON(config)#username green privilege 15 password 0 123456

！Modify the privilege of administrator “green” to be 1,and password to be

1234

GPON(config)#username green privilege 1 password 0 1234

1.1.20 username change-password

Administrator “admin” can use username change-password to modify the

password of him and others, and other users can use this command to
modify his own password. After inputting this command, user will be asked to
input as following: original password, the username of the password needs
modifying, new password and confirm new password.

username change-password

【Parameter】

14
 Command line configuration manual
Username must be existed.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Only administrator “admin”can modify other user’s password, while others

only can modifies his own. If a user forgets his password, administrator
“admin” can use this command to give him a new one.

【Example】

！Modify the password of user “green” to be 123456

GPON(config)#username change-password

please input you login password : ******

please input username :green

Please input user new password :******

Please input user comfirm password :******

chang user green password success.

15
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 2 Port Configuration

Command

1.2 Ethernet Interface Configuration Command

Ethernet interface configuration command includes:

 clear interface
 combo
 description
 duplex
 flow-control
 ingress acceptable-frame
 ingress filtering
 link-aggregation
 priority
 show description
 show interface
 show statistics interface
 shutdown
 speed
 switchport access

16
 Command line configuration manual
 switchport mode
 switchport trunk allowed vlan
 switchport trunk
 tag
 show statistics dynamic interface
 show utilization interface

1.2.1 clear interface

Use clear interface command to clear the information of the interface.

clear interface [ interface-num | slot-num ]

【Parameter】

interface-num:Means Ethernet port. Interface-num is in the form of interface-

type + interface-number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is
slot-num/port-num, in which slot-num is in the range of 0 to 2, and port-num
is in the range of 1 to 24.

slot-num:Means slot number which is in the form of ethernet + slot-num, and

ranges from 0 to 2

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode, interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The information of the interface includes: numbers of unicast, multicast and

broadcast message etc.

Using clear interface command in global mode, if the interface-num and

slot-num are not assigned, the information of all interfaces is cleared. If the
slot-num is assigned, the port information of the assigned slot is cleared. In
interface mode, only the information of the current port can be cleared.

17
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Clear information of all interfaces

GPON(config)#clear interface

！Clear information of interface 5 in global and interface mode

GPON(config)#clear interface ethernet 2/5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#clear interface

1.2.2 combo

Use this command to configure combo attribute of Ethernet interface.

combo { fiber | copper }

【Parameter】

fiber:FX attribution

copper:TX arrtibution

【Default】

fiber

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Only Ethernet interface 1～4 are combo interfaces. If combo interface is

configured to be TX mode, FX cannot be used. If combo interface is
configured as FX, TX cannot be used.

【Example】

！Configure combo attribution of current Ethernet interface １ to be TX

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/１)#combo copper

18
 Command line configuration manual
1.2.3 description

Use description command to configure a port description string. Use no

description command to remove the port description string.

description description-list

no description

【Parameter】

description-list:Port description string ranges from 1 to 32 characters

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure description string “green” for the Ethernet 2/3

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/3)#description green

！Clear description of Ethernet 2/3

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/3)#no description

【Related command】

show description

1.2.4 duplex

Use duplex command to configure the duplex mode of the current port. Use
no duplex command to restore the default duplex mode, that is, auto-
negotiation.

duplex { half | full | auto }

no duplex

【Parameter】

19
 Command line configuration manual
half:Half duplex mode

full:Full duplex mode

auto:Auto-negotiation mode

【Default】

auto

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

When configuring duplex mode, full duplex means receiving and sending
messages at the same time; half duplex means receiving or sending
message at one time, and auto means the duplex mode negotiating by each
port.

100 BASE-FX only supports full duplex.

【Example】

！Configure ethernet 0/5 port to full duplex

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#duplex full

1.2.5 flow-control

Use flow-control command to enable flow control on the Ethernet port. Use
no flow-control command to disable flow control on the port.

flow-control

no flow-control

【Default】

Disable

20
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

If the port is crowded, it needs controlling to avoid congestion and data loss.
Use flow-control command to control the flow.

【Example】

！Enable flow control on Ethernet 2/5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#flow-control

！Disable flow control on Ethernet 2/5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#no flow-control

1.2.6 ingress acceptable-frame

Use ingress acceptable-frame command to configure ingress acceptable

frame mode. Use no ingress acceptable-frame command to restore the
default ingress acceptable frame.

ingress acceptable-frame { all | tagged }

no ingress acceptable-frame

【Default】

All types of frame is acceptable

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

When ingress acceptable-frame enables, frame of other type are dropped.

When ingress acceptable-frame disables, all types of frames are received.

21
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure Ethernet 2/5 only to receive tagged frame

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#ingress acceptable-frame tagged

！Restore default ingress acceptable-frame Ethernet 2/5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#no ingress accetable-frame

1.2.7 ingress filtering

Use ingress filtering command to enable interface ingress filtering. Use no

ingress filtering command to disable interface ingress filtering.

ingress filtering

no ingress filtering

【Default】

Ingress filtering enables.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

When interface ingress filtering enables, the frame with the VLAN ID being
different from the VLAN ID of the interface which the frame is received will be
dropped; when interface ingress filtering disables, the frame will not be
dropped.

【Example】

！Enable the ingress filtering of ethernet 2/5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#ingress filtering

！Disable the ingress filtering of ethernet 2/5

22
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#no ingress filtering

1.2.8 priority

Use priority command to assign priority of the port. Use no priority

command to restore default priority.

priority priority-value

no priority

【Parameter】

priority-value:Ranges from 2 to 7

【Default】

Default priority-value is 2

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The larger priority-value is, the higher the priority is.

【Example】

！Configure priority-value of Ethernet 2/3 to be 1

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/3)#priority 1

1.2.9 show description

Use show description command to display interface description.

show description interface [ interface-list ]

【Parameter】

interface-list:List of interfaces means many Ethernet ports

23
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

When displaying interface description, if interface-list is not specified,

description of all interfaces is displayed. If interface is specified, the
description of the specified interface is displayed.

【Example】

！Display description of Ethernet 2/3

GPON(config)#show description interface ethernet 2/3

【Related command】

description

1.2.10 show interface

Use show interface command to display port configuration.

show interface [ interface-num ]

【Parameter】

interface-num:Means Ethernet port. Interface-num is in the form of interface-

type + interface-number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is
slot-num/port-num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num
is in the range of 1 to 24.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If port type and port number are not specified, the command displays
information about all ports. If both port type and port number are specified,

24
 Command line configuration manual
the command displays information about the specified port.

【Example】

！Display the configuration information of Ethernet 2/1

GPON#show interface ethernet 2/1

1.2.11 show statistics interface

Use show statistics interface command to display the statistic information

of specified port or all ports.

show statistics interface [ interface-num ]

【Parameter】

interface-num:Means Ethernet port. Interface-num is in the form of interface-

type + interface-number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is
slot-num/port-num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num
is in the range of 1 to 24.

【Command configuration mode】

Any mode

【Usage】

If port type and port number are not specified, the command displays statistic
information about all ports. If both port type and port number are specified,
the command displays statistic information about the specified port.

【Example】

！Display statustic information of Ethernet 2/1

GPON#show statistics interface ethernet 2/1

1.2.12 show statistics higig

25
 Command line configuration manual
Use show statistics higig [unit unit higig-port higig-port] command in any
mode to show port info.

Use show statistics dynamic higig to show dynamic statictics.

show statistics higig [ unit unit higig-port higig-port]

show statistics dynamic higig

【Parameter】

dynamic:dynamic statistics

unit:chip unit

higig-port:port number

【Command configuration mode】

Any mode

【Usage】

If no unit and higig port is specified, show all.

【Example】

！Show higig-statistics unit 2 higig-port1

GPON(diag)%% show statistics higig unit 2 higig-port 1

1.2.13 clear higig-statistics

Use clear statistics [all | unit unit higig-port higig-port] command to clear
info.

clear higig-statistics [all | unit unit higig-port higig-port]

【Parameter】

all: all ports

unit:chip unit

26
 Command line configuration manual
higig-port:port number

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command in global configuration mode, if no higig port is specified,

clear all.

【Example】

！Clear higig-statistics unit 2 higig-port1

GPON(diag)%% clear higig-statistics unit 2 higig-port 1

1.2.14 shutdown

Use shutdown command to disable an Ethernet port. Use no shutdown

command to enable an Ethernet port.

shutdown

no shutdown

【Default】

Ethernet port enables

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Use no shutdown command to enable an Ethernet port after related

parameter and protocol are configured. Disable a port and then enable it
when there is a failure, which can recover the port.

【Example】

27
 Command line configuration manual
！Disable Ethernet 2/1, then enable it.

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#shutdown

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#no shutdown

1.2.15 port-control mode

Use this command to configure port-control mode. Use no command to

restore to slave mode.

port-control mode master | slave

no port-control mode

【Default】

slave

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

When two extended GE electric ports connect to each other and speed is in
force, and the two sides are master and slave, the connection is successful.

【Example】

！Set e2/2 to be master and restore to be slave

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/2)# port-control mode master

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/2)# no port-control mode

1.2.16 show port-control mode

Use this command to show port-control mode.

show port-control mode

【Command configuration mode】

28
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Only extended GE electric port needs this configuration.

【Example】

！Show port-control mode

GPON# show port-control mode

1.2.17 speed

Use speed command to configure the port speed. Use no speed command
to restore the port speed to the defaulting setting.

speed { 12 | 12auto | 122 | 122auto | auto }

no speed

【Parameter】

12:Means the port speed is 12Mbps

122:Means the port speed is 122Mbps

12auto: means the maximum port speed is 12Mbps,and duplex mode is

auto-negotiation

122auto: means the maximum port speed is 122Mbps,and duplex mode is

auto-negotiation

auto: means both port speed and duplex mode are auto-negotiation

【Default】

auto

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

29
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

122 BASE TX supports the speed of 12Mbps and 122Mbps and the duplex
mode of half, full duplex and auto-negotiation mode. 122 BASE FX supports
the speed of 122Mbps and the duplex mode of full duplex.

【Example】

！Configure the speed of Ethernet 2/1 to 122Mbps

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#speed 122

1.2.18 switchport mode

Use switchport mode command to configure port type. Use no switchport

mode command to restore default port type, that is, access port.

switchport mode { access | trunk }

no switchport mode

【Parameter】

access:Configure port to be non-trunk port.

trunk:Configure port to be trunk port.

【Default】

Default port mode is access port.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Use switchport mode command to configure a port to be trunk port or access

port. If a port configures to be a trunk port, the vlan mode changes untagged
into tagged, and if a port configures to be an access one, the vlan mode
changes tagged into untagged. In addition, configure a port to be a trunk one,

30
 Command line configuration manual
then create a vlan, this port will automatically be added to the vlan.

【Example】

！Configure Ethernet 2/1 to be trunk port

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#switchport mode trunk

1.2.19 switchport trunk allowed vlan

Use switchport trunk allowed vlan command to add trunk port to specified
VLAN. Use no switchport trunk allowed vlan command to remove trunk port
from specified vlan.
switchport trunk allowed vlan { vlan-list | all }
no switchport trunk allowed vlan { vlan-list | all }

【Parameter】

vlan-list: vlan-listvlan-list can be discrete numbers, sequential numbers or

both. Discrete numbers are separated by “,”, and sequential numbers use
“-”, such as: 2, 5,8,12-22. Vlan-list in the following context expresses the
same.
all:Add trunk ports to all VLAN.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to add trunk port to specified VLAN. Trunk port can belong
to more VLANs. If use switchport trunk allowed vlan command in many
times, VLAN allowed by the trunk port is the congregation of these vlan-list.

【Example】

！Add trunk port Ethernet2/1 to VLAN 3,4,72～152

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#switchport trunk allowed vlan 3,4,72-152

31
 Command line configuration manual
1.2.20 switchport trunk default vlan

Use this command to configure port default vlan-id (pvid),with no command

is to revert the default vlan-id.

switchport default vlan vlan-id

no switchport default vlan

【Parameter】

vlan-id range is 1～4094

【Default】

vlan-id default value is 1

【Command mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure port 1 the default VLAN id is 100

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#switchport default vlan 100

1.2.21 show statistics dynamic interface

Use show statistic dynamic interface command to display the statistic

information of all interfaces.

show statistics dynamic interface

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Statistic information refreshes automatically every 3 seconds.

32
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Display statistic information of the port

GPON#show statistics dynamic interface

1.2.22 show utilization interface

Use show utilization interface command to display the utilization

information of all ports, including receiving and sending speed, bandwidth
utilization rate, etc.

show utilization interface

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Receiving and sending rate and bandwidth utilization rate refresh every 3
seconds.

【Example】

！Display utilization interface of the port

GPON#show utilization interface

1.2.23 local-switch

Use this command to enable local switching feature of Ethernet interface.

Use the no command to disable it.

local-switch

no local-switch

【Default】

Disable

33
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Enabling local switching feature of Ethernet interface can transmit the packet
from the port where it is in.

It is useful when a interface downlinking a WAP.

【Example】

！Enable local switching feature of e2/5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#local-switch

！Disable local switching feature of e2/5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#no local-switch

1.3 Interface Mirror Configuration Command

Interface Mirror configuration command includes:

 mirror destination-interface
 mirror source-interface
 show mirror

1.3.1 mirror destination-interface

Use mirror destination-interface command configure mirror destination

interface. Use no mirror destination-interface command to remove mirror
interface.

mirror destination-interface interface-num

no mirror destination-interface interface-num

【Parameter】

34
 Command line configuration manual
interface-num:Means Ethernet port. Interface-num is in the form of interface-
type + interface-number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is
slot-num/port-num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num
is in the range of 1 to 24.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure Ethernet 2/1 to be mirror destination-interface

GPON(config)#mirror destination-interface ethernet 2/1

1.3.2 mirror source-interface

Use mirror source-interface command to configure mirror source-interface.

Use no mirror source-interface command to remove mirror source-
interface.

mirror source-interface { interface-list | cpu } { both | egress | ingress }

no mirror source-interface { interface-list | cpu }

【Parameter】

interface-list:List of interfaces provides in the form of interface-num [ to

interface-num ], this can be repeated for 3 times.

cpu:Means CPU port

both:Means both egress and ingress can be mirrored

egress:Means egress mirror

ingress:Means ingress mirror

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

35
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure Ethernet 2/1 to ethernet 2/12 to be mirror source-interface

GPON(config)#mirror source-interface ethernet 2/1 to ethernet 2/12 both

1.3.3 show mirror

Use show mirror command to display system configuration of current mirror

interface, including monitor port and mirrored port list.

show mirror

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display monitor port and mirrored port list

GPON(config)#show mirror

1.4 Port CAR Configuration Command

Port CAR configuration command includes:

 port-car
 port-car-open-time
 port-car-rate
 show port-car

1.4.1 port-car

Use port-car command to enable port CAR of global system or port. Use no
port-car command to disable port CAR of global system or port.

port-car

36
 Command line configuration manual
no port-car

【Default】

Port-car globally enables

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode, interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable port-car globally

GPON(config)#port-car

！Enable port-car of Ethernet 2/8

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/8)#port-car

1.4.2 port-car-open-time

Use port-car-open-time command to configure the reopen time of the port

shutdown by port-car. Use no port-car-open-time command to restore the
default port-car-open-time.

port-car-open-time port-car-open-time

no port-car-open-time

【Parameter】

port-car-open-time:The reopen time of the port shutdown by port-car. It

ranges from 1 to 3622

【Default】

Default port-car-open-time is 482 seconds

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

37
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure port-car-open-time to be 12 seconds

GPON(config)#port-car-open-time 12

1.4.3 port-car-rate

Use port-car-rate command to configure the port-car-rate. Use no port-car-

rate command to restore the default port-car-rate.

port-car-rate port-car-rate

no port-car-rate

【Parameter】

port-car-rate:Port-car-rate ranges from 1 to 2622

【Default】

Default port-car-rate is 322 packet/second

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure port-car-rate to be 122 packet/second

GPON(config)#port-car-rate 122

1.4.4 show port-car

Use show port-car command to display port-car information.

show port-car

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

38
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Display port-car information

GPON(config)#show port-car

1.5 Port LACP Configuration Command

Port LACP configuration command includes:

 channel-group
 channel-group mode
 channel-group load-balance
 higig-trunk load-balance
 lacp system-priority
 lacp port-priority
 show higig-trunk load-balance
 show utilization higig
 show lacp sys-id
 show lacp internal
 show lacp neighbor
 show statistics channel-group
 clear channel-group
 show statistics dynamic channel-group
 show utilization channel-group

1.5.1 channel-group

Use channel-group command to create channel group, but there is no

member in the group. To remove the group, all the members of the group
must be removed first. Use no channel-group command to remove the

39
 Command line configuration manual
group.

channel-group channel-group-number

no channel-group channel-group-number

【Parameter】

channel-group-number:Range from 2 to 5

【Default】

Non

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Create channel group 1

GPON(config)#channel-group 1

1.5.2 channel-group mode

Use channel-group mode command to add port members to the group, and
specify the mode.

channel-group channel-group-number mode {active | passive | on}

no channel-group channel-group-number

【Parameter】

channel-group-number:Range from 2 to 5

【Default】

Non

【Command configuration mode】

40
 Command line configuration manual
Interface /Interface group configuration mode

【Example】

！Add Ethernet 2/3 to channel-group 3 and specify the port to be active

mode

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/3)#channel-group 3 mode active

！Add Ethernet 2/6 to ethernet 2/8 to channel-group 2 and specify the ports
to be on mode

GPON(config)#interface range ethernet 2/6 to ethernet 2/8

GPON(config-if-range)#channel-group 2 mode on

1.5.3 channel-group load-balance

Use channel-group load-balance command to configure channel-group

load-balance, that is, choose physical link program when message sending.

channel-group channel-group-number load-balance

{dst-ip|dst-mac|src-dst-ip|src-dst-mac|src-ip|src-mac}

【Parameter】

channel-group-number:Range from 2 to 5

【Default】

Source MAC mode

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Specify load-balance of channel-group 2 is destination mac

GPON(config)#channel-group load-balance dst-mac

41
 Command line configuration manual
1.5.4 higig-trunk load-balance

Use this command to configure load-balance of static channel-group

between two chips. Use no command to restore to default configuration.

higig-trunk load-balance

{dst-ip|dst-mac|src-dst-ip|src-dst-mac|src-ip|src-mac}

【Default】

Source MAC

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Specify load-balance of static channel-group between two chips to be

destination MAC

GPON(config)#higig-trunk load-balance dst-mac

1.5.5 lacp system-priority

Use lacp system-priority command to configure lacp system priority. Use

no lacp system-priority command to restore default priority.

The redundancy influence made by LACP system and port priority shows:
LACP providing redundancy system needs guarantee the consistency of the
choosing redundancy for conterminous switches, and user can configure
redundancy link, which is realized by system and port priority. Choose
redundancy in following steps:

1,Make sure which switch is the standard of choice. For exchanging the
message, two switches know each other’s LACP system priority and system
mac. They compare local LACP system priority, the smaller one is the
standard; if they have the same priority, compare the system MAC, the
smaller is the standard.

42
 Command line configuration manual
2,Choose redundancy link with the port parameter of the standard switch.
Compare the port LACP priority first, the inferior is the redundant; if they have
the same priority, the larger number of the port is redundant.

lacp system-priority priority

no lacp system-priority priority

【Parameter】

priority:Range from 1 to 65535

【Default】

default priority is 32768

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure LACP system priority is 42222

GPON(config)#lacp system-priority 42222

1.5.6 lacp port-priority

Use lacp port-priority command to configure lacp port-priority. When the

port backup exists, the inferior one backups. Use no lacp port-priority
command to restore default lacp port-priority.

lacp port-priority priority

【Parameter】

priority:Range from 1 to 65535

【Default】

Default priority is 128

43
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Interface /Interface group configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure lacp port-priority of Ethernet 2/2 to be 12345

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/2)#lacp port-priority 12345

1.5.7 show higig-trunk load-balance

Use this command to show higig-trunk load balance

show higig-trunk load-balance

【Parameter】

None

【Default】

None

【Command mode】

All modes

【Example】

！Show higig-trunk load balance

GPON(config)#show higig-trunk load-balance

1.5.8 show utilization higig

Use this command to show all HiGig port utilization, including HiGig port
receive and send rate, port bandwidth occupancy rate etc.

show utilization higig

【Command mode】

44
 Command line configuration manual
All command mode

【Usage】

When displaying HiGig port,informaton of HiGig port receive and send rate,
port bandwidth occupancy rate refreshes every 3s.

【Example】

！Show real-time all HiGig port utilization

GPON#show utilization higig

1.5.9 show lacp sys-id

Use show lacp sys-id command to display lacp system id, which is in the
form of 16 characters of system priority and 32 characters of system MAC
address.

show lacp sys-id

【Parameter】

Non

【Default】

Non

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display lacp system id

GPON(config)#show lacp sys-id

1.5.10 show lacp internal

Use show lacp interval command to display the information of group

45
 Command line configuration manual
members, if the there is no keywords, all groups are displayed.

show lacp internal [channel-group-number ]

【Parameter】

channel-group-number:Range from 2 to 5

【Default】

Non

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Such as:

GPON#show lacp internal

1.5.11 show statistics channel-group

Use this command to display statistic channel-group, it shows current all

channel group if no parameter enters.

show statistics channel-group [channel-group-number ]

【Parameter】

channel-group-number:channel index is 0～5

【Default】

None

【Command mode】

All modes

【Example】

46
 Command line configuration manual
！For example:

GPON#show statistics channel-group

1.5.12 clear channel-group

Use this command to delete statistic channel-group, it deletes current all

channel group if no parameter enters.

clear channel-group [channel-group-number ]

【Parameter】

channel-group-number:channel index is 0～5

【Default】

None

【Command mode】

All modes

【Example】

！For example:

GPON#clear channel-group

1.5.13 show statistics dynamic channel-group

Use this command to display dynamic channel-group.

show statistics dynamic channel-group

【Default】

None

【Command mode】

All modes

47
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！For example:

GPON#show statistics dynamic channel-group

1.5.14 show utilization channel-group

Use this command to display all channel utilization, including receive and
send rate, port bandwidth occupancy rate etc.

show utilization channel-group

【Parameter】

None

【Default】

None

【Command mode】

All modes

【Example】

！For example:

GPON#show utilization channel-group

1.5.15 show lacp neighbor

Use show lacp neighbor command to display the information of the

neighbour port in the group. If there is no keyword, the neighbor ports of all
the groups are displayed.

show lacp neighbor [channel-group-number ]

【Parameter】

channel-group-number:Range from 2 to 5

48
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

Non

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Such as:

GPON#show lacp neighbor

1.6 Port Alarm Configuration Command

Port alarm configuration command includes:

 alarm all-packets
 alarm all-packets threshold
 show alarm all-packets

1.6.1 alarm all-packets

Use alarm all-packets command to enable global or port all-packets alarm.

Use no alarm all-packets command to disable global or port all-ports alarm.

alarm all-packets

no alarm all-packets

【Default】

Alarm all-packets enable

【Command configuration mode】

Global/interface configuration mode

49
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！ Enable global alarm all-packets

GPON(config)#alarm all-packets

！Enable alarm all-packets of Ethernet 2/8

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/8)#alarm all-packets

1.6.2 alarm all-packets threshold

Use alarm all-packets threshold command to configure alarm all-packets

exceed and normal threshold.

alarm all-packets threshold [ exceed exceed ] [ normal normal ]

no alarm all-packets

【Parameter】

exceed:Exceed threshold. 122BASE ranges from 2 to 12222

normal: normal threshold. 122BASE ranges from 2 to 12222

【Default】Default GE exceed threshold is 852,normal threshold is 622.

Default 12GE exceed threshold is 8522,normal threshold is 6222.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Exceed > normal

【Example】

！Configure alarm all-packets exceed threshold to be 52,and normal

threshold to be 32

GPON(config)#alarm all-packets threshold exceed 522 normal 322

50
 Command line configuration manual
1.6.3 show alarm all-packets

Use show alarm all-packets command to display the information of global

alarm all-packets.

show alarm all-packets

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display global alarm all-packets information

GPON(config)#show alarm all-packets

Port alarm global status : enable

Port alarm exceed port

1.6.4 show alarm all-packets interface

Use show alarm all-packets interface command to display port alarm all-
packets information.

show alarm all-packets interface [ interface-list ]

【Parameter】

interface-num:List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is slot-num/port-
num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the range
of 1 to 24. Seriate interfaces with the same type can be linked by to keyword,
but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be larger than the one
to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be repeated for up to 3
times.

【Command configuration mode】

51
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Keyword “interface-list” is alternative. If there is no keyword, the alarm all-

packets of all the interfaces are displayed, or the information of specified port
is displayed.

【Example】

！Display the alarm all-packets interface information of Ethernet 2/1

GPON(config)#show alarm all-packets interface ethernet 2/1

1.7 Interface shutdown-control Configuration Command

Interface shutdown-control Configuration Command includes:

 shutdown-control
 shutdown-control-open-time
 show shutdown-control

1.7.1 shutdown-control

Use shutdown-control command to configure interface shutdown-control.

shutdown-control [ broadcast | multicast | unicast ] target-rate

no shutdown-control [ broadcast | multicast | unicast ]

【Parameter】

broadcast:configure broadcast shutdown-control

multicast:configure multicast shutdown-control

unicast:configure unicast shutdown-control

target-rate:disable target rate

52
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable shutdown-control of e2/8 for broadcast and speed rate is 122pps

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/8)#shutdown-control broadcast 122

1.7.2 shutdown-control-open-time

Use shutdown-control-open-time command to configure shutdown-control

reopen time. Use no command to restore to default shutdown-control- open-
time.

Shutdown-control-open-time open-time

no shutdown-control-open-time

【Parameter】

open-time:shutdown-control reopen time which is in the range of 1～3622

【Default】

The default shutdown-control open-time is 482 seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure shutdown-control-open-time of CAR is 12 seconds.

GPON(config)#shutdown-control-open-time 12

1.7.3 no shutdown-control-recover

Use this command to recover port shutdown-control as default configuration.

53
 Command line configuration manual
no shutdown-control-recover mode | automatic-open-time

【Command mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Recover port shutdown-control mode as default manual mode

GPON(config)# no shutdown-control-recover mode

1.7.4 show shutdown-control

Use show shutdown-control command to display interface shutdown-

control information.

show shutdown-control

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display interface shutdown-control information

GPON(config)#show shutdown-control

54
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 3 VLAN Configuration

Command

1.8 VLAN Configuration

VLAN(Virtual Local Area Network) configuration includes:

 description
 show vlan
 switchport
 vlan

1.8.1 description

Use description command to assign a description string to the current

VLAN. Use no description command to delete the description of the current
VLAN.

description string

no description

【Parameter】

string:It is in the range of 1 to 32 characters to describe the current VLAN.

The characters can be printable, excluding such wildcards as
'/',':','*','?','\\','<','>','|','"'etc.

【Command configuration mode】

55
 Command line configuration manual
VLAN configuration mode

【Usage】

This command can assign a description to the current VLAN.

【Example】

！Specify the description string of the current VLAN as “market”

GPON (config-if-vlan)#description market

1.8.2 show vlan

Use show vlan command to display the information about the specified
VLAN

show vlan [ vlan-id ]

【Parameter】

vlan-id:Specified the VLAN ID is in the range of 1 to 4294.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is used to display the information about the specified VLAN,
including VLAN ID, VLAN description, and member ports.

If the VLAN with specified keyword exists, this command displays the
information of the specified VLAN. If no keyword is specified, this command
displays the list of all the existing VLANs.

【Example】

！Display the information of all the existing VLANs

GPON(config)#show vlan

1.8.3 switchport

56
 Command line configuration manual
Use switchport command to add a port or multiple ports to a VLAN. Use no
switchport command to remove a port or multiple ports from a VLAN.

switchport { interface-list | all }

no switchport { interface-list | all }

【Parameter】

interface-list:List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is slot-num/port-
num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the range
of 1 to 24. Seriate interfaces with the same type can be linked by to keyword,
but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be larger than the one
to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be repeated for up to 3
times.

all:Means all the interfaces. When the keyword all is specified, all the
interfaces in the system are added to a VLAN by using the switchport
command, and all the interfaces are removed from a VLAN by using the no
switchport command.

【View】

VLAN configuration view

【Usage】

In no switchport command, all the interfaces would be removed from a VLAN

when the interface-list is unspecified. When removing the interface from
VLAN 1 (default VLAN), if the PVID of the interface is 1, the PVID must be
changed into other VLAN ID, or the removing fails. When removing interface
from other VLANs, if the PVID of the interface is the same as the VLAN ID,
and the interface is also in VLAN 1, the removing succeeds, and the PVID of
the interface default to 1, or the removing fails

【Example】

57
 Command line configuration manual
！Add Ethernet 1, 3, 4, 5, 8 to current VLAN

GPON(config-if-vlan)#switchport ethernet 2/1 ethernet 2/3 to ethernet 2/5

ethernet 2/8

！Remove Ethernet 3, 4, 5, 8 from current VLAN

GPON(config-if-vlan)#no switchport ethernet 2/3 to ethernet 2/5 ethernet 2/8

1.8.4 vlan

Use vlan command to enter VLAN mode. If the VLAN identified by the vlan-
id argument does not exist, this command creates the VLAN and then enters
VLAN mode. Use the no vlan commands to remove a VLAN.

vlan vlan-list

no vlan { vlan-list | all }

【Parameter】

vlan-list:The VLAN which you want to create and whose view you want to
enter. Each id ranges from 1 to 4294.

all:Specifying all when removing VLAN, all created VLANs are removed
except the default VLAN.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use the vlan command to enter VLAN configuration view. If the vlan identified
by the vlan-id keyword exists, enter VLAN configuration view. If not, this
command creates the VLAN and then enters VLAN configuration view. Use
the no vlan command to remove a VLAN. Caution: Default VLAN (VLAN 1)
cannot be removed. If there is some port with the same default vlan-id as
VLAN 1, the port’s VLAN will become VLAN 1 after using the no vlan
command. If the VLAN to be removed exists in the multicast group, remove

58
 Command line configuration manual
the related multicast group first.

【Example】

！Enter VLAN 1 configuration view

GPON(config)#vlan 1

1.9 GVRP Configuration Command

GVRP command includes:

 gvrp
 show gvrp
 show gvrp interface

1.9.1 gvrp

Use the gvrp command to enable GVRP globally in global configuration

mode or a port in Ethernet port configuration mode. Use no gvrp command
to disable GVRP globally in global configuration mode or a port in Ethernet
port configuration mode.

gvrp

no gvrp

【Default】

Disable GVRP globally

【Command configuration mode】

Globally configuration mode, Ethernet port configuration mode

【Usage】

You can enable GVRP only on trunk ports.

59
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Enable GVRP globally

GPON(config)#gvrp

！Enable GVRP on Ethernet port 8

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/8)#gvrp

1.9.2 show gvrp

Use show gvrp command to display the information about GVRP globally.

show gvrp

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the information about GVRP globally

GPON(config)#show gvrp

GVRP state : enable

1.9.3 show gvrp interface

Use show gvrp interface command to display GVRP information on

Ethernet port.

show gvrp interface [ interface-list ]

【Parameter】

interface-list:List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is slot-num/port-
num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the range
of 1 to 24. Seriate interfaces with the same type can be linked by to keyword,

60
 Command line configuration manual
but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be larger than the one
to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be repeated for up to 3
times.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Interface-list keyword is optional. If this keyword unspecified, the command

displays GVRP information for all the Ethernet ports. If specified, the
command displays GVRP information on specified Ethernet port.

【Example】

！Display GVRP information on Ethernet port 3, 25, 26

GPON(config)#show gvrp interface ethernet 2/3 ethernet 2/5 ethernet 2/6

1.9.4 garp permit vlan

Use garp permit vlan command to add configured static vlan to GVRP
module for other switches to learn.

garp permit vlan vlan-list

no garp permit vlan [ vlan-list]

【Parameter】

vlan-list:List of VLANs to be entered or to be created and entered. The single

VLAN is in the range of 1 to 4294. The list is in the form of number, -, such
as: 2, 5, 8, 12-22.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

61
 Command line configuration manual
!Add vlan 2, 3, 7 to GVRP

GPON(config)#garp permit vlan 2-3,7

1.9.5 show garp permit vlan

Use show garp permit vlan command to display current static vlan
permitted learning by GVRP

show garp permit vlan

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

Display current static vlan permitted learning by GVRP

GPON(config)#show garp permit vlan

1.10 QinQ command

QinQ command includes:

 dtag
 dtag inner-tpid
 dtag outer-tpid
 dtag mode
 show dtag
 dtag insert
 show dtag insert
 dtag swap
 show dtag swap
 dtag pass-through

62
 Command line configuration manual
1.10.1 dtag

Use this command to configure global QinQ.

dtag

no dtag

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable QinQ

GPON(config)dtag

1.10.2 dtag inner-tpid

Configure TPID of internal tag in global configuration mode:

dtag inner-tpid tpid

no dtag inner-tpid

【Parameter】

tpid:TPID value of internal tag which is defaulted to be 2x8122.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure internal TPID to be 2x9122

GPON(config)#dtag inner-tpid 9122

1.10.3 dtag outer-tpid

Configure TPID of external tag in interface configuration mode:

63
 Command line configuration manual
dtag outer-tpid tpid

no dtag outer-tpid

【Parameter】

tpid:TPID value of external tag which is defaulted to be 2x8122.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure external TPID of e2/1 to be 2x7122

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#dtag outer-tpid 7122

1.10.4 dtag mode

Use dtag mode command to configure interface QinQ mode.

dtag mode { customer | service-provider }

no dtag mode

【Parameter】

customer: In this mode, the original tag head will be ignored and a new one
will be added.

service-provider: In this mode, when the vlan protocol number of ingress

packet is different from the configured parameter of the interface, a new tag
head will be added.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

Configure interface to be customer interface.

64
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#dtag mode customer

1.10.5 show dag

Display the QinQ configurationof the switch.

show dtag

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

!Display the QinQ configuration

GPON(config)#show dtag

1.10.6 dtag insert

Add vlan tag head in QinQ in interface configuration mode.

dtag insert startvlanid endvlanid targetvlanid

no dtag insert startvlanid endvlanid

【Parameter】

startvlanid:the start vlan id which needs new tag head.

endvlanid:the end vlan id which needs new tag head.

targetvlanid:tag vlan added new tag head and it is transferred according to

the new tag vlan.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

Configure all vlans from vlan1 to vlan2 in e2/1 to add new tag head with the
tag vlan to be vlan3

65
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#dtag insert 1 2 3

1.10.7 show dag insert

Display vlan insert configuration.

show dtag insert

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

Display current vlan insert configuration

GPON(config)#show dtag insert

1.10.8 dtag swap

Configure switching vlan in interface mode.

dtag swap startvlanid endvlanid targetvlanid

no dtag swap startvlanid endvlanid

【Parameter】

startvlanid:start vlan needed to be replaced

endvlanid:end vlan needed to be replaced

targetvlanid:the vlan used to replace original vlan ID.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

Configure tag packet from vlan1 to vlan 3 in e2/1 is replaced by vlan5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#dtag swap 1 3 5

66
 Command line configuration manual
1.10.9 show dag swap

Display current vlan swap configuration.

show dtag swap

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

Display current vlan swap configuration

GPON(config)#show dtag swap

1.10.10 dtag pass-through

Configure vlan transparent transmission in interface mode:

dtag pass-through startvlanid endvlanid

no dtag pass-through startvlanid endvlanid

【Parameter】

startvlanid:the start vlan needed to be transparent transmision

endvlanid:the end vlan needed to be transparent transmision

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

Configure tag packet transparent transmission from vlan 1 to vlan 3 in e2/1

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#dtag pass-through 1 3

1.10.11 show dag pass-through

Display vlan pass-through configuration.

67
 Command line configuration manual
show dtag pass-through

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

Display vlan pass-through configuration

GPON(config)#show dtag pass-through

1.11 l2-tunnel Configuration

In VPN network, it needs encapsulating some protocol packets received in

service-provider network edge according to a certain form. The internal
device of SP network can recognize this encapsulation and guarantee the
packet pass through SP network without any change. The encapsulation will
be released on the other side of SP network for the normal session of the
peer entity connected on the edge of SP network.

L2-tunnel command include:

 l2-tunnel
 show l2-tunnel interface
 l2-tunnel drop-threshold
 show l2-tunnel drop-threshold

1.11.1 l2-tunnel

Use this command to configure l2-tunnel status.

l2-tunnel [ cdp | pagp | lacp | stp | udld | vtp ]

no l2-tunnel [ cdp | pagp | lacp | stp | udld | vtp ]

【Parameter】

68
 Command line configuration manual
cdp:tunnel cisco cdp packet

pagp:tunnel cisco pagp packet

lacp: tunnel lacp packet

stp: tunnel stp packet

udld:tunnel cisco udld packet

vtp:tunnel cisco vtp packet

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

Configure l2-tunnel stp on e2/1.

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#l2-tunnel stp

1.11.2 show l2-tunnel interface

Use this command to display l2-tunnel configuration.

show l2-tunnel interface interface-list

【Parameter】

interface-list :refer to ’interface range’

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

Display l2-tunnel configuration

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#show l2-tunnel interface

1.11.3 l2-tunnel drop-threshold

Use this command to configure l2-tunnel drop-threshold.

69
 Command line configuration manual
l2-tunnel drop-threshold[ cdp | pagp | lacp | stp | udld | vtp ] target-rate

no l2-tunnel drop-threshold[ cdp | pagp | lacp | stp | udld | vtp ]

【Parameter】

cdp:tunnel cisco cdp packet

pagp:tunnel cisco pagp packet

lacp: tunnel lacp packet

stp: tunnel stp packet

udld:tunnel cisco udld packet

vtp:tunnel cisco vtp packet

target-rate:target rate of packet

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

Configure the speed rate of cpu receiving stp packet to be 12pps

GPON(config)#l2-tunnel drop-threshold stp 12

1.11.4 show l2-tunnel drop-threshold

Use this command to display l2-tunnel drop-threshold.

show l2-tunnel drop-threshold

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

Display l2-tunnel drop-threshold configuration

GPON(config)#show l2-tunnel drop-threshold

70
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 4 IP Interface Configuration Command

1.12 IP Interface Configuration Command

IP Interface Configuration Command includes:

 arp-proxy
 interface vlan-interface
 interface supervlan-interface
 ip address
 ip address primary
 ip address range
 ip def cpu
 show ip interface supervlan-interface
 show ip interface vlan-interface
 subvlan

1.12.1 arp-proxy

Use arp-proxy command to enable ARP proxy to make arp of all subvlan
can intercommunicate. Use no arp-proxy command to disable ARP proxy.

arp-proxy

no arp-proxy

【Default】

ARP proxy disables.

71
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable ARP proxy

GPON(config)#arp-proxy

！Disable ARP proxy

GPON(config)#no arp-proxy

1.12.2 interface vlan-interface

Use interface vlan-interface command to create VLAN interface or enter

VLAN interface configuration mode. Use no interface vlan-interface
command to delete a VLAN interface.

interface vlan-interface vlan-id

no interface vlan-interface vlan-id

【Parameter】

vlan-id:VLAN interface ID which is in the range of 1～4294

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is used to create VLAN interface. Create corresponded VLAN

interface only when VLAN has existed.

【Example】

！Enter configuration mode of VLAN interface 2

GPON(config)# interface vlan-interface 2

72
 Command line configuration manual
1.12.3 interface supervlan-interface

Use interface supervlan-interface command to create super VLAN

interface or enter super VLAN interface mode. Use no interface supervlan-
interface command to delete a super VLAN interface.

interface supervlan-interface supervlan-id

no interface supervlan-interface supervlan-id

【Parameter】

supervlan-id:super VLAN interface ID which is in the range of 1～128

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to create super VLAN interface.

【Example】

！Enter configuration mode of supervlan-interface 2

GPON(config)#interface supervlan-interface 2

1.12.4 ip address

Use ip address command to specify IP address and netmask for VLAN or

superVLAN interface. Use no ip address command to delete IP address and
netmask for VLAN or superVLAN interface.

ip address ip-address mask

no ip address

【Parameter】

ip-address:IP address of VLAN interface

73
 Command line configuration manual
mask:netmask of VLAN interface

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Specify IP address and netmask for VLAN or superVLAN interface after

corresponded VLAN or superVLAN interface created.

【Example】

！Specify IP address for VLAN interface 22

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-22)#ip address 192.168.2.122 255.255.2.2

！Delete IP address for VLAN interface 22

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-22)#no ip address

1.12.5 ip address primary

Use ip address primary command to specify primary IP address for VLAN

or superVLAN interface.

ip address primary ip-address

【Parameter】

ip-address:configured IP address of interface

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Specify primary IP address for VLAN interface 22

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-22)#ip address primary 192.168.2.122

74
 Command line configuration manual
1.12.6 ip address range

Use ip address range command to specify accessing range for VLAN or

superVLAN interface.

ip address range startip endip

【Parameter】

startip:start IP address

endip:end IP address

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Specify accessing range for VLAN interface

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-22)#ip address range 192.168.2.122

192.168.2.222

1.12.7 ip def cpu

Use ip def cpu command to allow hardware to search failed routing or failed
destination host routing sending to CPU to shift to flow transmission mode
and network topology transmission mode.

ip def cpu

no ip def cpu

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enter to network topology transmission mode

75
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#ip def cpu

1.12.8 ip def cpu vlan

In topological transmitting mode, it can specify to send the routing packet

from a specific vlaninterface to an unreachable host to cpu.

ip def cpu vlan vlan-id

no ip def cpu vlan vlan-id

【Parameter】

vlan-id:VLAN interface ID which is in the range of 1～4294

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！send the routing packet from vlan 2 to an unreachable host to cpu

GPON(config)#ip def cpu vlan 2

1.12.9 show ip interface supervlan-interface

Use show ip interface supervlan-interface command to display specified

superVLAN interface information.

show ip interface supervlan-interface supervlan-id

【Parameter】

supervlan-id:super VLAN interface ID which is in the range of 1～128

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

76
 Command line configuration manual
show ip interface can display all VLAN or superVLAN interface.

【Example】

！Display information of superVLAN 1

GPON(config)#show ip interface supervlan-interface 1

1.12.10 show ip interface vlan-interface

Use show ip interface vlan-interface command to display information of

specified or all VLAN interface.

show ip interface vlan-interface vlan-id

【Parameter】

vlan-id:specified VLAN interface id to be displayed.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

show ip interface can display all VLAN or superVLAN interface.

【Example】

！Display information of VLAN interface 2.

GPON(config)#show ip interface vlan-interface 2

1.12.11 show ip def cpu

Use this command to display packet transmitting mode.

show ip def cpu

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

77
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

show ip def cpu can display packet transmitting mode

【Example】

！Display packet transmitting mode

GPON(config)#show ip def cpu

1.12.12 subvlan

Use subvlan/ no subvlan command to add or delete subvlan of superVLAN.

subvlan vlan-id

no subvlan [ vlan-id ]

【Parameter】

vlan-id:subvlan id of superVLAN to be added or deleted which is intherange

of 1～4294,no command will delete all subVLAN if there si no keyword.

【Command configuration mode】

super VLAN interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The subVLAN of superVLAN to be added cannot correspond to

corresponded VLAN interface or other added superVLAN interface.

【Example】

！Add VLAN 8 to superVLAN interface 1

GPON(config-if-superVLANInterface-1)#subvlan 8

1.12.13 urpf

Use this command to enable URPF of VLAN interface and configure the
mode. Use the no command to disable it.

78
 Command line configuration manual
urpf { strict | loose }

no urpf

【Parameter】

strict:use URPF strict mode

loose:use URPF loose mode

【Command configuration mode】

interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Only after creating corresponded VLAN interface, URPF can be configured.

Interface URPF is defaulted to be disabled.

【Example】

！Enable URPF of VLAN interface 1 and configure to be strict

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#urpf strict

！Disable URPF of VLAN interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#no urpf

1.12.14 show urpf

Use this command to display URPF.

show urpf

【Command configuration mode】

interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Display URPF of VLAN interface 1

79
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#show urpf

80
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 5 ARP Configuration

Command

1.13 ARP Configuration Command

ARP Configuration Command includes:

 arp
 arp bind dynacmic
 arp aging
 show arp
 show arp aging
 arp-attack-protect
 show arp-attack-protect
 arp anti-flood
 arp anti-flood action
 arp anti-flood recover-time
 arp anti-flood recover
 show arp anti-flood
 arp anti-spoofing
 arp unknown
 arp anti-spoofing valid-check

81
 Command line configuration manual
 arp anti-spoofing deny-disguiser
 show arp anti-spoofing
 arp-dos-protect
 show arp-dos-protect
 arp overwrite
 show arp overwrite

1.13.1 arp

Use arp command to adda a static arp table item. Use no arp command to
delete a specified arp item.

arp ip-address mac [ vlan-id interface-num ]

arp ip-address mac mac [ vid vlan-id ][ port interface-num ]

no arp { all | dynamic | static | ip-address }

【Parameter】

ip-address:IP address of ARP maping item.

mac:MAC address of ARP maping item.

vlan-id:local VLAN ID which the frame with the destination address to be mac
passed. It is in the range of 1～4294

interface-num:interface ID which the frame with the destination address to be

mac passed.

static:static arp item

dynamic:dynamic arp item

all:all arp item

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

82
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

This command can add or delete a static arp item. Vlan-id must be the ID of
created VLAN and the following interface interface must belong to this vlan.
In no command, if IP address is specified, delete the corresponded item; if
choose static, delete all static arp item; if choose dynamic, delete all dynamic
arp item; if choose all, delete all arp item. Above command cannot delete
interface corresponded arp item.

【Example】

！Configure MAC address 22:21:22:23:24:25 corresponded to IP address

192.168.2.122 and passed through VLAN 1 interface 1

GPON(config)#arp 192.168.2.122 22:21:22:23:24:25 1 2/1

！Delete arp item corresponded to IP address 192.168.2.122

GPON(config)#no arp 192.168.2.122

1.13.2 arp bind dynamic

Use this command to bind static arp table item to be dynamic arp item.

arp bind dynamic { ip-address | all }

【Parameter】

ip-address : binding effective dynamic arp of specified ip address.

all : binding all dynamic arp item

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to bind effective dynamic arp item. Effective here means
valid and mac address cannot be all 2,multicast address or broadcast
address.

83
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

! Bind dynamic arp whose ip being 192.168.2.1 to be static arp

GPON(config)#arp bind dynamic 192.168.2.1

! Bind all effective dynamic arp item to be static arp

GPON(config)#arp bind dynamic all

1.13.3 arp aging

Use arp aging command to modify arp aging time. Use no command to
restore it.

arp aging time

no arp aging-time

【Parameter】

time:new aging time with the unit being minute which is in the range of 3 to
2882. The default value is 22.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ARP aging time to be 22 minutes.

GPON(config)#arp aging 22

1.13.4 show arp

Use show arp command to display arp information.

show arp { all | dynamic | static | ip-address }

【Parameter】

all:display all arp item

84
 Command line configuration manual
dynamic:display all dynamic arp item

static:display all static arp item

ip-address:IP address of ARP maping item.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is used to display information of arp item,including: the

corresponding relationship between IP address and MAC address, the ID of
passed vlan, interface number and item type.

【Example】

！Display corresponded item of IP address 192.168.2.122

GPON(config)#show arp 192.168.2.122

！Display all arp information

GPON(config)#show arp all

！Display all static arp information

GPON(config)#show arp static

！Display all dynamic arp information

GPON(config)#show arp dynamic

1.13.5 show arp aging-time

Use show arp aging command to display ARP aging.

show arp aging

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

85
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Display arp aging-time

GPON(config)#show arp aging-time

1.13.6 arp-attack-protect

Use this command to configure ARP packet of specified IP address can be

stopped through switch.

[no] arp-attack-protect ip mask

【Parameter】

ip:source ip address of stopped arp packet.

mask:mask of the above ip address

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure to stop arp packet with the source IP address being 1.1.1.1
255,255,255,255 to go through switch

GPON(config)#arp-attack-protect 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.255

1.13.7 show arp-attack-protect

Use his command to display the ARP packet with configured IP address to
be stopped.

show arp-attack-protect

【Parameter】

Non

【Command configuration mode】

86
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the ARP packet with configured IP address to be stopped.

GPON(config)#show arp-attack-protect

1.13.8 arp anti-flood

Use this command to enable arp anti-flood. Use no command to disable arp
anti-flood.

arp anti-flood

no arp anti-flood

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

! Enable arp anti-flood

GPON(config)#arp anti-flood

! Disable arp anti-flood

GPON(config)#no arp anti-flood

1.13.9 arp anti-flood action

Use this command to configure deny action and threshold of ARP anti-flood.

arp anti-flood action { deny-arp | deny-all } threshold rate-limit

【Parameter】

deny-arp : deny arp packet and filtrate all arp packets from this mac.

deny-all : deny all packets and filtrate all L2 frame from this mac.

87
 Command line configuration manual
rate-limit: rate threshold. Start deny when beyond it.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Default】

Default deny action is deny-arp and the rate-limit is 16 pps.

【Example】

! Configure deny action to be banning all packets and rate-limit to be 12 pps

GPON(config)#arp anti-flood action deny-all threshold 12

1.13.10 arp anti-flood recover-time

Use this command to configure ARP anti-flood recover time.

arp anti-flood recover-time time

【Parameter】

time:recover time which is in the range of 2-1442 minutes,if it is 2,it means

never recover.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Default】

Default time is 12 minutes

【Example】

! Configure recover time to be 22 minutes

GPON(config)#arp anti-flood recover-time 22

1.13.11 arp anti-flood recover

88
 Command line configuration manual
use this command to recover MAC banned by ARP anti-flood manually.

arp anti-flood recover { mac | all }

【Parameter】

mac : banned mac address

all: recover all banned mac address

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

! Recover banned mac:22:2a:5a:22:22:22

GPON(config)#arp anti-flood recover 22:2a:5a:22:22:22

! Recover all banned mac

GPON(config)#arp anti-flood recover all

1.13.12 show arp anti-flood

Use this command to show ARP anti-flood.

show arp anti-flood

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

! Show arp anti-flood

GPON(config)#show arp anti-flood

1.13.13 arp anti-flood bind blackhole

Use this command to bind blackhole address generated by arp anti-flood to

89
 Command line configuration manual
be manually added.

arp anti-flood bind blackhole { mac | all }

【Parameter】

mac : blackhole generated by arp anti-flood

all: restore blackhole generated by arp anti-flood

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

! Bind all blackhole generated by arp anti-flood

GPON(config)#arp anti-flood bind balckhole all

1.13.14 arp anti-spoofing

Use this command to enable arp anti-spoofing. Use the no command to

disable it.

arp anti-spoofing

no arp anti- spoofing

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

After enabling this function, all ARP through switch will be redirected to CPU.
If source IP, source MAC,interface number,vlan id and static ARP are totally
matched, it is thought to be valid and permitted normal handling and transmit.
If not, drop it. If there is not corresponded static ARP table item, handle it as
strategy of configuring unknown arp packet:drop it or flood（send to each

90
 Command line configuration manual
interfce）.

【Example】

! Enable arp anti-spoofing

GPON(config)#arp anti-spoofing

! Disable arp anti-spoofing

GPON(config)#no arp anti-spoofing

1.13.15 arp anti-spoofing unknown

Use this command to configure unknown ARP packet handling strategy.

arp anti-spoofing unknown { discard | flood }

【Parameter】

discard : discard this unknown arp packet.

flood:flood （send to each interfce）this arp packet

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Default】

The default is discard.

【Example】

! Configure arp anti-spoofing unknown to be flood

GPON(config)#arp anti-spoofing unknown flood

1.13.16 arp anti-spoofing valid-check

Use this command to enable check the validity of source MAC of ARP
packet. Use no command to disable it.

91
 Command line configuration manual
arp anti-spoofing valid-check

no arp anti-spoofing valid-check

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

After enabling this function,it will check whether the source mac of arp packet
sending to cpu is the as that in arp protocol packet. Drop it if they are
different.

【Example】

! Enable ARP anti-spoofing valid-check:

GPON(config)#arp anti-spoofing valid-check

! Disable ARP anti-spoofing valid-check:

GPON(config)#no arp anti-spoofing valid-check

1.13.17 arp anti-spoofing deny-disguiser

Use this command to enable ARP anti-spoofing deny-disguiser. Use no

command to disable it.

arp anti-spoofing deny-disguiser

no arp anti-spoofing deny-disguiser

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

After enabling this function, when switch cpu receives the ARP packet which
is conflict with gateway address, push source mac of arp protocol packet to
mac blackhole and send its own free arp. It will check arp broadcast packet.

92
 Command line configuration manual
Those arp unicast packet not only for arp will not be checked for no uplink
cpu.

【Example】

! Enable ARP anti-spoofing deny-disguiser:

GPON(config)#arp anti-spoofing deny-disguiser

! Disable ARP anti-spoofing deny-disguiser:

GPON(config)#no arp anti-spoofing deny-disguiser

1.13.18 show arp anti-spoofing

Use this command to show arp anti-spoofing.

show arp anti-spoofing

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

GPON(config)#show arp anti-spoofing

1.13.19 arp anti trust

Use this command to set the port to be trust and ARP packet from this port
will not be check attacking and spoofing.

[no] arp anti trust

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure e2/1 to be trust

93
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#arp anti trust

1.13.20 arp-dos-protect

Use this command to configure ARP packet rate, which is to limit ARP packet
through switch.

arp-dos-protect rate

【Parameter】

rate:the max rate of ARP packet through switch. The speed rate is in the unit
of kbps and in the range of 64kbps--16384kbps (16mbps). In addition, the
rate configured here can only be the multiple of 64kbps(it is restricted by
hardware).

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Restrict the max speed rate of ARP packet through switch to be 128

GPON(config)#arp-dos-protect 128

1.13.21 show arp-dos-protect

Use this command to display the restriction to the speed rate of ARP packet.

show arp-dos-protect

【Parameter】

Non

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

94
 Command line configuration manual
！Display the restriction to the speed rate of ARP packet.

GPON(config)#show arp-dos-protect

1.13.22 arp overwrite

Use this command to enable and disable ARP overwrite and configure arp
conflict. When this function is enabled, the table will be update with arp
conflict.

[no] arp overwrite

【Parameter】

Non

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable ARP overwrite

GPON(config)#arp overwrite

1.13.23 show arp overwrite

Use this command to display arp overwrite configuration.

show arp overwrite

【Parameter】

Non

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

95
 Command line configuration manual
！Display arp overwrite configuration

GPON(config)#show arp overwrite

96
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 6 DHCP Configuration

Command

1.14 DHCP Configuration Command

（124） dhcp-relay
（125） dhcp-relay hide server-ip
（126） dhcp-server
（127） dhcp-snooping
（128） dhcp-snooping trust
（129） dhcp-snooping max-clients
（130） dhcp option82
（131） dhcp option82 strategy
（132） dhcp option82 format
（133） dhcp option82 circuit-id string
（134） dhcp option82 remote-id string
（135） ip-source-guard
（136） ip-source-guard bind ip
（137） show dhcp-relay
（138） show dhcp-relay hide server-ip
（139） show dhcp-server

97
 Command line configuration manual
（140） show dhcp-server interface
（141） show dhcp-snooping
（142） show dhcp-snooping clients

1.14.1 dhcp-relay

Use Dhcp-relay command to enable DHCP relay. Use no dhcp-relay

command to disable DHCP relay.

Dhcp-relay

no dhcp-relay

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Enable DHCP relay before enabling DHCP server.

【Example】

！Enable DHCP relay

GPON(config)#dhcp-relay

！Disable DHCP relay

GPON(config)#no dhcp-relay

1.14.2 dhcp-relay hide server-ip

Use dhcp-relay hide server-ip command to enable hide server address

in DHCP relay. Use no dhcp-relay hide server-ip command to disable
hide of DHCP.

dhcp-relay hide server-ip

no dhcp-relay hide server-ip

98
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Default】

Disable

【Usage】

Enable DHCP relay before enabling DHCP hide server. Only after enabling
all DHCP, network can operate normally.

【Example】

！Enable hide DHCP server of DHCP relay

GPON(config)#dhcp-relay hide server-ip

！Disable hide DHCP server of DHCP relay

GPON(config)#no dhcp-relay hide server-ip

1.14.3 dhcp-server

Use following command to configure DHCP server. Use its no command to

delete configured DHCP server. Configure in global configuration mode:

dhcp-server dhcp-num ip ip-addres

no dhcp-server dhcp-num

Followings are specified DHCP server of layer 3 interface. Use its no

command to cancel it. Configure it in interface configuration mode.

dhcp-server dhcp-num

no dhcp-server

【Parameter】

dhcp-num:DHCP server number which is in the range of 1～32

99
 Command line configuration manual
ip-addres:IP address of DHCP server

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode, interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command in global configuration mode to configure DHCP server.

Specify DHCP server in layer 3 interface in interface configuration mode. If
configuring IP address of DHCP server to be the IP address of some layer 3
interface, built-in DHCP server will be used.

【Example】

！Configure IP address of DHCP server 2 to be 192.168.2.122

GPON(config)#dhcp-server 2 ip 192.168.2.122

！Delete DHCP server 2

GPON(config)#no dhcp-server 2

！Specify VLAN interface 2 to use DHCP server 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-2)#dhcp-server 1

！Cancel specified DHCP server of VLAN interface 2

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-2)#no dhcp-server

1.14.4 dhcp-snooping

Use dhcp-snooping command to configure DHCP SNOOPING. Use no

dhcp-snooping command to delete this configuration. Configure it in global
configuration mode.

dhcp-snooping

no dhcp-snooping

【Command configuration mode】

100
 Command line configuration manual
Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable DHCP SNOOPING

GPON(config)#dhcp-snooping

1.14.5 dhcp-snooping trust

Use dhcp-snooping trust command to configure DHCPSNOOPING

interface to be trust interface. Use no dhcp-snooping trust command to
restore it to be non-trust interface.

dhcp-snooping trust

no dhcp-snooping trust

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Interface is defaulted to be nontrust. Valid DHCP server must connect to trust

interface.

【Example】

！Configure ethernet 2/1 to be trust interface.

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#dhcp-snooping trust

1.14.6 dhcp-snooping max-clients

Followings are used to configure interface or the max DHCP client number
permitted by VLAN.

dhcp-snooping max-clients num

no dhcp-snooping max-clients

101
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

num:the max number which is in the range of 2 to 2248. it is defaulted to be

2248.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode, VLAN configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the max learning number of Ethernet 2/1 to be 33

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#dhcp-snooping max-clients 33

！Configure the max learning number of VLAN 2 to be 33

GPON(config-if-vlan)#dhcp-snooping max-clients 33

1.14.7 dhcp option82

Use dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP relay and option82 of

DHCP relay. Use no dhcp option82 command to disable option82 of
DHCP.

dhcp option82

no dhcp option82

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Default】

Disable

【Usage】

This command will be effective after DHCP relay enabling.

【Example】

102
 Command line configuration manual
！Enable option82 of DHCP relay.

GPON(config)#dhcp option82

1.14.8 dhcp option82 strategy

Use dhcp option82 strategy command to configure strategy of request

packet which includes option82.

dhcp option82 strategy {drop|keep|replace}

no dhcp option82 strategy

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

drop:drop request packet

keep:keep original option82

replace:replace original option82

【Default】

Replace

【Usage】

This command will be effective after DHCP relay enabling.

【Example】

！Configure strategy to be drop

GPON(config)#dhcp option82 strategy drop

1.14.9 dhcp option82 format

Use this command to configure dhcp option82 format.

103
 Command line configuration manual
dhcp option82 format {normal | verbose [ node-identifier { mac | hostname |
user-defined node-identifier } ] }

no dhcp option82 format

no dhcp option82 format verbose node-identifier

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

nomal:the format is normal.

verbose:the format is verbose.

node-identifier { mac | hostname| user-defined node-identifier}:accessing

node identifier. By default,the node-identifier is mac address.

mac:use mac as node-identifier

hostname:use hostname as node-identifier

user-defined node-identifier use specific string as node-identifier. node-

identifier ranges from 1-52 byte

【Default】

normal

【Usage】

1)dhcp option82 format is for Option 82 format. no dhcp relay information

format is for restore to default format.

2)when using no dhcp option82 format, if verbose node-identifier is empty, it

will restore to normal；if not, it will restore to be mac in verbose format.

3）if hostname is node-identifier, there cannot be space in the hostname, or,

option82 will be added fail.

104
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Set format as verbose

GPON(config)#dhcp option82 format verbose

1.14.10 dhcp option82 circuit-id string

Use this command to configure user-defined Circuit ID. Use no command to

restore to default configuration.

dhcp option82 circuit-id string circuit-id

no dhcp option82 circuit-id string

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

circuit-id:user-defined Circuit ID , which is in the range of 1～64.

【Default】

Empty.Circuit ID is determined by Option 82 format.

【Usage】

After configuring user-defined Circuit ID, it will be used in normal mode, but
not, in verbose mode.

【Example】

！Configure Circuit ID of Option 82 to be company221

GPON(config)#dhcp option82 circuit-id company221

1.14.11 dhcp option82 remote-id string

Use this command to configure user-defined Remote ID. Use no command

to restore to default configuration.

105
 Command line configuration manual
dhcp option82 remote-id string {remotet-id | hostname}

no dhcp option82 remote-id string

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

remote-id:user-defined Remote ID , which is in the range of 1～64.

hostname: hostname is as Remote ID

【Default】

Empty. Remote ID is determined by Option 82 format.

【Usage】

After configuring user-defined Remote ID, user-defined Circuit ID can be

used in normal and verbose mode.

【Example】

！Configure Remote ID of Option 82 to be device221

GPON(config)#dhcp option82 circuit-id device221

1.14.12 ip-source-guard

Use this command to enable interface IP source guard. Use no command to

disable it.

ip-source-guard

no ip-source-guard

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode, VLAN configuration mode

【Example】

106
 Command line configuration manual
！Enable IP source guard of e2/1

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#ip-source-guard

1.14.13 ip-source-guard bind ip

Use this command to configure IP source guard to static bind entry, use no
to delete IP source guard static bind entry

ip-souce-guard bind ip ip-address [ mac mac [ interface ethernet interface-

num ] ]

no ip-source-guard bind ip { ip-address | all }

【Command mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure IP source guard static bind entry

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#ip-source-guard bind ip 192.168.0.1 mac

0:0:0:0:0:1 interface ethernet 2/1

1.14.14 show dhcp-relay

Use show dhcp-relay command to display DHCP relay configuration.

show dhcp-relay

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display DHCP relay configuration

GPON(config)#show dhcp-relay

DHCP relay is enabled!

107
 Command line configuration manual
1.14.15 show dhcp-relay hide server-ip

Use show dhcp-relay hide server-ip command to display hide server IP

configuration of DHCP relay.

show dhcp-relay hide server-ip

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display hide server-ip of DHCP relay

GPON(config)#show dhcp-relay hide server-ip

DHCP RELAY hide server-ip is enabled!

1.14.16 show dhcp-server

Use show dhcp-server command to display specified or all DHCP server

configuration.

show dhcp-server [ server-id ]

【Parameter】

server-id:DHCP server number

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all DHCP server configuration

GPON(config)#show dhcp-server

1.14.17 show dhcp-server inerface

108
 Command line configuration manual
Use show dhcp-server inerface command to display Dhcp server
configuration specified for layer 3 interface.

show dhcp-server inerface [ { supervlan-interface supervlan-id } | { vlan-

interface vlan-id } ]

【Parameter】

supervlan-id:id of superVLAN interface which is in the range of 1～11

vlan-id:VLAN id which is in the range of 1～4294

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

This command displays Dhcp server configuration specified for layer 3

interface. Interface ID is optional. If it is vacant, all Dhcp server configuration
specified for layer 3 interface will be displayed.

【Example】

！Display all Dhcp server configuration specified for layer 3 interface.

GPON(config)#show dhcp-server interface

1.14.18 show dhcp-snooping interface

Use show dhcp-snooping interface command to show DHCP SNOOPING

configuration.

show dhcp-snooping interface [ interface-num ]

【Parameter】

interface-num:consist of port type + port num,port type is ethernet,port num

is device/slot-num/port-num,device means stack device num,the range is 0
～7,slot-num is slot num,the range is 0～1,port-num is the port num,the
range is 1～48.

109
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

When displaying port information, if not appoints the port type and port num,it
displays all ports information；if appoints to port type and port num, it
displays select port information.

【Example】

！Display port 1 DHCP SNOOPING configuration

GPON(config)#show dhcp-snooping interface ethernet 2/1

1.14.19 show dhcp-snooping vlan

Use this command to display VLAN DHCP SNOOPING configuration.

show dhcp-snooping vlan [ vlan-id ]

【Command mode】

All command mode

【Usage】

When displaying vlan,it diplays configured vlan if without selected vlan-id,it

diplays selected vlan if with vlan-id.

【Example】

！Display configured all vlan DHCP SNOOPING configuration

GPON(config)#show dhcp-snooping vlan

1.14.20 show ip-source-guard bind ip

Use this command to display ip-source-guard static bind entry

show ip-source-guard bind ip { ip-address| all }

110
 Command line configuration manual
【Command mode】

All command mode

【Example】

！Display ip as 192.168.0.1 ip-source-guard static bind entry

GPON(config)#show ip-source-guard bind ip 192.168.0.1

1.14.21 show dhcp-snooping clients

Use show dhcp-snooping clients command to display user information.

show dhcp-snooping clients

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display user information

GPON(config)#show dhcp-snooping clients

111
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 7 Local IP Address Pool Configuration

Command

1.15 Local IP Address Pool Configuration Command

Local IP Address Pool Configuration Command:

 dhcp-client
 dns primary-ip
 dns second-ip
 dns suffix
 gateway
 ip
 ip-bind
 ip pool
 lease
 section
 show dhcp-client
 show ip-bind
 show ip pool
 wins primary-ip
 wins second-ip

112
 Command line configuration manual
1.15.1 dhcp-client

Use this command to configure dhcp client. When ip-bind enables, only
configured dhcp client can apply specified IP address.

dhcp-client mac ip vlanid

no dhcp-client mac vlanid

【Parameter】

mac: mac address of client

ip:the ip address distributed to client

vlanid:the vlan the client is in

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Add client with mac address being 21:22:5e:22:22:22,vlan being 2,ip

addrss being 5.5.1.2

GPON(config)#dhcp-client 21:22:5e:22:22:22 5.5.1.2 2

！Delete client with mac address being 21:22:5e:22:22:22,vlan being 2

GPON(config)#no dhcp-client 21:22:5e:22:22:22 2

1.15.2 dns primary-ip

Use dns primary-ip command to configure IP address of primary DNS

server of local IP address pool. Use no dns primary-ip command to delete
IP address of primary DNS server.

dns primary-ip ip-address

no dns primary-ip

113
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

ip-address:IP address of primary DNS server.

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure primary DNS server of local IP address pool to be

192.168.2.122

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#dns primary-ip 192.168.2.122

！Delete primary DNS server of local IP address pool green

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#no dns primary-ip

1.15.3 dns second-ip

Use dns second-ip command to configure IP address of second DNS server

of local IP address pool. Use no dns second-ip command to delete IP
address of second DNS server.

dns second-ip ip-address

no dns second-ip

【Parameter】

ip-address:IP address of second DNS server.

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure second DNS server of local IP address pool to be 192.168.2.222

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#dns second-ip 192.168.2.222

114
 Command line configuration manual
！Delete second DNS server of local IP address pool green

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#no dns second-ip

1.15.4 dns third-ip

Use dns third-ip command to configure IP address of third DNS server of

local IP address pool. Use no dns third-ip command to delete IP address of
third DNS server.

dns third-ip ip-address

no dns third-ip

【Parameter】

ip-address:IP address of fourth DNS server.

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure third DNS server of local IP address pool to be 192.168.2.322

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#dns third-ip 192.168.2.322

！Delete third DNS server of local IP address pool green

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#no dns third-ip

1.15.5 dns fourth-ip

Use dns fourth-ip command to condifure IP address of fourth DNS server of

local IP address pool. Use no dns fourth-ip command to delete IP address
of fourth DNS server.

dns fourth-ip ip-address

no dns fourth-ip

115
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

ip-address:IP address of fourth DNS server.

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure fourth DNS server of local IP address pool to be 192.168.2.422

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#dns fourth-ip 192.168.2.422

！Delete fourth DNS server of local IP address pool green

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#no dns fourth-ip

1.15.6 dns suffix

Use dns suffix command to configure DNS suffix of local IP address pool.
Use no dns suffix command to delete DNS suffix of local IP address pool.

dns suffix suffix-name

no dns suffix

【Parameter】

suffix-name:DNS suffix

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure DNS suffix of address pool green to be greennet.com.cn

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#dns suffix greennet.com.cn

！Delete DNS suffix of address pool green

116
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#no dns suffix

1.15.7 gateway

Use gateway command to configure gateway and netmask.

gateway ip-address mask

【Parameter】

ip-address:gateway of local IP address pool.

mask:netmask of local IP address pool.

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Usage】

All addresses must be in the area determined by gateway and netmask of

local IP address pool, and address in address pool cannot include gateway
address.

【Example】

！Configure gateway of address pool to be 192.168.2.122, netmask to be

255.255.255.2

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#gateway 192.168.2.122 255.255.255.2

1.15.8 ip

Use ip command to enable/disable Ip address in local IP address pool.

ip { disable | enable } ip-address

【Parameter】

ip-address: must include some network interface in local IP address pool.

【Command configuration mode】

117
 Command line configuration manual
Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

！Disable specified address in local IP address pool network

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#ip disable 192.168.2.122

！Enable specified address in local IP address pool network

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#ip enable 192.168.2.122

1.15.9 ip-bind

Use this command to enable or disable ip-bind. After enabling ip-bind,only

configured dhcp client can apply specified IP address.

ip-bind

no ip-bind

【Parameter】

non

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable ip bind

ip-bind

！Disable ip-bind

no ip-bind

1.15.10 ip pool

Use ip pool command to enter local IP address pool configuration mode.

Use no ip pool command to delete specified address pool.

118
 Command line configuration manual
ip pool ippoolname

no ip pool ippoolname

【Parameter】

ippoolname:character string of address pool name which is in the range of 1

～32 characters.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

If the IP address pool in ippoolname doesn’t exist, create it.

【Example】

！Create and enter local IP address pool green

GPON(config)#ip pool green

GPON (config-ip-pool-green)#

1.15.11 lease

Use lease command to configure lease of local IP address pool.

lease day:hour:min

【Parameter】

day:hour:min:lease time which is accurated to minute. The shortest is 2:2:1

and the longest is 999:23:59. The default time is 1 day.

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

119
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure lease of local IP pool green is 1 day 1 hour 1 minute

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#lease 1:1:1

1.15.12 section

Use section command to configure local IP pool network interface. Use no

section command to delete specified IP address pool network interface.

section section-id from-ip to-ip

no section section-id

【Parameter】

section-id is the section number of this address pool and at most 8 groups.
from-ip is the start address of this address section. to-ip is the end address of
this address section. This two ip must be in the address area determined by
gateway and netmask excluding gateway address.

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure network interface of local IP address pool

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#section 2 192.168.2.122 192.168.2.222

！Delete local IP pool network interface 2

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#no section 2

1.15.13 show dhcp-client

Use this command to display specified IP address,MAC or all client

configuration.

show dhcp-client [mac | ip]

【Parameter】

120
 Command line configuration manual
mac:mac address of dhcp client

ip:ip address of dhcp client

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all dhcp client configuration

GPON(config)#show dhcp-client

1.15.14 show ip-bind

Use this command to display ip-bind configuration.

show ip-bind

【Parameter】

non

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ip-bind configuration

GPON(config)#show ip-bind

1.15.15 show ip pool

Use show ip pool command to display specified or all IP pool configuration.

show ip pool [ ippool-name [ section-num ] ]

【Parameter】

ippool-name:name of specified IP pool

121
 Command line configuration manual
section-num: section number of specified IP pool

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all local IP pool configuration

GPON(config)#show ip pool

1.15.16 wins primary-ip

Use wins primary-ip command to configure primary WINS server IP

address of this IP pool. Use no wins primary-ip command to delete primary
WINS server IP address of this IP pool.

wins primary-ip ip-address

no wins primary-ip

【Parameter】

ip-address: IP address of primary WIN server.

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure primary WIN server of local IP pool green to be 192.168.2.122

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#wins primary-ip 192.168.2.122

！Delete primary WINS server IP address of local IP pool green.

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#no wins primary-ip

1.15.17 wins second-ip

122
 Command line configuration manual
Use wins second-ip command to configure second WINS server IP address
of this IP pool. Use no wins second-ip command to delete second WINS
server IP address of this IP pool.

wins second-ip ip-address

no wins second-ip

【Parameter】

ip-address: IP address of second WIN server.

【Command configuration mode】

Local IP address pool configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure second WIN server of local IP pool green to be 192.168.2.222

GPON(config-ip-pool-green)#wins second-ip 192.168.2.222

！Delete second WINS server IP address of local IP pool green.

GPON (config-ip-pool-green)#no wins second-ip

123
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 8 Static Routing Configuration Command

1.16 Static Routing Configuration Command

Static Routing Configuration Command includes:

 ip route
 show ip route

1.16.1 ip route

Use ip route command to add a static route. Use no ip route command to

delete a specified static route. Use no ip route static all command to delete
all static route.

ip route dst-ip mask gate-ip

no ip route dst-ip mask [ gate-ip ]

no ip route static all

【Parameter】

dst-ip:static route destination address to be added which is in the form of

dotted decimal

mask:destination address mask which is in the form of dotted decimal

gate-ip:static route next hop address which is in the form of dotted decimal

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

124
 Command line configuration manual
This command can add or delete a static routing table item. If destination IP
and mask are 2, the added route is default route. Gateway address may not
be input when deleting route, if it is inputted, it must be the same as that in
routing table.

【Example】

！Add a route to 192.168.2.122 network interface, the next hop address is

12.11.2.254

GPON(config)#ip route 192.168.2.122 255.255.2.2 12.11.2.254

！Delete route which is to 192.168.2.122 network interface

GPON(config)#no ip route 192.168.2.122 255.255.2.2

！Delete all static route

GPON(config)#no ip route static all

1.16.2 show ip route

Use show ip route command to display information of specified route.

show ip route [ ip-address [ mask ] | static | rip |ospf ]

【Parameter】

ip-address:destination address to be displayed which is in the form of dotted

decimal.

mask:destination address mask which is in the form of dotted decimal

static:display all statuc routing item.

rip: display all rip routing item.

ospf: display all ospf routing item.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

125
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

This command is used to display related information of specified routing table

item, including the next hop address and routing type. It can be displayed as
route to specified deatination address, all static route and all routes. If there
is no keyword, all routes will be displayed.

【Example】

！Display route information to IP address 192.168.2.122

GPON(config)#show ip route 192.168.2.122

！Display all routing table

GPON(config)#show ip route

！Display all rip routing table

GPON(config)#show ip route rip

！Display all ospf routing table

GPON(config)#show ip route ospf

126
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 9 RIP Configuration

Command

1.17 RIP Configuration Command

RIP configuration command includes:

 auto-summary
 host-route
 ip rip authentication
 ip rip input
 ip rip metricin
 ip rip metricout
 ip rip output
 ip rip split
 ip rip version
 ip rip work
 network
 router rip
 ip prefix-list
 ip prefix-list default
 show ip prefix-list

127
 Command line configuration manual
 redistribute
 distribute-list
 show ip rip
 show ip rip interface

1.17.1 auto-summary

Use auto-summary command to configure to auto-summary routing when

running RIP-2. Use no auto-summary command to cancel auto-summary of
RIP-2.

auto-summary

no auto-summary

【Default】

RIP-2 is defaulted to auto-summary. For RIP-1,it always summary for it

doesn’t send network mask when sending routing packet.

【Command configuration mode】

RIP protocol configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure system auto-summary when running RIP-2

GPON(config-router-rip)#auto-summary

1.17.2 host-route

Use host-route command to configure RIP receive host routing. Use no

host-route command to configure to refuse to receive host routing in RIP
packet.

host-route

no host-route

128
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

RIP receive host routing.

【Command configuration mode】

RIP protocol configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure RIP refuse to receive host routing

GPON(config-router-rip)#no host-route

1.17.3 ip rip authentication

Use ip rip authentication simple command to configure RIP-2 plain text

authentication and the password or configure RIP-2 being MD5
authentication and configure MD5 key id and key string.

ip rip authentication { simple password | md5 key-id key-id key-string key-

string }

no ip rip authentication

【Parameter】

password:RIP-2 plain text authentication password which is in the range of 1

～16

key id: key id for MD5 authentication of RIP-2

key-string: key string for MD5 authentication of RIP-2

【Default】

RIP-2 authentication disables.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

129
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

RIP-1 doesn’t support packet authentication and RIP-2 supports

authentication.

【Example】

！Enable plain text authentication of VLAN interface 3 with the keyword to be

GPON

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip rip authentication GPON

1.17.4 ip rip input

Use ip rip input command to permit interface receiving RIP packet. Use no
ip rip input command to configure interface refuse to receive RIP packet.

ip rip input

no ip rip input

【Default】

Interface receives RIP packet.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure VLAN interface 3 not to receive RIP packet

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#no ip rip input

1.17.5 ip rip metricin

Use ip rip metricin command to configure the added metricin value of router
when receiving RIP packet. Use no ip rip metricin command to restore the
default metricin value.

130
 Command line configuration manual
ip rip metricin value

no ip rip metricin

【Parameter】

Value: the added metricin value of router when receiving RIP packet which is
in the range of 2 to 16.

【Default】

It is defaulted to be 2.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the added metricin value of router when receiving RIP packet of
VLAN interface 3 to be 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip rip metric 1

1.17.6 ip rip metricout

Use ip rip metricout command to configure the added metricout value of

router when sending RIP packet. Use no ip rip metricout command to
restore the default metricout value.

ip rip metricout value

no ip rip metricout

【Parameter】

Value: the added metricout value of router when sending RIP packet which is
in the range of 2 to 16.

【Default】

131
 Command line configuration manual
It is defaulted to be 2.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the added metricout value of router when sending RIP packet of
VLAN interface 3 to be 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip rip metricout 1

1.17.7 ip rip output

Use ip rip output command to permit interface sending RIP packet. Use no
ip rip output command to forbid interface sending RIP packet.

ip rip output

no ip rip output

【Default】

It is defaulted not to send RIP packet to the outside.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Forbid VLAN interface 3 sending RIP outside

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#no ip rip output

1.17.8 ip rip split

Use ip rip split command to enable the split when interface sending RIP
packet. Use no ip rip split command to disable it.

ip rip split

132
 Command line configuration manual
no ip rip split

【Default】

Enable the split when interface sending RIP packet.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

To prevent routing ring, it is necessary to split. For some special situation, to

guarantee the correctly running of protocol, split disables.

【Example】

！Configure VLAN interface 3 to use split when sending RIP packet.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip rip split

1.17.9 ip rip version

Use ip rip version command to configure RIP version of layer 3 interface.

Use no ip rip version command to restore the default RIP version.

ip rip version 1

ip rip version 2 [ bcast | mcast ]

no ip rip version

【Parameter】

1:Configure the RIP version to be RIP-1

2:Configure the RIP version to be RIP-2

bcast:use broadcast when RIP-2 receiving and sending RIP

mcast:use multicast when RIP-2 receiving and sending RIP

【Default】

133
 Command line configuration manual
It is defaulted to run RIP-1. If configuring to be RIP-2, it is defaulted to use
multicast.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Running RIP-1, it can receive and send RIP-1 broadcast packet; when
running RIP-2 and using broadcast, it can receive RIP-1 packet and RIP-2
broadcast packet not RIP-2 multicast packet; when running RIP-2 and using
multicast, it can only send and receive RIP-2 multicast packet.

【Example】

！Configure VLAN interface 3 to run RIP-2 and use multicast

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip rip version 2 mcast

1.17.10 ip rip work

Use ip rip work command to permit sending and receiving RIP packet. Use
no ip rip work command to refuse to send and receive RIP packet.

ip rip work

no ip rip work

【Default】

Receive and send RIP packet is permitted.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

This command equals to ip rip input and ip rip output command. The latter
two control the receiving and sending RIP packet of interface.

134
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Permit VLAN interface 3 receiving and sending RIP packet.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip rip work

1.17.11 network

Use network command to specify the IP network interface to run RIP

protocol. Use no network command to cancel IP network interface to run
RIP protocol.

network ip-address

no network ip-address

【Default】

All network interface will not run RIP protocol.

【Command configuration mode】

RIP protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

After enabling RIP, use this command to specify the IP network interface to
run RIP protocol. Attribution of all interface will be effective after running RIP.
Because the mask has been configured when creating this IP network
interface, this command needs not input mask.

【Example】

！Specify network interface 192.1.1.1/24 to run RIP

GPON(config-router-rip)#network 192.1.1.1

1.17.12 router rip

Use router rip command to enable RIP protocol and enter RIP mode. Use
no router rip command to disable RIP protocol.

135
 Command line configuration manual
router rip

no router rip

【Default】

RIP disables.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable RIP protocol

GPON(config)#router rip

！Disable RIP protocol

GPON(config)#no router rip

1.17.13 ip prefix-list

Use this command to configure an address prefix list or item. Use the no
command to remove it.

ip prefix-list prefix-list-name [seq seq-number] {deny nework len | permit

network len} [ge ge-value] [le le-value]

no ip prefix-list prefix-list-name [seq seq-number | deny | permit]

【Parameter】

prefix-list-name:name of prefix-list

seq:Use seq number to the prefix acl item to be created or deleted.

seq-number:It is used for the order of handling the filtrated.

deny:deny it when matching

permit:permit it when matching

136
 Command line configuration manual
network:giving the prefix to be matched

len:giving the length of prefix to be matched

ge:applying “ge-value”to the given arrange

ge-value:match the range of mask length for the more concrete prefix
than“network/len”. If only “ge” is specified, the range is from “ge-
value”（larger than or equal to ge-value）to 32（smaller or equal to 32）

le:apply “le-value”to specified range

le-value:match the range of mask length for the more concrete prefix
than“network/len”. If only “le” is specified, the range is from “length”（larger
than or equal to length）to“le-value”（smaller or equal to le-value）

【Default】

when the seq number is not specified, the default adding value is 12,that is,
the first seq number in a prefix acl is 12,and the second and the third is 22
and 32. If the specified seq number is 24,the following is 34, 44 etc. The
adding value is not 1 is convenient to insert sentence in configured ones.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

ge-value and le-value must satisfy:

length<ge-value<=le-value<=32

length is the length of prefix of the IP address to be matched; ge-value and

le-value specify the range of the prefix of the mask to be matched.If ge-value
and le-value are not specified, the range is from length to 32；if specified,
they are from ge-value to le-value；if only one is specified, refer to the above
discription.

Example:

137
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#ip prefix-list prefix221 permit 192.2.2.2 8 le 24

GPON(config)#ip prefix-list prefix221 deny 192.2.2.2 8 ge 25

The above commands will check whether the first byte of the toute
destination address is 192；then, check the route mask length. The mask
with the length larger than and equal to 8 and smaller than and equal to 24
matches “permit”, and the mask with the length larger than and equal to 25
and smaller than and equal to 24 matches “deny”.

Specially, the form with prefix being 2.2.2.2/32can match the route with the
destination address and mask being 2（not matching the route with
destination being 2 and mask being 1）；2.2.2.2 matches all routes.

【Example】

！Configure prefix ACL to deny route with destination address being

192.168.1.2/24（including all subnetwork route）

GPON(config)#ip prefix-list pflst221 deny 192.168.1.2 24

GPON(config)#ip prefix-list pflst221 permit 2.2.2.2 2

1.17.14 ip prefix-list default

Use this command to configure the matching mode when the item does not
exist in current prefix list or has no matching item in prefix list.Use the no
command to restore the default matching mode.

ip prefix-list default { tab-rule { deny | permit } | entry-rule { deny | permit } }

no ip prefix-list default { tab-rule | entry-rule }

【Parameter】

tab-rule:configure the matching mode with the prefix is not exist.

entry-rule:configure the matching mode when there is no matching item in

prefix list.

deny:deny matching mode

138
 Command line configuration manual
permit:permit matching mode

【Default】

By default, the matching mode that the prefix list does not exist is permit and
the other is deny.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the matching mode without matching item in prefix list to be

permit

GPON(config)#ip prefix-list default entry-rule permit

1.17.15 show ip prefix-list

Use this command to display some or all prefix list.

show ip prefix-list [ prefix-list-name ]

【Parameter】

prefix-list-name:name of prefix list

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all prefix list

GPON(config)#show ip prefix-list

1.17.16 redistribute

Use redistribute command to introduce external static routing or routing

information found by other routing protocol. Use no redistribute command

139
 Command line configuration manual
to cancel the introduction.

redistribute protocol [ metric metric ] [ type { 1 | 2 } ] [ tag tag-value ]

no redistribute [ protocol ]

【Parameter】

protocol:introduced source routing protocol which can be connected, rip and

static.

【Default】

None introduction.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

Each dynamic routing protocol can share routing information. Because of

OSPF, router found by other routing protocol always be handled as external
routing information of autonomy.

OSPF uses following 4 kinds of different router which as priority order are:

·Inter Area Routing

·Area Border Routing

·The first category external routing

·The second category external routing

The description of routing in or between areais for network structurein

Autonomy system. External routingdescribes how to choose destination
routing out of Autonomy system.

The first category external routing is received IGP router (such as: RIP and
STATIC). This kind of router is more credible, so the cost volume of external
router and autonomy system is the same and can compare with the router of

140
 Command line configuration manual
OSPF itself, that is, the cost to external router= the cost to its ASBR +the
cost of ASBR to destination address.

The second category external routing is the received EGP router. This kind of
router is less credible, so the cost volume of ASBR to the outside of
autonomy system is far more expensive than that of autonomy system to
ASBR, so the former is mainly considered, that is, the cost to the second
external router = the cost of ASBR to destination address. If the cost is the
same, consider the cost of this router to corresponded ASBR.

【Example】

！Configure OSPF introduce RIP router

GPON(config-router-ospf)#redistribute rip

1.17.17 distribute-list

Use this command to configure to filtrate receiving or sending route or

configure to receive specified neighbor route. Use the no command to delete
filtration rule.

distribute-list { gate-way prefix-list-name in | prefix-list prefix-list-name { in

| out } }

no distribute-list { gate-way in | prefix-list { in | out } }

【Parameter】

gatway:Configure to receive specified neighbor route. The specified neighbor

is the address permitted by prefix list.

prefix-list:Configure to filtrate route applied prefix list.

prefix-list-name:the name of prefix list

in:configure route filtration applied to receive route

out:configure route filtration applied to send route

【Command configuration mode】

141
 Command line configuration manual
RIP protocol configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure to filtrate send route applied to prefix list pflst221

GPON(config-router-rip)#distribute-list prefix-list pflst221 out

1.17.18 show ip rip

Use show ip rip command to display RIP statistics, such as received error
RIP packet number and error routing number.

show ip rip

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display RIP information in layer 3

GPON(config)#show ip rip

1.17.19 show ip rip interface

Use show ip rip interface command to display RIP information of interface,

such as RIP version or authentication.

show ip rip interface [ vlan-interface vlan-id | supervlan-interface supervlan-id

]

【Parameter】

vlan-id:the vlan interface numberto be displayed.

supervlan-id:the supervlan interface numberto be displayed

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

142
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Display RIP configuration of layer 3 interface

GPON(config-router-rip)#show ip rip interface

！Display RIP configuration of layer 3 interface 1

GPON(config-router-rip)#show ip rip interface vlan-interface 1

143
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 10 OSPF Configuration Command

1.18 OSPF configuration command

OSPF configuration command includes:

 area authentication
 area default-cost
 area range
 area stub
 area virtual-link
 default-information originate
 default redistribute metric
 default redistribute type
 ip ospf authentication-key
 ip ospf cost
 ip ospf dead-interval
 ip ospf hello-interval
 ip ospf message-digest-key
 ip ospf network
 ip ospf priority
 ip ospf retransmit-interval
 ip ospf transmit-delay
 network area

144
 Command line configuration manual
 redistribute
 router id
 router ospf
 show ip ospf
 show ip ospf border-routers
 show ip ospf cumulative
 show ip ospf database
 show ip ospf error
 show ip ospf interface
 show ip ospf neighbor
 show ip ospf request-list
 show ip ospf retrans-list
 show ip ospf virtual-link
 show ip route ospf
 show router id

1.18.1 area authentication

Use area authentication command to specify a domain in OSPF to support

authentication attribution. Use area authentication command to cancel it.

area area-id authentication [ message-digest ]

no area area-id authentication

【Parameter】

area-id:ID in OSPF domain which is in the form of IP address.

message-digest:use MD5 encryption authentication.

【Default】

145
 Command line configuration manual
None authentication.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

The authentication type of all routers in a domain must be the same(it

supports plain text authentication and MD5 encryption authentication or non
authentication.) The authentication password of all routers in the same
network interface must be the same. Use ip ospf authentication command
to configure plain text authentication password. If this domain is configured to
support MD5 encryption authentication, use ip ospf message-digest
command to configure it.

【Example】

！Use MD5 authentication in OSPF domain 1

GPON(config-router-ospf)#area 2.2.2.1 authentication message-digest

1.18.2 area default-cost

Use area default-cost command to specify the cost sending to default router
in STUB domain. Use no area default-cost command to restore it to default
value.

area area-id default-cost cost

no area area-id default-cost

【Parameter】

area-id:ID in OSPF domain which is in the form of IP address.

cost:the cost sending to default router in STUB domain which is in the range
of 2～16777215

【Default】

146
 Command line configuration manual
The cost sending to default router in STUB domain is 1.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is for edge router connected to STUB domain. STUB domain
configuration command are: area stub and area default-cost. All routers
connected to STUB domain must use area stub command to configure to be
stub. Command area default-cost is for edge router connected to this STUB
domain. This command specify the cost sending to default router in STUB
domain.

【Example】

！Specify the cost sending to default router in STUB domain 192.168.2.122

to be 12

GPON(config-router-ospf)#area 192.168.2.122 default-cost 12

1.18.3 area range

Use area range command to configure routing convergence in area border

router. Use no area range command to cancel convergence in area border
router.

area area-id range address mask [ advertise | notadvertise ]

no area area-id range address mask

【Parameter】

area-id:ID in OSPF domain which is in the form of IP address.

address:network interface address

mask:net mask

advertise:sent convergent summary LSAs to other domain

147
 Command line configuration manual
notadvertise:not to sent convergent summary LSAs to other domain

【Default】

None configuration of routing convergence.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is for Area Border Router（ABR）to convergent routing

insomearea. ABR only sends a convergent routing to other area. Convergent
routing means: when ABR handling routing information, only one routing is
sent to other area for each network interface which has configured
convergent routing. One area can configure more convergent network
interface, so OSPF can convergent many network interface.

【Example】

！Convergent 222.38.162.2/24 and 222.38.182.2/24 to be 222.38.2.2/16

GPON(config-router-ospf)#network 222.38.162.2 255.255.255.2 area 1.1.1.1

GPON(config-router-ospf)#network 222.38.182.2 255.255.255.2 area 1.1.1.1

GPON(config-router-ospf)#area 1.1.1.1 range 222.38.2.2 255.255.2.2

1.18.4 area nssa

Use this command to set NSSA area,with command no to delete this

configuration.

area area-id nssa [ not-summery ]

no area area-id nssa

【Parameter】

area-id:area identifier,can be as decimal integer or IP address mode

148
 Command line configuration manual
no-summary:forbid ABR to sending NSSA area with Summary LSAs

【Default】

No configure NSSA area

【Command mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

Two configuration commands about NSSA area:area nssa and area default-
cost,routers which all connect to NSSA area must use area nssa to
configure this area as NSSA.area default-cost is only effective in the area
border router and also appoint the default cost of area border router which
sends to NSSA area .

To decrease the LSA quantity of sending to NSSA area, it configures in ABR

with no-summary attribute, it forbids ABR to sending NSSA area with
summary LSAs（LSA type 3）.

【Example】

！Configuer area 1.1.1.1 to be NSSA area

GPON(config-router-ospf)#area 1.1.1.1 nssa

1.18.5 area stub

Use area stub command to configure one area to be STUB area. Use no
area stub command too cancel this configuration.

area area-id stub [ not-summery ]

no area area-id stub

【Parameter】

area-id:ID of area which is in the form of decimal integeral number or IP

address.

149
 Command line configuration manual
no-summary:Forbid ABR sending Summary LSAs to STUB area.

【Default】

Do not configure Stub area.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

There are two configuration command in STUB area: area stub and area
default-cost. All routers connected to STUB area must use area stub
command to configure to be STUB attribution. Command area default-cost
only be effective in ABR configuration. This command can specify the cost for
ABR to send default routing to STUB area.

For reducing the number of Link State Advertisement (LSA) sent to

STUB,configure no-summary in ABR to forbid ABR to send summary
LSAs（LSA type 3）to STUB area.

【Example】

！Configure area 1.1.1.1 to be STUB area.

GPON(config-router-ospf)#area 1.1.1.1 stub

1.18.6 area virtual-link

Use area virtual-link command to create and configure a virtual link. Use no
area virtual-link command to delete a existed virtual link.

area area-id virtual-link router-id [ { hello-interval seconds | retransmit-

interval seconds | transmit-delay seconds | dead-interval seconds |
{ authentication-key key | message-digest-key keyid md5 key } } * ]

no area area-id virtual-link router-id

【Parameter】

150
 Command line configuration manual
area-id:the ID of virtual link transferring area which can be decimal integeral
number or in the form of IP address.

router-id:router ID of virtual link neighbor.

hello-interval seconds:specified time interval for sending Hello packet in

interface which is in the range of 1～8192 seconds. This value must be the
same as the hello-interval seconds established in virtual link router.

retransmit-interval seconds:The specified time interval for resending LSA

packet in interface which is in the range of 1～8192 seconds.

transmit-delay seconds:The specified time interval for delaying sending LSA

packet in interface which is in the range of 1～8192 seconds.

dead-interval seconds:specified time interval of dead timer which is in the

range of 4～32768 seconds. This value must be equal to the value of dead-
interval seconds and at least 4 times of hello-interval seconds.

authentication-key password:specified interface plain authentication key

which is at most 8 characters and the value of it must be the same as virtual
link neighbor authentication key.

message-digest-key keyed md5 key:MD5 authentication key and its

identifier of specified interface. Keyed is in the range of 1～255 and key is at
most character string of 16 characters. They must be the same as the
authentication key and its identifier of the virtual link neighbor.

【Default】

area-id has no defaulted value；router-id has no defaulted value；hello-

interval seconds is defaulted to be 12 seconds；retransmit-interval
seconds is defaulted to be 5 seconds；transmit-delay seconds is defaulted
to be 1seconds；dead-interval seconds is defaulted to be 42 seconds；
authentication-key password has no defaulted value；message-digest-key
keyid md5 key has no defaulted value

【Command configuration mode】

151
 Command line configuration manual
OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

In OSPF protocol, all areas must connect with bone area（area 2）. If there
cannot be connected with bone area physically in some area, it can establish
virtual link logically.

The smaller the hello-interval value is, the fastest the network change will be
noticed, but more network resources will be cost.

Don’t configure the value of retransmit-interval tooo small, or it may cause

the unnecessary retransmission. Change the value bigger when the speed of
the network is slow.

Consider the delay of interface sending when configure the value of transmit-
delay.

Two authentication way (plain text authentication and MD5 authentication)

are repellent. Specify one of it or none.

【Example】

！Configure a virtual link with the transmission domain to be 1.1.1.1 and the
opposite router at to be 12.11.5.2

GPON(config-router-ospf)#area 1.1.1.1 virtual-link 12.11.5.2

1.18.7 default-information originate

Use default-information originate command to introduce default router to

OSPF routing domain. Use redistribute static command cannot introduce
default routing. Use no default-information originate command to cancel
introduce default routing.

default-information originate [ always ] [ metric metric-value ] [ type

type-value ]

no default-information originate

152
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

always:if default routing hasn’t configured, this parameter will cause ase LSA
to describe default routing and publish it. If there is no keyward, it must
configure default routing to introduce ase LSA.

metric-value:metric value of ase LSA which is in the range of 2～16777215.If

it is not configured, it is defaulted to be 1.

type-value :metric type of ase LSA which is in the range of 1～2. If it is not
configured, it is defaulted to be 2

【Default】

Not to introduce default routing.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

Use redistribute static command cannot introduce default routing. If

introducing default routing, use always keyward to produce default ase LSA.

【Example】

！Produce ase Lsa of default routing if there is; don’t produce it if there isn’t.

GPON(config-router-ospf)#default-information originate

！Produce ase Lsa of default routing and publish to OSPF routing area.

GPON(config-router-ospf)#default-information originate always

1.18.8 default redistribute metric

Use default redistribute metric command to configure OSPF introducing

the default routing metric of external routing. Use no default redistribute
metric command to restore the default default routing metric value of
external routing.

153
 Command line configuration manual
default redistribute metric metric

no default redistribute metric

【Parameter】

metric:default routing metric value of external routing introduced by OSPF

which is in the range of 2～16777215.

【Default】

It is defaulted to be 1.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

OSPF can introduce external routing and publish the information to the
autonomous system, so it is necessary to introduce default routing metric of
external routing.

【Example】

！Specify the default routing metric of external routing to be 12

GPON(config-router-ospf)#default redistribute metric 12

1.18.9 default redistribute type

Use default redistribute type command to configure the default type of

external routing introduced by OSPF. Use no default redistribute type
command to restore it to be the default value.

default redistribute type { 1 | 2 }

no default redistribute type

【Parameter】

154
 Command line configuration manual
type 1:the first type of external routing

type 2:the second type of external routing

【Default】

The second type of external routing.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

OSPF can introduce external routing and publish the information to the
autonomous system, so it is necessary to introduce default routing type of
external routing.

【Example】

！Specify default routing type of external routing to be the first type.

GPON(config-router-ospf)#default redistribute type 1

1.18.10 ip ospf authentication-key

Use ip ospf authentication-key command to configure the plain text

authentication key between neighbor routers. Use no ip ospf
authentication-key command to delete configured plain text authentication
key.

ip ospf authentication-key password

no ip ospf authentication-key

【Parameter】

password:the character string with the length less than 8

【Default】

155
 Command line configuration manual
Interface will not authenticate OSPF packet.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The router authentication key in the same interface must be the same. Only
using area authentication command to specify the authentication key type
being plain text, this configuration can be effective.

【Example】

！Configure the plain text authentication key password to be abc123

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip ospf authentication-key abc123

1.18.11 ip ospf cost

Use ip ospf cost command to configure the cost of interface sending packet.
Use no ip ospf cost command to restore the default cost.

ip ospf cost cost

no ip ospf cost

【Parameter】

cost:cost for operating OSPF protocol which is in the range of 1～65535.

【Default】

It is defaulted to be 1.

【Command configuration mode】

interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to configure cost of interface manually, or OSPF will

156
 Command line configuration manual
calculate the cost of interface according to the bandwidth of current interface.

【Example】

！Configure cost of VLAN interface 3 by operating OSPF to be 12

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip ospf cost 12

1.18.12 ip ospf dead-interval

Use ip ospf dead-interval command to configure the dead interval of OSPF

neighbor. Use no ip ospf dead-interval command to restore it to the default
value.

ip ospf dead-interval seconds

no ip ospf dead-interval

【Parameter】

seconds:the dead interval of OSPF neighbor which is in the range of 1～

65535 seconds.

【Default】

The dead interval of OSPF neighbor for Point-to-point and broadcast is 42

seconds; The dead interval of OSPF neighbor for point-to-multipoint,non-
broadcast is 122seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The dead interval of OSPF neighbor is: in the time interval, if the Hello packet
hasn’t received, it is thought the neighbor is ineffective. dead-interval
seconds must be 4 times of Hello-interval seconds, and the dead-interval
seconds must be the same in the same network interface.

157
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure the dead interval of interface 3 to be 62seconds

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip ospf dead-interval 62

1.18.13 ip ospf hello-interval

Use ip ospf hello-interval command to configure time interval of sending

Hello packet of interface. Use no ip ospf hello-interval command to restore
it to the default time interval.

ip ospf hello-interval seconds

no ip ospf hello-interval

【Parameter】

seconds:The time interval of sending Hello packet of interface which is in the

range of 1～255 seconds.

【Default】

The time interval of sending Hello packet of interface for Point-to-point and
broadcast is 12 seconds; The time interval of sending Hello packet of
interface for point-to-multipoint,non-broadcast is 32seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The value of hello-interval seconds will write to Hello packet and send with
it.

The smaller the value of hello-interval seconds is, the faster the change of
network topology is found, but it will cost more routing cost. This interface
must be the same as neighbor router.

【Example】

158
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure the time interval of sending Hello packet for vlan interface 3 is
15 seconds.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip ospf hello-interval 15

1.18.14 ip ospf message-digest-key

Use ip ospf message-digest-key command to configure MD5

authentication key between neighbor routers. Use no ip ospf message-
digest-key command to delete configured MD5 authentication.

ip ospf message-digest-key key-id md5 key

no ip ospf message-digest-key

【Parameter】

key-id:it is integeral number in the range of 1～255

key:the character string is in the range of 1～16

【Default】

None authentication.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The authentication key password in the same network interface must be the
same. Only after using area authentication command to specify the
authentication key type is MD5, this configuration can be effective.

【Example】

！Configure MD5 authentication password of vlan interface 3 to be abc123

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip ospf message-digest-key 12 md5 abc123

159
 Command line configuration manual
1.18.15 ip ospf network

Use ip ospf network command to configure network type of OSPF interface.

Use no ip ospf network command to restore the default network type.

ip ospf network { broadcast | non-broadcast | point-to-multipoint | point-to-

point }

no ip ospf network

【Parameter】

broadcast:configure network type of interface to be broadcast.

non-broadcast:configure network type of interface to be NBMA

point-to-multipoint:configure network type of interface to be poit-to- multipoint

point-to-point:configure network type of interface to be poit-to- point

【Default】

Default network type of interface is broadcast.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

It is advised not to modify network type.

【Example】

！Configure Vlan interface 2 to be non-broadcast

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-2)#ip ospf network non-broadcast

1.18.16 ip ospf priority

Use ip ospf priority command to configure the priority of interface to select

“designated router”. Use no ip ospf priority command to restore it to the

160
 Command line configuration manual
default value.

ip ospf priority value

no ip ospf priority

【Parameter】

value:the priority of interface to select “designated router” is in the range of 2

～255

【Default】

The default priority of interface to select “designated router”is 1.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The priority of router interface determines the competency in

selecting“designated router”. The superior priority is firstly considered in
conflict. Designated router (DR) is not determined by human, but selected by
all routers in the network interface. The router in this network interface whose
Priority > 2 can be the candidate. Choose the one with the superior priority to
be the so called DR. If the priority is the same, choose the one with larger
router ID. The vote is the Hello packet. Each router writes its own DR into
Hello and sends it to each router in the network interface. When two of them
declairing that they are the DR, choose the one with superior priority. If they
have the same priority, choose the one with the larger router ID. The one with
the priority being 2, he will not be selected to be DR or BDR.

If DR is failure because of some fault, routers must select DR again at the

same time. It costs a long time. During this time, the calculation of router is
not correct. In order to shorten it, BDR（Backup Designated Router）is
brought up. BDR is a abackup for DR. Select BDR at the same time as DR. It
establishes neighborship and exchange routing information with the routers

161
 Command line configuration manual
in the network interface. After the failure of DR, BDR is about to be DR
because the neighborship has been established. There will be reselected a
new BDR which will not be effected the calculation of router though it needs
a long time.

Caution:

DR is not always the router with the superlative priority and BDR is not
always the one with the second superlative priority. After selecting DR and
BDR, a new router adds, no matter how superlative its priority is, it will not be
DR.

DR is the definition in a network interface which is for router interface. A

router may be DR in an interface and may be BDR or DRother in another
interface.

Selecting DR in broadcast or NBMA interface, it is unnecessary to select DR

in poit-to-poit or poit-to-multipoit interface.

【Example】

！Configure priority of VLAN interface 3 to be 122

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip ospf priority 122

1.18.17 ip ospf retransmit-interval

Use ip ospf retransmit-interval command to configure time interval of

interface retransmit LSA. Use no ip ospf retransmit-interval command to
trstore it to the default value.

ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds

no ip ospf retransmit-interval

【Parameter】

seconds:time interval of interface retransmit LSA which is in the range of 1～

65535s

162
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

5 seconds

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

When a router sending “Link Status Advertisement”（LSA）, it needs to

receive the confirm. If the confirm hasn’t received in LSA retransmit interval,
this LSA will be retransmit.

Don’t configure the LSA retransmit interval too short, or it will cause
unnecessary retransmission.

【Example】

！Configure the retransmit interval of sending LSA between neighbor routers

and VLAN interface 3 to be 8 seconds.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip ospf retransmit-interval 8

1.18.18 ip ospf transmit-delay

Use ip ospf transmit-delay command to configure transmit delay of LSA.

Use no ip ospf transmit-delay command to restore the default LSA transmit
delay.

ip ospf transmit-delay seconds

no ip ospf transmit-delay

【Parameter】

seconds:time interval of LSA transmit delay which is in the range of 1～65535

秒

【Default】

163
 Command line configuration manual
1 second

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

LSA will be aging (1 more minute per second) with time in Link Status
DateBase(LSDB) of this router but it will not be aging in network
transmission, so it is necessary to add the configured time before sending
LSA. This configuration is very important in network with low speed.

【Example】

！Configure LSA delay interval of VLAN interface 3 to be 3 seconds.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-3)#ip ospf transmit-delay 3

1.18.19 network area

Use network area command to specify the area where interface locates.

network ip-address wildcard-mask area area-id

no network ip-address wildcard-mask area area-id

【Parameter】

ip-address:network interface adress where interface locates.

wildcard-mask:IP address mask or IP address wildcard shield (it is in the

form of NOT calculation of IP address mask in which “1”means ignoring the
bit corresponded in IP address and “2”means this bit must be reserved).

area-id: the area ID number this address belonged to. In order for the normal
working OSPF, area ID number of all router interface in the same specified
area must be matching. The way of identifying is: in the form of IP address or
integer number.

【Default】

164
 Command line configuration manual
Interface doesn’t belong to any area.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

Use keywork ip-address and wildcard-mask can configure an interface to be

some area. For running OSPF protocol in an interface, the primary IP
address must locate in the specified network range. If the second IP address
locates in specified network interface, OSPF protocol will not run.

【Example】

！Specify OSPF run in interface with primary IP address to be

192.168.2.122, mask to be 255.255.255.2 and OSPF area number to be
1.1.1.1

GPON(config-router-ospf)#network 192.168.2.122 255.255.255.2 area

1.1.1.1

1.18.20 redistribute

Use redistribute command to introduce external static routing or routing

information found by other routing protocol. Use no redistribute command
to cancel the introduction.

redistribute protocol [ metric metric ] [ type { 1 | 2 } ] [ tag tag-value ]

[ prefix-list prefix-list-name]

no redistribute [ protocol ]

【Parameter】

protocol:introduced source routing protocol which can be connected, rip and

static.

【Default】

165
 Command line configuration manual
None introduction.

【Command configuration mode】

OSPF protocol configuration mode

【Usage】

Each dynamic routing protocol can share routing information. Because of

OSPF, router found by other routing protocol always be handled as external
routing information of autonomy.

OSPF uses following 4 kinds of different router which as priority order are:

·Inter Area Routing

·Area Border Routing

·The first category external routing

·The second category external routing

The description of routing in or between areais for network structurein

Autonomy system. External routingdescribes how to choose destination
routing out of Autonomy system.

The first category external routing is received IGP router (such as: RIP and
STATIC). This kind of router is more credible, so the cost volume of external
router and autonomy system is the same and can compare with the router of
OSPF itself, that is, the cost to external router= the cost to its ASBR +the
cost of ASBR to destination address.

The second category external routing is the received EGP router. This kind of
router is less credible, so the cost volume of ASBR to the outside of
autonomy system is far more expensive than that of autonomy system to
ASBR, so the former is mainly considered, that is, the cost to the second
external router = the cost of ASBR to destination address. If the cost is the
same, consider the cost of this router to corresponded ASBR.

【Example】

166
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure OSPF introduce RIP router

GPON(config-router-ospf)#redistribute rip

1.18.21 ip ospf distribute-list

Under specific layer 3 iterface, configure strategy rules on ingress and

egress route by specifying OSPF address prefix list to filtrate route on OSPF
learning. In addition, it also can specify neighbor Ethernet switch to learn
specific OSPF route of Ethernet switch. Use no command to delete
configured prefix list.

ip ospf distribute-list { gate-way prefix-list-name in | prefix-list prefix-list-

name { in | out } }

no ip ospf distribute-list { gate-way in | prefix-list { in | out } }

【Parameter】

gatway:Configure to receive route from specific neighbor. Specific neighbor is

the permit address in prefix list

prefix-list:Configure filtration to route prefix-list

prefix-list-name:define prefix-list name （string）

in:Configure route filtration in receiving route

out:Configure route filtration in sending route

【Default】

By default, this function is disabled.

【Command configuration mode】

interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ip ospf distribute-list prefix-list check in vlan interface2

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-2)#ip ospf distribute-list prefix-list check in

167
 Command line configuration manual
1.18.22 ip ospf bfd

Use this command to enable OSPF to use BFD to monitor link status. use no
command to disable OSPF to use BFD to monitor link status.

ip ospf bfd

no ip ospf bfd

【Default】

By default, it is disabled.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The switches on both sides of the monitor link enable this funtion, it can be
enabled. Enable BFD to improve OSPF to detect link failure and break up
neighbourhood and update routing speed.

【Example】

！Enable OSPF to use BFD on VLAN interface 2

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-2)#ip ospf bfd

1.18.23 router id

Use router id command to configure the router ID when running OSPF. Use
no router id command to cancel configured router ID.

router id router-id

no router id

【Parameter】

router-id:integeral number without symbols which is the unique identifier in

autonomy system.

168
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

Choose the one with smaller IP address to be router ID from interface.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

When configuring router ID, the router ID of any two routers in autonomy are
not the same. Generally, configure router ID to be the same as that of the IP
address in some interface of the router. To make sure of the stability
operation of OSPF, be sure the division of router ID and manually configure
it.

【Example】

！Configure router ID to be 192.168.2.122

GPON(config)#router id 192.168.2.122

1.18.24 router ospf

Use router ospf command to enable OSPF protocol. Use no router ospf
command to disable OSPF protocol.

router ospf

no router ospf

【Default】

OSPF disables.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

169
 Command line configuration manual
！Enable OSPF

GPON(config)#router ospf

！Disable OSPF

GPON(config)#no router ospf

1.18.25 show ip ospf

Use show ip ospf command to display OSPF information.

show ip ospf [ area-id ]

【Parameter】

area-id:ID in OSPF domain which is in the form of IP address or integeral

number.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display OSPF information

GPON(config)#show ip ospf

1.18.26 show ip ospf border-routers

Use show ip ospf border-routers command to display OSPF edge router

information.

show ip ospf border-routers

【Command configuration mode】

170
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display OSPF edge router information.

GPON(config)#show ip ospf border-routers

1.18.27 show ip ospf cumulative

Use show ip ospf cumulative command to display OSPF statistic

information.

show ip ospf cumulative

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-2)#show ip ospf cumulative

1.18.28 show ip ospf database

Use show ip ospf database command to display LSDB information of

OSPF.

show ip ospf database

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

171
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display LSDB information of OSPF

GPON(config)#show ip ospf database

1.18.29 show ip ospf error

Use show ip ospf error command to display OSPF error information.

show ip ospf error

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display OSPF error information.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-2)#show ip ospf error

1.18.30 show ip ospf interface

Use show ip ospf interface command to display OSPF interface

information.

show ip ospf interface [ interface-type interface-num ]

【Parameter】

interface-type:interface type which is VLAN or superVLAN type. interface-

number:interface number. VLAN interface number is in the range of 1～4294
and superVLAN interface is in the range of 1～11.

172
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display OSPF interface information

GPON(config)#show ip ospf interface

1.18.31 show ip ospf neighbor

Use show ip ospf neighbor command to display all neighbor information of

OSPF.

show ip ospf neighbor

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display all neighbor information of OSPF.

GPON(config)#show ip ospf neighbor

1.18.32 show ip ospf request-list

Use show ip ospf request-list command to display OSPF request list.

show ip ospf request-list

【Command configuration mode】

173
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display OSPF request list.

GPON(config)#show ip ospf request-list

1.18.33 show ip ospf retrans-list

Use show ip ospf retrans-list command to display OSPF retransmit list.

show ip ospf retrans-list

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display OSPF retransmit list.

GPON(config)#show ip ospf retrans-list

1.18.34 show ip ospf virtual-link

Use show ip ospf virtual-link command to display OSPF virtual link

information.

show ip ospf virtual-link

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

174
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display OSPF virtual link information.

GPON(config)#show ip ospf virtual-link

show ospf virtual link information

area 1.1.1.1 neighbor 193.1.1.2

state Point To Point event 1

auth type Simple auth key abc123

Timer interval HInterval 12 DInterval 42 TrDelay 1 RtInterval 5

-----------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1 ospf virtual link

1.18.35 show ip route ospf

Use show ip route ospf command to display routing information learnt by

OSPF.

show ip route ospf

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display routing table information.

GPON(config)#show ip route ospf

175
 Command line configuration manual
1.18.36 show router id

Use show router id command to display configured router ID.

show router id

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display configured router ID.

GPON(config)#show router id

current router id :192.168.2.122

1.18.37 show ip ospf distribute-list

Use show ip ospf distribute-list command to display configured prefix list.

show ip ospf distribute-list

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Diagnose OSPF failure according to the command output.

【Example】

！Display configured prefix list

GPON(config)#show ip ospf distribute-list

176
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 11 BGP Configuration

Command

1.19 BGP Configuration Command

BGP Configuration Command includes:

 aggregate-address
 bgp always-compare-med
 bgp default local-preference
 bgp router-id
 default-metric
 ip as-path access-list
 ip distribute-list
 neighbor advertisement-interval
 neighbor distribute-list
 neighbor ebgp-multihop
 neighbor filter-list
 neighbor next-hop-self
 neighbor remote-as
 neighbor timers
 network

177
 Command line configuration manual
 redistribute
 router bgp
 show ip as-path access-list
 show ip bgp
 show ip bgp neighbors
 show ip bgp summary
 show ip distribute-list
 timers bgp

1.19.1 aggregate-address

Use this command to create a convergent route in BGP table. Use the no
command to delete a convergent route.

aggregate-address { address mask | A.B.C.D/M } [ summary-only ]

no aggregate-address { address mask | A.B.C.D/M } [ summary-only ]

【Parameter】

address:IP address of convergent route；

mask:netmask of convergent route；

A.B.C.D/M:convergent route address and length of netmask；

summary-only:only summary convergent route.

【Default】

Not to configure any convergent route.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

178
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to realize BGP route convergency and reduce memory
cost of BGP table.

If there is concrete route in specified range available in BGP table, use

aggregate-address command without parameter to create specified
convergent route in BGP table and inform it to BGP neighbor without
suppressing the notification of the covered concrete route. Generated
convergent route is local convergent and is configured atomic-aggregateion
which means it may lose information in convergency.

Supress all notification of the covered concrete route when generating and
informing convergent route by using keyword “summary-only”.

Use neighbor distribute-list command to suppress some concrete route.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# aggregate-address 192.168.2.2 255.255.2.2

1.19.2 bgp always-compare-med

Use this command to compare MED from different AS route path. Use the no
command to deny comparison.

bgp always-compare-med

no bgp always-compare-med

【Default】

Only compare MED from the same AS route path.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

MED is used for choosing the best path. The smaller MED value will be
chosen.

179
 Command line configuration manual
It is recommended to use this command when the IGP and route choosing
method are the same in the corresponded AS.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# bgp always-compare-med

1.19.3 bgp default local-preference

Use this command to configure local preference. Use the no command to

restore to default loacal preference.

bgp default local-preference localprefvalue

no bgp default local-preference

【Parameter】

localprefvalue:configured default local preference whish is in the range of 2 -

4294967295.

【Default】

The default local preference is 122.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

Configuring different local preference can influence the route choosing of

BGP.

The larger the local preference value is, the more chance for coorsponded
route to be chosen.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# bgp default local-preference 222

180
 Command line configuration manual
1.19.4 bgp router-id

Use this command to configure BGP route id.

bgp router-id ip-address

no bgp router-id

【Parameter】

ip-address:BGP router id of IP address which is in the form of dotted decimal.

【Default】

By default, BGP can choose an interface address from current available

interfacesto be BGP route id.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

By default, BGP will use dynamic router id which will influence BGP running.
Using this command to specify BGP route id can guarantee the
unchangement of router id. The configured router id is unique in the network.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# bgp router-id 192.168.3.4

1.19.5 default-metric

Use this command to configure system metric value. Use no command to

restore to default metric value.

default-metric metric

no default-metric

【Parameter】

181
 Command line configuration manual
metric:Specific metric value which is in the range of 1 to 4294967295.

【Default】

Default metric value is 2.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

Multi-exit discriminate is the external metric of route which is different from

local preference. MED exchanges between AS, but the EMD entered AS will
not leave it. MED is used for choosing the best route and the smaller one will
be chosen. When a router running BGP which gains the route with the same
destination address and different next hop through different External Peer, it
will preferentially make a decision according to MED value of different route.
The route will smaller MED will be chosen the external route of AS with the
same condition.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# default-metric 12

1.19.6 ip as-path access-list

Use this command to configure the list that BGP AS path matches. Use the
no command to delete it.

ip as-path access-list aspath-list-number { permit | deny } as-regular-

expression

no ip as-path access-list aspath-list-number { permit | deny } as-regular-

expression

【Parameter】

aspath-list-number:AS path list id which is in the range of 1～199；

182
 Command line configuration manual
as-regular-expression:used for matching regular expression of AS path

【Default】

None control list is configured.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

AS path matching is completed by AS path regular expression which

matches AS-PATH in BGP route as ASCII string and determines to accept or
deny route by deny or permit command for successfully matched AS path.
After defining BGP route distribute list, it can realize BGP strategy function by
applying neighbor filter-list command.

For the same list number, user can define multiple distribute list, that is, one
distribute list number represents a group of distribute list. Each AS path list
uses numbers to be their id.

If ip as-path access-list command is configured, there must be at least one

command with ip as-path access-list permit for the items with the same list
number, or all route will be filtered when using neighbor filter-list command.

In the process of matching, the relationship between aspath-list-number is

”or”,that is, route information matching one item of this list group means it
matches the filtration of the distribute list of the as-path list id.

Special symbol and its meanings in regular expression are in the following:

Symbol Description

. Any single character, including space.

* Leader character never appears or continuely appears many times in

target object.

-（hyphen） Any character in the range formed by the characters before or behind
hyphen.

183
 Command line configuration manual
Symbol Description

_（underline Match comma, {, }, (, ), the beginning of the string, the end of the string
） or a space

[] Any character in square brackets.

[^ ] Any character except listing in square brackets.( ^ is in the front of the

character)

| Alternation, matches either left side or right side

^ Match the beginning of the string

$ Match the end of the string

【Example】

GPON(config)# ip as-path access-list 12 deny ^722$

GPON(config)# ip as-path access-list 12 permit .*

【Related Command】

neighbor filter-list,show ip as-path access-list

1.19.7 ip distribute-list

Use this command to configure BGP route filter list. Use the no command to
delete it.

ip distribute-list list-number { permit | deny } net-addr wildcard-netmask

no ip distribute-list list-number { permit | deny } net-addr wildcard-netmask

【Parameter】

list-number:BGP route filter list id which is in the range of 1～199；

net-addr:network address；

wildcard-netmask:wildcard netmask address

【Default】

184
 Command line configuration manual
None distribute list is configured.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

BGP route matching is completed by net-addr and wildcard-netmask. For

those successfully matched, determine to accept route or not through deny
or permit command. After defining BGP route distribute list, it can realize
BGP strategy function by applying neighbor distribute-list command.

For the same list number, user can define multiple distribute list, that is, one
distribute list number represents a group of distribute list. Each AS path list
uses numbers to be their id.

If ip distribute-list command is configured, there must be at least one

command with ip distribute-list permit for the items with the same list number,
or all route will be filtered when using neighbor distribute-list command.

In the process of matching, the relationship between distribute list number is

”or”,that is, route information matching one item of this list group means it
matches the filtration of the distribute list of the distribute list id.

【Example】

GPON(config)# ip distribute-list 3 deny 192.168.9.2 2.2.2.255

GPON(config)# ip distribute-list 3 permit 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255

【Related Command】

neighbor filter-list,show ip as-path access-list

1.19.8 neighbor advertisement-interval

Use this command to configure neighbor’s advertisement interval. Use the no

command to restore the default value.

185
 Command line configuration manual
neighbor ip-address advertisement-interval seconds

no neighbor ip-address advertisement-interval

【Parameter】

ip-address:configured neighbor’s IP address.

seconds:the minimum interval for sending Update advertisement which is in

the range of 1～65535 seconds.

【Default】

By default, IBGP neighbor is 15 seconds and EBGP neighbor is 32 seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.3.3 advertisement-interval 12

1.19.9 neighbor distribute-list

Use this command to apply distribute list to specified neighbor. Use the no
command to cancel it.

neighbor ip-address distribute-list list-number { in | out }

no neighbor ip-address distribute-list list-number { in | out }

【Parameter】

ip-address:configured neighbor’s IP address.

list-number:IP accessing control list nukber which is in the range of 1～199.

in:ingress filter

out:Egress filter

【Default】

186
 Command line configuration manual
Neighbors will not apply any filter list.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to complete BGP route strategy for filtration of BGP
sending and receiving route. Using this commanf together with ip distribute-
list to apply distribute list to specific neighbor. Distribute list can only match
IP address, therefore, this command can only filtrate AS number in path of
sending and receiving route.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.3.3 distribute-list 3 in

【Related Command】

ip distribute-list,neighbor filter-list

1.19.10 neighbor ebgp-multihop

Use this command to permit establishing connection with EBGP neighbor not
directly connected to network. Use the no command to cancel the
configuration.

neighbor ip-address ebgp-multihop

no neighbor ip-address ebgp-multihop

【Parameter】

ip-address:configured neighbor’s IP address.

【Default】

By default, only directly connected neighbors can establish connection for

EBGP.

187
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

Usually, EBGP neighbors are directly connected. It can use this command to
make them not connect directly when necessary.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.3.7 ebgp-multihop

1.19.11 neighbor filter-list

Use this command to apply filter list to specified neighbor. Use no command
to cancel it.

neighbor ip-address filter-list aspath-list-number { in | out }

no neighbor ip-address filter-list aspath-list-number { in | out }

【Parameter】

ip-address:configured neighbor’s IP address

aspath-list-number:AS regular expression filter list number which is in the

range of 1～199.

in:ingress filter

out:Egress filter

【Default】

By default, neighbor will not apply any filter list.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

188
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to complete BGP route strategy for filtration of BGP
sending and receiving route. Using this commanf together with ip as-path
access-list to apply filter list to specific neighbor. Filer list can only match
AS-PATH, therefore, this command can only filtrate AS number in path of
sending and receiving route.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.3.3 filter-list 3 out

【Related Command】

ip as-path access-list,neighbor distribute-list

1.19.12 neighbor next-hop-self

Use this command to cancel the calculation of the next-hop in route

distributed to neighbors and make the self-address next hop. Use the no
command to cancel the configuration.

neighbor ip-address next-hop-self

no neighbor ip-address next-hop-self

【Parameter】

ip-address:configured neighbor’s IP address

【Default】

Disable

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

In non-full connect network, router in the same network interface may not
connect directly. Use this command to configure the next hop of BGP route to
be local interface address.

189
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.3.3 next-hop-self

1.19.13 neighbor remote-as

Use this command to create BGP neighbor. Use no command to remove it.

neighbor ip-address remote-as as-number

no neighbor ip-address remote-as as-number

【Parameter】

ip-address:IP address of neighbors.

as-number:AS number of the AS which neighbor is in.

【Default】

Not any neighbor is configured.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is necessary for running BGP for creating BGP neighbors. If
as-number value and local AS number specified in router bgp command are
the same, IBGP neighbor is established, or is EBGP neighbor.

【Example】

! Establish neighbor 192.168.3.7 to be EBGP neighbor

GPON(config-router-bgp)# router bgp 422

GPON(config-router-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.3.7 remote-as 722

1.19.14 neighbor timers

190
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to configure Keepalive packet sending-interval with
specific neighbors and holdtime. Use no command to restore default value.

neighbor ip-address timers keepalive-interval holdtime

no neighbor ip-addres timers

【Parameter】

ip-address:configured neighbor IP address；

keepalive-interval:Keepalive interval which is in the range of 2～21845；

holdtime:holdtime which is in the range of 2～65535.

【Default】

The default keepalive is 32 seconds and holdtime is 182 seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

The priority of the timer configured by this command is superior than that
configured by timers bgp command.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.3.3 timers 62 182

1.19.15 network

Use this command to configure network route announced by local BGP. Use
no command to cancel the announced network route.

network { ip-address [ mask address-mask ] | A.B.C.D/M }

no network { ip-address [mask address-mask ] | A.B.C.D/M }

【Parameter】

191
 Command line configuration manual
ip-address:ip address announced by BGP.

address-mask:mask of network address.

A.B.C.D/M:network address and mask length announced by BGP

【Default】

Not announce any route.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

Only completely matched route can use network announcememt, that is, the
route whose prefix and mask completely matches will be published to
neighbors. If the mask is not specified, it should be accurately matched
according to natural network interface.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# network 12.1.2.2 mask 255.255.2.2

1.19.16 redistribute

Use this command to introduce route information of other protocol to BGP.

Use the no command to cancel introducing route information of other
protocol.

redistribute { connected | static | rip | ospf } [ metric metric]

no redistribute { connected | static | rip | ospf }

【Parameter】

connected:introduce connected route；

static:introduce static route；

rip:introduce RIP route；

192
 Command line configuration manual
ospf:introduce OSPF route；

metric: metric value.

【Default】

Not introduce route information of other protocol to BGP

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

A route protocol can introduce (or learn) route information collected by other
route protocol.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# redistribute ospf

1.19.17 router bgp

Use this command to enable BGP and enter BGP configuration mode. Use
no command to disable BGP.

router bgp as-number

no router bgp as-number

【Parameter】

as-number:specified local AS number.

【Default】

BGP disables.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

193
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to enable and disable BGP and specify local AS number.

【Example】

GPON(config)# router bgp 422

1.19.18 show ip as-path access-list

Use this command to show AS path information.

show ip as-path access-list [ aspath-list-number ]

【Parameter】

aspath-list-number:AS path list number which is in the range of 1～199.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to show AS path information.

【Example】

GPON# show ip as-path 4

ip as path access list 4, 1 rule:

2 permit ^422$

1.19.19 show ip bgp

Use this command to show route information in BGP table.

show ip bgp [ A.B.C.D | A.B.C.D/M [ longer-prefix ] ]

【Parameter】

A.B.C.D:the network interface to be displayed；

A.B.C.D/M:the network interface and mask length to be displayed；

194
 Command line configuration manual
longer-prefix:show matched route whose mask is the same or longer than
the specific one.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Show route information in BGP table. It is used to show the learnt route of
BGP and also show part of it by using keywords.

【Example】

GPON# show ip bgp

New GreenNet BGP Module Version 2.5.2

Autonomous System number 422, local router ID 192.168.3.3 Status codes:

s suppressed, * valid, > best, i internal

Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? – incomplete

Network NextHop Metric LocalPref Path

*> 192.168.5.2/24 2.2.2.2 122 i

1.19.20 show ip bgp neighbors

Use this command to show neighbors.

show ip bgp neighbors [ neighbor-address ]

【Parameter】

neighbor-address:IP address of neighbors.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

195
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to show neighbor information which displays detail
information and show ip bgp neighbors summary command displays
summary information.

【Example】

GPON# show ip bgp neighbors

BGP Neighbor 192.168.3.3 Status ENABLED remote AS 422, internal link

Local host 192.168.3.4 Mask 255.255.255.2 AS 422

Configured Timers: Hold 32 Keepalive 182 Connect Retry 32

Update 32 Update For IntraAS Route 15

Param: Local Preference 122 OutBound Metric 2

Route Reflector Client is DISABLED

BGP State = Established Socket State = ESTAB Remote Initialized

Remote Router ID = 192.168.3.3 Connection Up Times 2

Running Timers: Hold 182 Keepalive 32 Connect Retry DISABLED

Update 32 Update For IntraAS Route 15

1.19.21 show ip bgp summary

Use this command to show all BGP summary.

show ip bgp summary

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to show all BGP summary.

【Example】

196
 Command line configuration manual
GPON# show ip bgp summary

Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent Up/Down State/PfxRcd

192.168.3.3 4 422 1 2 24:41:13 Established

192.168.3.7 4 722 2 2 22:44:15 Established

192.168.3.8 4 422 4 1 26:27:29 Established

1.19.22 show ip distribute-list

Use this command to show distribute list.

show ip distribute-list [ list-number ]

【Parameter】

list-number:distribute list number which is in he range of 1 to 199.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to show distribute list.

【Example】

GPON# show ip distribute-list 3

ip distribute-list 3, 2 rule:

2 deny 192.168.9.2 2.2.2.255

1 permit 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255

1.19.23 timers bgp

Use this command to configure global Keepalive of BGP and Holdtime timer.
Use no command to restore default Keepalive and Holdtime timer.

197
 Command line configuration manual
timers bgp keepalive-interval holdtime

no timers bgp

【Parameter】

keepalive-interval:the time interval of sending Keepalive notification which is

in the range of 2 to 21845.

holdtime:BGP hold time which is in the range of 2 to 65535.

【Default】

The default value of keepalive-interval and holdtime are 32 and 182 seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

BGP configuration mode

【Usage】

Configure BGP global timer parameter.

【Example】

GPON(config-router-bgp)# timers bgp 32 182

198
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 12 Multicast Protocol Configuration

Command

1.20 Static Multicast Configuration Command

Static multicast configuration command includes:

 multicast mac-address
 multicast mac-address vlan interface
 show multicast

1.20.1 multicast mac-address

Use multicast mac-address command to create a multicast group. Use no

multicast mac-address command to remove multicast group formed by
specified mac address and related vlan-id.

multicast mac-address mac vlan vlan-id

no multicast [ mac-address mac vlan vlan-id ]

【Parameter】

mac:The mac address of multicast group displayed in the form of multicast

address, such as: 21:22:5e:**:**:**

vlan-id:Range from 1 to 4294

199
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

To create multicast group, MAC address should be multicast group address,

and vlan-id must be existed. If there is no parameter in any multicast mac-
address command, all multicast group are removed.

【Example】

！Create a multicast group

GPON(config)#multicast mac-address 21:22:5e:21:22:23 vlan 1

1.20.2 multicast mac-address vlan interface

Use multicast mac-address vlan interface command to add interface to

existed multicast group. Use no multicast mac-address vlan interface
command to remove interface.

multicast mac-address mac vlan vlan-id interface { all | interface-list }

no multicast mac-address mac vlan vlan-id interface { all | interface-list }

【Parameter】

mac:Means mac address of existed multicast which is in the form of multicast

mac-address, such as: 21:22:5e:**:**:**

vlan-id:Range from 1 to 4294. Multicast group is assembled by vlan-id and

mac-address.

interface-list:List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is slot-num/port-
num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the range
of 1 to 24. Seriate interfaces with the same type can be linked by to keyword,
but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be larger than the one

200
 Command line configuration manual
to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be repeated for up to 3
times.

all:means all interfaces in system in multicast mac-address vlan interface

command, and means all the interfaces of the multicast group in the no
multicast mac-address vlan interface command.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Remove ethernet 2/2 from existed multicast group.

GPON(config)#no multicast mac-address 21:22:5e:21:22:23 vlan 1 interface

ethernet 2/2

1.20.3 show multicast

Use show multicast command to display the information of the specified or

all existed multicast group.

show multicast [ mac-address mac ]

【Parameter】

mac:MAC address existed in multicast group

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If mac-address is not specified, information of the entire multicast group is

displayed.

【Example】

！Display the information of multicast group with the MAC address to be

201
 Command line configuration manual
21:22:5e:21:22:23

GPON(config)#show multicast mac-address 21:22:5e:21:22:23

1.21 IGMP snooping and GMRP Configuration Command

IGMP snooping and GMRP configuration command includes:

 gmrp
 igmp-snooping
 igmp-snooping host-aging-time
 igmp-snooping max-response-time
 igmp-snooping fast-leave
 igmp-snooping group-limit
 igmp-snooping permit/deny group
 igmp-snooping route-port forward
 igmp-snooping multicast vlan
 show gmrp
 show gmrp interface
 show igmp-snooping

1.21.1 gmrp

Use gmrp command to enable GMRP globally or for a port. Use no GMRP
command to disable GMRP globally or for a port.

gmrp

no gmrp

【Default】

GMRP disables globally

202
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode,Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

GMRP for a port must be enabling in trunk mode

【Example】

！Enable GMRP globally

GPON(config)#gmrp

！Disable the GMRP of Ethernet 2/3

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/3)#no gmrp

1.21.2 igmp-snooping

Use igmp-snooping command to enable IGMP snooping. Use no IGMP-

snooping command to disable IGMP snooping.

igmp-snooping

no igmp-snooping

【Default】

IGMP snooping disable

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable IGMP snooping

GPON (config)#igmp-snooping

1.21.3 igmp-snooping host-aging-time

203
 Command line configuration manual
Use igmp-snooping host-aging-time command to configure the host-
aging-time of dynamic multicast group learnt by igmp-snooping. Use no
igmp-snooping host-aging-time command to restore the default host-
aging-time.

igmp-snooping host-aging-time seconds

no igmp-snooping host-aging-time

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

seconds:range from 12 to 1222222 seconds

【Example】

！Configure host-aging-time of the dynamic multicast group learnt by igmp-

snooping to be 12 seconds

GPON(config)#igmp-snooping host-aging-time 12

1.21.4 igmp-snooping max-response-time

When receiving a leave message, igmp-snooping will wait for some time to
see whether to remove interface of igmp-snooping multicast group. The time
is the response time.

igmp-snooping max-reponse-time seconds

no igmp-snooping max-reponse-time

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

seconds:Range from 1 to 122 seconds. The default time is 12 seconds

204
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

This command is effective when fast leave disables

【Example】

！Configure the max-response-time of igmp-snooping is 99 seconds

GPON(config)#igmp-snooping max-response-time 99

1.21.5 igmp-snooping fast-leave

Use igmp-snooping fast-leave command to configure fast-leave of the

interface. When fast-leave enables, if the fast-leave message is received, the
interface leaves the aging group, or the time to leave is determined by the
max-response-time.

igmp-snooping fast-leave

no igmp-snooping fast-leave

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Default】

Fast-leave disables

【Example】

！Enable igmp-snooping fast-leave

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#igmp-snooping fast-leave

1.21.6 igmp-snooping group-limit

Use igmp-snooping group-limit command to configure the number of the

multicast group allowed learning.

igmp-snooping group-limit limit

205
 Command line configuration manual
no igmp-snooping group-limit

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Parameter】

limit:Range from 2 to 128. The default number is 128

【Example】

！Configure the igmp-snooping group-limit to be 99

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#igmp-snooping group-limit 99

1.21.7 igmp-snooping permit/deny group

Use igmp-snooping permit/deny group command to configure the permit

and deny group, and the learning regulations of the group which is not permit
or deny group (We call it default group).

igmp-snooping permit/deny group [ all | group-address]

no igmp-snooping permit/deny group [group-address]

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode for permit/deny group

Global configuration mode for the learning regulations of default group

【Parameter】

group-address:Multicast MAC address is in the form of 21:22:5e:21:22:23

【Example】

！Configure the learning regulation of default group to allow all multicast

group

GPON(config)#igmp-snooping permit group all

206
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure Ethernet 2/3 not to learn multicast 21:22:5e:22:21:21

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/3)#igmp-snooping deny group 21:22:5e:22:21:21

1.21.8 igmp-snooping route-port forward

Multicast routers interface is the interface received IGMP inquiring message

(It is also called mix router interface.).

Use igmp-snooping route-port forward command to configure whether to

add router interface to IGMP snooping learning group.

igmp-snooping route-port forward

no igmp-snooping route-port forward

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Default】

Disable

【Example】

！Enable igmp-snooping route-port forward

GPON(config)#igmp-snooping route-port forward

1.21.9 igmp-snooping multicast vlan

Use igmp-snooping multicast vlan command to specify a VLAN for a port

to learn and transmit multicast message. IGMP message intercepted by
IGMP Snooping will modify its VID to be specified VLAN to transmit.
Descendent multicast message is transmitted in VLAN, and separated with
unicast message VLAN.

igmp-snooping multicast vlan vlan-id

no igmp-snooping multicast vlan

207
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Parameter】

vlan-id:Range from 1 to 4294

【Default】

No multicast VLAN configuration for port

【Example】

！Configure multicast vlan of Ethernet 2/1 to be vlan 2

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#igmp-snooping multicast vlan 2

1.21.10 show gmrp

Use show gmrp command to display GMRP globally.

show gmrp

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display GMRP information globally

GPON(config)#show gmrp

GMRP state : enable

1.21.11 show gmrp interface

Use show gmrp interface command to display GMRP information of an

interface.

show gmrp interface [ interface-list ]

208
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

interface-list:List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is slot-num/port-
num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the range
of 1 to 24. Seriate(sequential?) interfaces with the same type can be linked
by to keyword, but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be
larger than the one to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be
repeated for up to 3 times.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Key word “interface-list” is optional. If this keyword is lacking, all the

information of the interfaces is displayed, or information of only specified
interfaces is displayed.

【Example】

！Display information of gmrp interface Ethernet 2/1, ethetnet 2/2, Ethernet

2/3, Ethernet 2/1

GPON(config)#show gmrp interface ethernet 2/1 to ethernet 2/3 ethernet 3/2

port GMRP status

e2/1 enable

e2/2 enable

e2/3 enable

e3/2 enable

Total entries: 4

1.21.12 garp permit multicast mac-address

209
 Command line configuration manual
Use garp permit multicast mac-address command to add configured static
multicast group to GMRP to be dynamic learned by other switches.

garp permit multicast [ mac-address mac vlan vlan-id ]

【Parameter】

mac:MAC address of existed multicast group in the form of multicast MAC

address, such as: 21:22:5e:**:**:**

vlan-id:Range from 1 to 4294. Multicast group is combined by vlan-id and

mac

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

! Add multicast group 21:22:5e:22:21:21 vlan 1 to GMRP

GPON(config)#garp permit multicast mac-address 21:22:5e:22:21:21 vlan 1

1.21.13 show garp permit multicast

Use show garp permit multicast command to display static multicast group
permitted learning by GMRP.

show garp permit multicast

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

! Display the static multicast permitted by GMRP

GPON(config)#show garp permit multicast

1.21.14 show igmp-snooping

210
 Command line configuration manual
Use show igmp-snooping command to display the information of IGMP
snooping

show igmp-snooping

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display IGMP snooping information

GPON(config)#show igmp-snooping

1.22 IGMP Configuration Command

IGMP configuration command includes:

 ip igmp
 igmp-proxy
 ip igmp access-group
 ip igmp last-member-query-interval
 ip igmp query-interval
 ip igmp query-max-response-time
 ip igmp static-group
 ip igmp create-group
 ip igmp robustness-varible
 ip igmp limit-group
 ip igmp version
 ip multicast-routing
 show igmp-proxy
 show ip igmp groups

211
 Command line configuration manual
 show ip igmp interface
 ip igmp ssm-mapping
 mroute igmp
 ssm-mapping static
 show ip igmp ssm-mapping

1.22.1 ip igmp

Use ip igmp command to enable IGMP. Use no ip igmp command to

disable IGMP.

ip igmp

no ip igmp

【Default】

IGMP is not run.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and super VLAN

interface configuration mode)

【Usage】

Only interface IGMP enables, IGMP packet can be sent and received.

【Example】

！Enable IGMP of VLAN-interface1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#ip igmp

1.22.2 igmp-proxy

Use this command to enable IGMP proxy. Use no command to disable IGMP
proxy.

212
 Command line configuration manual
igmp-proxy

no igmp-proxy

【Default】

Disable

【Command configuration mode】

VLAN interface mode

【Usage】

After enabling IGMP proxy, switch is a master for uplink multicast router
which transfer the collected multicast information from user out through
report packet. Multicast router will transfer multicast flow to switch and switch
will transfer it to downlink user. When there is no master in some multicast,
switch will send leave packet to multicast router and multicast router will stop
transferring multicast data to switch. This function is applied to switch in
network end and it is unnecessary to enable multicast routing protocol to
finish multicast transmission to save switch resources.

【Example】

！Enable IGMP proxy

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#igmp-proxy

1.22.3 ip igmp access-group

Use ip igmp access-group command to restrict host in the subnetwork

connected to Ethernet switch interface to add to multicast group. Use no ip
igmp access-group command to cancel this restriction.

ip igmp access-group access-list-number [ port-list ]

no ip igmp access-group [ port-list ]

【Parameter】

213
 Command line configuration manual
access-list-number:standard IP ACL number which is in the range of 1～99. It
defines a group range in which host can only add to the multicast group.

ports-list:List of Ethernet ports. This keyword needed to be provided in the

form of interface-type + interface-number. Interface-type is Ethernet and
interface-number is device/slot-num/port-num, in which device is stack
device number which is in the range of 2 to 7, slot-num is in the range of 2 to
1, and port-num is in the range of 1 to 12. Seriate interfaces with the same
type can be linked by to keyword, but the port number to the right of the to
keyword must be larger than the one to the left of the keyword, and this
argument only can be repeated for up to 3 times and it cannot configure all
ports to be port isolation downlink ports.

【Default】

Non-restriction for the host to add to multicast group.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and super VLAN

interface configuration mode)

【Usage】

Ethernet switch sends host-query message to be sure the multicast group

members existed in local network which connected with this Ethernet switch.
The packets sent to the milticast group will be transferred to these members.
User can restrict the host in sunnetwork connected to interface in each
interface adding to multicast group.

【Example】

！Configure access-list 1

GPON (config)# access-list 1 permit 225.2.2.2 2.255.255.255

！Specify host in VLAN interface 1 can only be added to the multicast grou
pwhich satisfied rules in access-list 1

214
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1) # ip igmp access-group 1

1.22.4 ip igmp last-member-query-interval

Use ip igmp last-member-query-interval command to configure query

interval of last member.

ip igmp last-member-query-interval seconds

no ip igmp last-member-query-interval

【Parameter】

Seconds the query interval of last member which is in the range of 1 to 64.

【Default】

The query interval of last member is 1 second.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and super VLAN

interface configuration mode)

【Usage】

This command can only be effected in the network of IGMP V2/V3.

the query of last member is to know whethern there is multicast group
member and reduce delitescence, so this time period cannot be too long.

【Example】

！Configure the query interval of last member of interface 1 to be 2 seconds.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#ip igmp last-member-query-interval 2

1.22.5 ip igmp query-interval

Use ip igmp query-interval command to configure the query interval of host

members. Use no ip igmp query-interval command to restore the default
query interval.

215
 Command line configuration manual
ip igmp query-interval seconds

no ip igmp query-interval

【Parameter】

Seconds : the query interval of host member which is in the range of 1 to

32222 seconds.

【Default】

The query interval of host member is 125 second.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and super VLAN

interface configuration mode)

【Usage】

Ethernet switch sends host-query message to be sure the multicast group

members existed in local network which connected with this Ethernet switch.
The packets sent to the milticast group will be transferred to these members.
User can restrict the host in sunnetwork connected to interface in each
interface adding to multicast group.

In a LAN, Designated Router is the only one which sends host-query

message. For IGMP V1, choose specified router according to the multicast
routing protocol run in LAN; for IGMP V2, choose specified router according
to the smallest IP address in LAN. Ethernet switch supported PIM can also
be specified router.

If Ethernet switch doesn’t receive query packet from any host member after
overtime（configured by ip igmp querier-timeout command）, this switch
becomes the Querier（the switch sending host-query message）

【Example】

！Configure query interval of VLAN 1 to be 122 seconds

216
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)# ip igmp query-interval 122

1.22.6 ip igmp query-max-response-time

Use ip igmp query-max-response-time command to configure the max

response time of query packet of host members. Use no ip igmp query-
max-response-time command to restore the default max response time.

ip igmp query-max-response-time seconds

no ip igmp query-max-response-time

【Parameter】

Seconds : the max response time in query packet of host member which is in
the range of 1 to 32222 seconds.

【Default】

The max response time in query packet of host member is 12 seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and super VLAN

interface configuration mode)

【Usage】

Use this command when running IGMP V2/V3.

This command can control the time interval for host to response the query
packet of host members. The small time interval can make switch master the
existence of group members. If the response to the query packet of host
members is not quickly, they may be deleted from multicast group though
user doesn’t want. User must configure the interval larger than the shortest
response time.

【Example】

！Configure the max response time in query packet is 8 seconds.

217
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)# ip igmp query-max-response-time 8

1.22.7 ip igmp static-group

Use ip igmp static-group command to configure Ethernet switch interface

to add to multicast group. Use no ip igmp static-group command to delete
interface from multicast group.

ip igmp static-group groups-address port-list sourcelist sourcelist

no ip igmp static-group groups-address port-list sourcelist sourcelist

【Parameter】

groups-address: the muilticast group address to be added.

ports-list:List of Ethernet ports. This keyword needed to be provided in the

form of interface-type + interface-number. Interface-type is Ethernet and
interface-number is device/slot-num/port-num, in which device is stack
device number which is in the range of 2 to 7, slot-num is in the range of 2 to
1, and port-num is in the range of 1 to 12. Seriate interfaces with the same
type can be linked by to keyword, but the port number to the right of the to
keyword must be larger than the one to the left of the keyword, and this
argument only can be repeated for up to 3 times and it cannot configure all
ports to be port isolation downlink ports.

sourcelist: multicast source address list which is to add to specified source

address list. There will be at most 8 multicast source address list.

【Default】

Interface will not statistically add to any multicast group.

【Command configuration mode】

VLAN interface

【Usage】

After adding to multicast statically, no matter there is multicast memberor not,

218
 Command line configuration manual
multicast flow will transferred to this interface.

【Example】

！Add interface 1 of VLAN interface 1 to multicast group 224.1.1.1 and the

multicast source address add to specified source address is 12.2.2.1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)# ip igmp static-group 224.1.1.1 ethernet 2/1

1.22.8 ip igmp create-group

Use this command together with ip igmp static-group command to configure

ingress vlan ID of static multicast route table item. Use the no command to
delete it.

Vlan interface configuration mode:

ip igmp create-group groups-address

no ip igmp create-group groups-address

supervlan interface configuration mode:

ip igmp create-group groups-address vlan vlanid

no ip igmp create-group groups-address vlan vlanid

【Parameter】

groups-address:multicast group address to be configured

vlanid: ingress vlanid of static multicast group member

【Default】

No static multicast route table item

【Command configuration mode】

interface mode（including VLAN and superVlan interface mode）

【Usage】

219
 Command line configuration manual
This command is used with ip igmp static-group command. ip igmp static-
group command only creates static multicast group members but not
specifies ingress vlanid, so the multicast packet transferring cannot finished.
This command specifies ingress vlan and creates a complete static multicast
member table to realize the packet transmission of static multicast members.
In VLAN mode, ingress vlanid value is the id of vlan interface.

【Example】

！Configure ingress vlanid of static multicast group 224.2.1.5 in vlan

interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)# ip igmp create-group 224.2.1.5

1.22.9 ip igmp robustness-varible

Use ip igmp robustness-varible command to configure robustness-varible

of Ethernet switch. Use no ip igmp robustness-varible command to restore
it to default value.

ip igmp robustness-varible num

no ip igmp robustness-varible

【Parameter】

num:the robustness-varible which is in the range of 1 to 7.

【Default】

The default robustness-varible value is 2.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and super VLAN

interface configuration mode)

【Usage】

The robustness-varible is a very important parameter to express the

220
 Command line configuration manual
operation of IGMP which is used to control the numberof sending packetto
prevent the loss of the packet in network to strengthen the operation of
network protocol. For example, after receiving the message of the leaving of
the multicast group members, switch need send special group query and the
robustness varible will specifies the number of the special query packet sent
in a certain time interval. In addition, robustness varible is an important
parameter to calculate other variables, such as: existing time of other queries
and group membes are all use robustness variable to calculate.

【Example】

！Configure robustness variable of vlan interface 1 to be 5

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)# ip igmp robustness-varible 5

1.22.10 ip igmp limit-group

Use ip igmp limit-group command to configure the number of the multicast

group restricted switch interface to add. Use no ip igmp limit-group
command to restore the default number of the multicast group restricted
switch interface to add.

ip igmp limit-group num

no ip igmp limit-group

【Parameter】

num:the number of the multicast group restricted to add.

【Default】

The number of the multicast group restricted to add is 1224.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and super VLAN

interface configuration mode)

221
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

Use this command to restrict the number of IGMP group added in interface,
the router will not handle IGMP adding packet if it is beyond the restriction.
By default, the max number of IGMP group added in interface is the max
number of multicast group number (that is max hardware table item,
considering it can use up all hareware table items through one interface). In
configuration, if the added number of IGMP group is beyond the
configuration, the added IGMP group will not be deleted. Repeat this
command, the new configuration will cover the original.

【Example】

！Configure the number of the multicast group restricted to add of vlan

interface 1 to be 5

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)# ip igmp limit-group 5

1.22.11 ip igmp version

Use ip igmp version command to configure the IGMP version run in

Ethernet switch. Use no ip igmp version command to restore the default
IGMP version.

ip igmp version { 1 | 2 | 3}

no ip igmp version

【Parameter】

1:IGMP Version 1.

2:IGMP Version 2.

3:IGMP Version 3.

【Default】

Run IGMP version 2.

222
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and super VLAN

interface configuration mode)

【Usage】

All system run in the same subnetwork must support the same IGMP
version.switch can find the switch with other version automatically and inform
sys-log, but it cannot shift it automatically.

Some command needs IGMP V2/V3 to be effective, such as: ip igmp query-
max-response-time and ip igmp query-timeout command.

【Example】

！Run IGMP version 1 in VLAN interface 1.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)# ip igmp version 1

1.22.12 ip multicast-routing

Use ip multicast-routing command to enable multicast router. Use no ip

multicast-routing command to disable multicast router.

ip multicast-routing

no ip multicast-routing

【Default】

Multicast router disables.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Only after enabling multicast router, ethernet switch can receive multicast
packet.

223
 Command line configuration manual
Caution: after enabling layer 3 multicast, layer 2 multicast and IGMP
Snooping table item are ineffective.

【Example】

！Enable multicast router

GPON(config)#ip multicast-routing

1.22.13 show igmp-proxy

Use this command to display IGMP proxy information.

show igmp-proxy

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display IGMP proxy status, configuration of uplink

multicast router and IGMP proxy interface.

【Example】

！Display IGMP proxy information

GPON(config)#show igmp-proxy

1.22.14 show ip igmp groups

Use show ip igmp groups command to display multicast group information

learnt by IGMP and statically configured multicast group member information.

show ip igmp groups [ multicast-ip ]

【Parameter】

multicast-ip:multicast group address.

【Command configuration mode】

224
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If the parameter is omitted, group address and interface type information of

all multicast group members will be displayed.

【Example】

！Displyay IGMP multicast group information.

GPON(config)#show ip igmp group

1.22.15 show ip igmp interface

Use show ip igmp interface command to display interface information

which runs IGMP.

show ip igmp interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

【Parameter】

interface-type:includes VLAN interface and superVlan interface.

interface-number:intwerface ID

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If the parameter is omitted, all interface information which runs IGMP will be
displayed.

【Example】

！Display all IGMP interface information.

GPON#show ip igmp interface

1.22.16 ip igmp ssm-mapping

225
 Command line configuration manual
Enable SSM Mappingin configured SSM address range. Use no command
to disable SSM Mapping.
ip igmp ssm-mapping
no ip igmp ssm-mapping
【Parameter】
Non
【Default】

SSM Mapping disables.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and superVlan
interface)
【Usage】
Enable SSM Mapping in interface before configuring SSM source/group
address mapping table item, or IGMP will not support SSM Mapping.
When router enabled SSM Mapping receives IGMPv1/v2 report packet, it
will gain mapping source address S through group address G to form
（S,G）channel.
SSM Mapping only needs configuring on device connected to receiving
host.
【Example】
Enable SSM Mapping:

ip igmp ssm-mapping

1.22.17 mroute igmp

Enter igmp configuration mode.

mroute igmp

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

226
 Command line configuration manual
Use mroute pim command to enter IGMP mode to configure IGMP global
parameter without enabling IGMP protocol. Use exit command to exit to last
mode and use quit to exit to preivileged mode.

【Example】

！Enter igmp mode

GPON(config)#mroute igmp

1.22.18 ssm-mapping static

Enable static SSM Mapping. Use no command to cancel it.

ssm-mapping static { access-control-list source-address }
no ssm-mapping static { access-control-list source-address | all }
【Parameter】
access-control-list:used in static SSM Mapping ACL
source-address:source address mapping from group address in access-
control-list
all:（option）all ssm-mapping configuration
【Default】
Non
【Command configuration mode】
IGMP global configuration mode
【Usage】
Static SSM Mapping can be configured many times. Group G belongs to
Permit item of multiple ACL,the source-address parameter of multiple ACL
are all mapping source of Group G. The max number of static SSM
Mapping is 8.
【Example】
Enable static SSM Mapping:
mroute igmp
ssm-mapping static 11 172.16.8.11

ssm-mapping static 12 172.16.8.12

227
 Command line configuration manual
1.22.19 show ip igmp ssm-mapping

Display SSM Mapping of specific group address.

show ip igmp ssm-mapping [ group-address ]
【Parameter】
group-address:（option）corresponded SSM Mapping of group address.
【Default】
Display all ssm-mapping.
【Command configuration mode】
Any configuration mode
【Usage】
Display SSM Mapping of specific group address. If there is no mapping
information, it will prompt resolve error.
【Example】
Display SSM Mapping of specific group address:
GPON# show ip igmp ssm-mapping 232.1.1.4
Group address: 232.1.1.4
Database : Static
Source list : 172.16.8.5
: 172.16.8.6

Display SSM Mapping of specific group address(If there is no mapping

information):
GPON # show ip igmp ssm-mapping 232.1.1.4

Can’t resolve 232.1.1.4 to source-mapping

1.23 PIM Configuration Command

PIM configuration command includes:

 ip pim dense-mode
 ip pim neighbor-limit

228
 Command line configuration manual
 ip pim neighbor-policy
 ip pim query-interval
 ip pim sparse-mode
 ip pim bsr-border
 mroute pim
 show ip mroute
 show ip pim neighbor
 show ip pim interface
 show ip pim rp-info
 show ip pim bsr
 source-policy
 static-rp
 bsr-candidate
 rp-candidate
 spt-threshold
 ssm
 show ip pim ssm range

1.23.1 ip pim dense-mode

Use ip pim dense-mode command to enable PIM-DM in interface. Use no

ip pim dense-mode command to disable PIM-DM.

ip pim dense-mode

no ip pim dense-mode

【Default】

PIM-DM is not run in interface.

【Command configuration mode】

229
 Command line configuration manual
Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and superVlan
interface)

【Usage】

Before enabling PIM-DM protocol,enable multicast routing protocol.

【Example】

！Run PIM-DM in VLAN interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#ip pim dense-mode

1.23.2 ip pim neighbor-limit

Use ip pim neighbor-limit command to restrict PIM neighbour number of

router interfaces. If it is beyond the configured restriction, new neighbours
cannot be added. Use no ip pim neighbor-limit command to restore it to
the default configuration.

ip pim neighbor-limit limit

no ip pim neighbor-limit

【Parameter】

limit:the max limit of PIM neighbor in interface which is in the range of 2～

128.

【Default】

The max limit of PIM neighbor in interface is 128.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and superVlan

interface)

【Usage】

Only enable PIM-DM protocol before configure PIM interfqace attribution.

230
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure the max limit of PIM neighbor in VLAN-interface 1 is 16

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#ip pim neighbor-limit 16

1.23.3 ip pim neighbor-policy

Use ip pim neighbor-policy command to configure filreation to PIM

neighbor in current interface. Use no ip pim neighbor-policy command to
cancel filreation.

ip pim neighbor-policy access-list-number

no ip pim neighbor-policy

【Parameter】

access-list-number:standard IP ACL which is in the range of 1 to 99.

【Default】

Not to filtrate neighbors.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and superVlan

interface)

【Usage】

Ethernet switch sends host-query message to be sure the multicast group

members existed in local network which connected with this Ethernet switch.
The packets sent to the milticast group will be transferred to these members.
User can restrict the host in sunnetwork connected to interface in each
interface adding to multicast group.

【Example】

！Configure access-list 1

231
 Command line configuration manual
GPON (config)# access-list 1 permit 12.2.2.2 2.255.255.255

！Learn the neighbor which is in in VLAN interface 1 and satisfies the rules in
access-list 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1) # ip pim neighbor-policy 1

1.23.4 ip pim query-interval

Use ip pim query-interval command to configure the query interval of Hello

packet. Use no ip pim query-interval command to restore the default value.

ip pim query-interval seconds

no ip pim query-interval

【Parameter】

seconds:the query interval of Hello packet which is in the range of 1 to

65535 seconds.

【Default】

The default query interval of Hello packet is 32s.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and superVlan

interface)

【Usage】

After enabling PIM-SM protocol, for finding neighbors, switch will send Hello
packet for all network devices supported PIM periodically. If the Hello packet
is received, there is neighbor network device supported PIM, and this
interface will add this neighbor to its interface neighbor list; if interface hasn’t
received the Hello packet from neighbour in its neighbour list, the neighbour
is thought to leave multicast group.

【Example】

232
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure query interval of the last member in VLAN interface 1 is 62
seconds

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#ip pim query-interval 62

1.23.5 ip pim sparse-mode

Use ip pim sparse-mode command to enable PIM-SM in interface. Use no

ip pim sparse-mode command to disable PIM-SM.

ip pim sparse-mode

no ip pim sparse-mode

【Default】

PIM-DM is not run in interface.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and superVlan

interface)

【Usage】

Before enabling PIM-DM protocol,enable multicast routing protocol

【Example】

！Run PIM-SM in VLAN interface 1.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#ip pim sparse-mode

1.23.6 ip pim bsr-border

Us this command to enable bsr domain border in interface. Use the no

command to disable it.

ip pim bsr-border

no ip pim bsr-border

233
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

bsr-border disables

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode (including VLAN interface and superVlan

interface)

【Usage】

User can divide the network operating PIM-SM into many areas and use
different Bootstrap Router in each area. Caution: This command cannot
establish multicast border but a PIM Bootstrap Router border.

【Example】

！Enable bsr-border in PIM-SM interface

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#ip pim bsr-border

1.23.7 mroute pim

Use mroute pim command to enter pim configuration.

mroute pim

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

mroute PIM command is used to enter PIM to configure the global parameter
of PIM but not enable PIM protocol. Use exit to be back to the last mode and
use quit to be back to privileged mode.

【Example】

！Enter pim mode

234
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)# mroute pim

1.23.8 show ip mroute

Use show ip mroute command to display multicast routing table and current
version only supports PIM multicast routing table.

show ip mroute [group-address]

【Parameter】

group-address:multicast address.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If there is no parameter, all multicast routing items are displayed. If the

address is specified, all all multicast routing tables are displayed, including
（S,G）and（*,G）.

【Example】

！Display multicast routing table

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#show ip mroute

1.23.9 show ip pim neighbor

Use show ip pim neighbor command to display neighbor list learnt by PIM.

show ip pim neighbor [interface vlan-interface vid]

【Parameter】

Vid: it is in the range of 1 to 4294.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

235
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

If there is no parameter, all neighbors will be displayed. Display neighbor in

the specified interface after specification.

【Example】

！Display neighbor list

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)# show ip pim neighbor

1.23.10 show ip pim interface

Use show ip pim interface command to display operation and configuration

information of PIM interface.

show ip pim interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

【Parameter】

interface-type:interface type. Here means VLAN interface.

interface-number:interface number which is in the range of 1～4294.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If there is no parameter, all interfaces information will be displayed. Display

information in the specified interface after specification.

【Example】

！Display PIM interface information

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#show ip pim interface

1.23.11 show ip pim rp-info

Uer show ip pim rp-info command to display RP information of PIM-SM.

236
 Command line configuration manual
show ip pim rp-info

【Parameter】

group-address:the multicast group address. If it is not specified,display all,

including dynamically learnt and static configured RP.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

The effecting RP information is displayed.

【Example】

！Display RP information of PIM interface.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#show ip pim rp-info

1.23.12 show ip pim bsr

Use this command to display BSR information.

show ip pim bsr

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display BSR information including selected BSR

information and candidate BSR.

【Example】

！Display current BSR information

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#show ip pim bsr

237
 Command line configuration manual
1.23.13 source-policy

Use source-policy command to configure router to filtrate multicast data

packet according to source address. Use no source-policy command to
cancel it.

source-policy access-list-number

no source-policy

【Parameter】

access-list-number:standard IP ACL number which is in the range of 1～99.

【Default】

Not to filtrate the source address of multicast data packet.

【Command configuration mode】

PIM configuration mode

【Usage】

After configuring source address filtration, the data packet which is not
satisfying filtration rules will be dropped.

Repeat this command, new configuration will cover the last one.

【Example】

！Configure switch multicast packet with the source address to be

192.168.1.1

GPON (config)# access-list 1 permit 192.168.1.1 2

GPON(config-pim) # source-policy 1

1.23.14 static-rp

Use static-rp command to configure static RP used by PIM-SM.

238
 Command line configuration manual
static-rp address

no static-rp

【Parameter】

address:RP address

【Default】

Static RP is not configured.

【Command configuration mode】

PIM configuration mode

【Usage】

Static RP is used for backup of dynamic RP to improve the strength of

network. In the effection of RP selected by BSR mechanism, static RP is
unaffected.

All routers in PIM domain must configure this command and specify the
same RP address at the same time.

Repeat this command, new configuration will cover the last one.

Related configuration refers to show ip pim rp-info.

【Example】

！Configure static RP to be 192.168.1.1

GPON(config-pim) # static-rp 192.168.1.1

1.23.15 bsr-candidate

Use this command to configure switch to be Candidate Bootstrap Router,(C-

BSR). Use the no command to delete C-BSR.

bsr-candidate interface-type interface-number hash-mask-length [ priority ]

239
 Command line configuration manual
no bsr-candidate

【Parameter】

interface-type:interface type which can be VLAN-interface or Super VLAN-

interface；

interface-number:interface number；

hash-mask-len:matching mask length in HASH which is in the range of 2 ～

32. The longer the mask is, the smaller the discrete of C-BSR is; the shorter

the mask is, the larger the discrete of C-BSR is.

priority:C-BSR priority which is in the range of 2～255. The candidate BSR

with superior priority will be selected to be BSR；the one with larger IP
address with the same priority will be selected to be BSR. The default priority
is 2.

【Default】

Non candidate BSR is specified.

【Command configuration mode】

PIM configuration mode

【Usage】

Repeat excuting this command ,new configuration will cover the last one.

【Example】

！Configure VLAN interface 1 to be candidate BSR

GPON(config-pim) # bsr-candidate vlan-interface 1 12 12

1.23.16 rp-candidate

240
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to configure switch to be Candidate Rendezvous Point,
(C-RP). Use the no command to cancel this configuration. If there is no
group-list parameter, C-RP serves for all groups.

rp-candidate interface-type interface-number [ group-list access-list-

number [ priority ] ]

no rp-candidate interface-type interface-number [ group-list access-list-

number ]

【Parameter】

i interface-type:interface type which can be VLAN-interface or Super VLAN-

interface；

interface-number:interface number

access-list-number:standard IP accessing list number which is in the range

of 1～99. It defines the range of a group which is the service range of RP.

priority:C-RP priority which is in the range of 2～255. The C-RP with superior
priority will be selected to be RP；the one with larger IP address with the
same priority will be selected to be RP.

【Default】

Non C-RP is specified.

【Command configuration mode】

PIM configuration mode

【Usage】

Repeat excuting this command ,new configuration will cover the last one.

【Example】

241
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure VLAN interface 1 to be C-RP

GPON(config-pim) # rp-candidate vlan-interface 1 group-list 1 12

1.23.17 spt-threshold

Use this command to configure switch threshold shift from RPT to adding to
SPT which is shown as the rate of received multicast packet with the unit of
bps. It supports 2 kinds of fixed thresholds : immediately and infinity,and
immediately is the defult one. Use no command to restore it to immediately.

spt-threshold { immediately | infinity }

no spt-threshold

【Parameter】

immediately:adding to SPT as soon as receiving multicast packet

infinity:Never adding to SPT

【Default】

immediately

【Command configuration mode】

PIM configuration mode

【Usage】

Repeatly excute this command, new configuration will cover the last one.

【Example】

！Configure SPT threshold to be infinity

GPON(config-pim) # spt-threshold infinity

1.23.18 ssm

242
 Command line configuration manual
Define IP multicast address range of SSM. Use no command to cancel it.
ssm {default | range access-list}
no ssm {default | range access-list}
【Parameter】
default:Define IP multicast address range to be 232/8.
range:Specify IP collection based on standard ACL number or name to be
SSM multicast address range.
【Default】
Do not configure SSM multicast address range.
【Command configuration mode】
PIM configuration mode
【Usage】
When excuting this command, in configured SSM multicast address
range,router will not need receive and generate MSDP SA news to
predigest network topology.
Multiple configuration is not permit. The next configuration will cover the
previous one.
The condition for enabling SSM mode:
If multicast group address is in SSM group range, router interface runs
IGMPv3,receiver’s host runs IGMPv3,source address is specified in Report
news, enable SSM mode.
If multicast group address is in SSM group range, router interface runs
IGMPv3,receiver’s host runs IGMPv1 or IGMPv2,SSM Mapping is enabled
in router and there is matched SSM source group mapping rule, enable
SSM mode.
【Example】
Configure SSM through ACL address range:
access-list 4 permit 224.2.151.141
mroute pim

ssm range 4

1.23.19 show ip pim ssm range

243
 Command line configuration manual
Display SSM Mapping of specific group address.
show ip pim ssm range
【Command configuration mode】
Any configuration mode
【Usage】
Display configured SSM group address range.
【Example】
Display configured SSM group address range.
GPON# show ip pim ssm range
Group Address Mask Length ACL
237.2.2.2 8 1
Totle ssm group range entries:1.
Display default SSM group address range.
GPON# show ip pim ssm range
Group Address Mask Length Desc
232.2.2.2 8 default

Display non-configured SSM group address range.

GPON # show ip pim ssm range

No configged ssm group range

244
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 13 ACL Configuration

Command

1.24 ACL configuration command list

ACL command includes:

 absolute
 access-group
 access-list
 access-list extended
 access-list link
 access-list match-order
 access-list standard
 access-list user
 { permit | deny }
 periodic
 port-isolation
 show access-list config
 show access-list config statistic
 show access-list runtime all
 show access-list runtime statistic

245
 Command line configuration manual
 show port-isolation
 show time-range
 time-range

1.24.1 absolute

Use absolute command to create absolute time range. Use no absolute

command to delete the configuration of absolute time range.

absolute [ start time date ] [ end time date ]

no absolute [ start time date ] [ end time date ]

【Parameter】

start time date:optional choice. Configure the start absolute time. The form
of time is hh:mm:ss,using 24 hours. hh is in the range of 2～23,mm is in the
range of 2－59, and ss is in the range of 2－59. The form of date is
YYYY/MM/DD. day is in the range of 1～31,month is in the range of 1～
12,year is 4 numbers. If the start time is not configured, it means there is no
restriction to the start time but the end time.

end time date:optional choice. Configure the end absolute time. The form of
time and date is the same as the start time and it must be larger than the
start time. If the end time is not configured, it is the max time of system.

【Command configuration mode】

time-range configuration mode

【Usage】

Absolute time range can determine a large scale of effective time and restrict
the time range of periodic time. Each time period can define 12 absolute time
range. In the period of configuring absolute time and periodic time, only when
the absolute time range is satisfied, periodic time range can be judged. When

246
 Command line configuration manual
the staart time and end time are not specified, the specified time range is the
earlist time the switch can be recognized to the inferior time.

【Example】

！The following time range will be effective from 2:2 Jan 1st, 2222.

GPON(config)#time-range tm1

GPON(config-timerange-tm1)#absolute start 2:2 1-1-2222

GPON(config-timerange-tm1)#exit

！The following time range will be effective from 22:22 December 12, 2222
to 22:21

GPON(config)#time-range tm2

GPON(config-timerange-tm2)#absolute end 22:22 12-12-2222

GPON(config-timerange-tm2)#exit

！The following time range will be effective from 14:22 to 16:22 in each
weekend from 22:22 December 31, 1999 to 22:22 December 12, 2222.（The
configuration of periodic time range refers to periodic command.）

GPON(config)# time-range testall

GPON(config-timerange-testall)#absolute start 22:22 12-31-1999 end 22:22

12-12-2222

GPON(config-timerange-testall)#periodic weekend 14:22 to 16:22

GPON(config-timerange-testall)#exit

1.24.2 access-group

Use access-group command to activate accessing control list. Use no

access-group command to cancel activate.

access-group { [ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } }

247
 Command line configuration manual
no access-group { all | [ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name }
[ subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } }

【Parameter】

access-list-number:accessing control list number which is in the range of 1 to

399. access-list-name:the name of accessing list which is the character string
and in the form of initial capitalized characters ([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space
and quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional parameter, specifies the
subitem in accessing list which is in the range of 2～127. If it is not specified,
all subitems are activated.

Instruction:

Followings are the parameter of no command.

all:all the activated accessing list must be cancel.（including number and

name ID）

【Usage】

This command supports activating accessing control list of layer 2 and layer
3 at the same time, but the action of each accessing control list should not be
conflict, if there is conflict (such as one is permit, the other is deny), the
activation fails. It can support at most 127 l2 and l3 ACL.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Activate accessing control list 1 and 222 at the same time.

GPON(config)#access-group ip-group 1 link-group 222

1.24.3 access-list

Use access-list command to configure a ACL with number ID, which can be:

248
 Command line configuration manual
standard ACL, extended ACL, Layer 2 ACL and user-defined ACL. Use no
access-list command to delete all the subitems or one subitem in one ACL
with number ID or name ID or all ACLs.

1. Define standard ACL with number ID.

access-list access-list-number1 { permit | deny } { source-addr source-

wildcard | any } [ fragments ] [ time-range time-range-name ]

2. Define extended ACL with number ID.

access-list access-list-number2 { permit | deny } [ protocol ] [ established ]

{ source-addr source-wildcard | any } [ port [ portmask ] ] { dest-addr dest-

wildcard | any } [ port [ portmask ] ] [ icmp-type [ icmp-code ] | icmp-packet ]
[ fragments ] { [ precedence precedence ] [ tos tos ] | [ dscp dscp ] } [ time-
range time-range-name ]

3. Define Layer 2 ACL with number ID.

access-list access-list-number3 { permit | deny } [ protocol ] [ cos vlan-pri ]

ingress { { [ source-vlan-id ] [ source-mac-addr source-mac-wildcard ] [
interface interface-num ] } | any } egress { { [ dest-mac-addr dest-mac-
wildcard ] [ interface interface-num | cpu ] } | any } [ time-range time-range-
name ]

4. Delete ACL or its subitem.

no access-list { all | { access-list-number | name access-list-name }

[ subitem ] }

【Parameter】

access-list-number1:standard ACL rules in the range of 1～99 access-list-

number2:extended ACL rules in the range of 122～199 access-list-
number3:Layer 2 ACL rules in the range of 222～299

permit:permit the packet which satisfied the condition passing.

deny:deny the packet which satisfied the condition passing.

249
 Command line configuration manual
time-range time-range-name:the name of time range whichh is optional
parameter, and it will be efective in this time period.

Instruction:

Followings are all kinds of attribution with packet. ACL is the rules determined
by the value of these parameter.

source-addr source-wildcard | any:source-addr source-wildcard means

source IP address and source address wildcard which is in the form of dotted
decimal notation; any means all source address which is used to establish
standard or extended ACL.

fragments:means this rule is effective to the fragment packets, and non-

fragment packet will ignore this rule. This parameter is used in standard or
extended ACL.

protocol:the protocol with the name of numbers and names. The name of
numbers is in the range of 1～255；the name of names is in the range of
icmp, igmp, tcp, udp, gre, ospf and ipinip. This parameter is used in extended
ACL.

established:means this rule is effective to the first SYN packet after the
successful connection of TCP. This is the optional parameter which appears
when the parameter of protocol is tcp. This parameter is used in extended
ACL.

[Port [portmask]]: means the interface range of TCP/UDP. Port:means the tcp
or udp port used by packet which is the optional parameter by using symbols
oe numbers. The number is in the range of 2～65535,and the symbol refers
to symbol table helped to remembered by port number. Portmask is port
mask which is optional and is in the range of 2～65535. When the protocol is
tcp or udp, it can support the configuration in the range of protocol ports.
When configuring port number and mask, user can input octal, decimal or
hex not port to permit all ports; portmask can be 2 or none to express the
port itself, or it can be determined by port and portmask according to the port
range. This rule can support single port configuration which can support the

250
 Command line configuration manual
configuration of larger or equal to the port range (accurate to 2n).

dest-addr dest-wildcard | any:dest-addr dest-wildcard means destination IP

address and destination address wildward which is in the form of decimal;
any means all destination address. This parameter can be used in extended
ACL.

[ icmp-type [ icmp-code ] | icmp-packet ]:icmp-type [ icmp-code ] specified 一

ICMP packet. icmp-type means ICMP packey type which is in the form of
characters and numbers. The number is in the range of 2～255；icmp-code
means ICMP code which appears when the protocol is icmp and there is no
character to express ICMP. The range of it is 2～255；icmp-packet is the
ICMP packet with the name of name, which is specified by icmp-type and
icmp-code. This parameter can be used in extended ACL.

precedence precedence:optional parameter which means IP priority. It can

be number and name which is in the range of 2～7. This parameter can be
used in extended ACL.

dscp dscp:optional parameter which can be categoried according to DSCP, it

is number or name which is in the range of 2～63. This parameter can be
used in extended ACL.

tos tos:optional parameter which can be categoried according to TOS, it is

number or name which is in the range of 2～15. This parameter can be used
in extended ACL.

[ cos vlan-pri ]: 822.1p priority which is in the range of 2～7. This parameter
can be used in layer 2 ACL.

ingress { { [ source-vlan-id ] [ source-mac-addr source-mac-wildcard ] [

interface interface-num ] } | any }:the source information of packet. source-
vlan-id means source VLAN of data packet. [ source-mac-addr source-mac-
wildcard ] means the source MAC address and MAC address wildcard of
packet. These two parametes can determine the range of source MAC
address, such as: when source-mac-wildcard is 2:2:2:2:ff:ff,user is interested
in the first 32 bit of source MAC address (that is the bit position corresponded

251
 Command line configuration manual
to the number 2 in wildcard) interface interface-num means the layer 2 ports
receiving this packet, any means all packets received by all ports. This
parameter can be used in layer 2 ACL.

egress { { [ dest-mac-addr dest-mac-wildcard ] [ interface interface-num |

cpu ] } | any }:destination information of packet.dest-mac-addr dest-mac-
wildcard means destination MAC address and destination MAC address
wildcard. These two parametes can determine the range of destination MAC
address range, such as: when dest-mac-wildcard is 2:2:2:2:ff:ff,user is
interested in the first 32 bit of source MAC address (that is the bit position
corresponded to the number 2 in wildcard),interface interface-num means
the layer 2 ports transferring this packet,cpu means cpu port,any means all
packets transferred from all ports. This parameter can be used in layer 2
ACL.

{ rule-string rule-mask offset }&<1-22>:rule-string is the character string for

users to define rules which must be in the form of hex with even numbers of
characters; rule-mask offset is used for distilling packet information, rule-
mask is inerratic mask which is used to collation operation of data packet,
offset is sideplay mount which is with the standard of the packet head and
specifies to collation operate from which bit, rule-mask offset effects together
which will compare the character string distilled from packet with rule-string
defined by user itself to find the matched packet before handling. &<1-22>
means at most 22 rules can be defined. ingress interface interface-
num,egress interface interface-num :the name of layer 2 interface,
interface-num means one interface, cpu means cpu interface. This
parameter can be used in user-determined ACL.

Instructions:

Followings are the parameter of no command.

all:means all accessing list will be deleted (including number ID and name
ID).

access-list-number:the ACL number to be deleted which is a number

252
 Command line configuration manual
between 1～399

name access-list-name:the ACL name to be deleted which is character string

parameter with initial English letters (that is [a-z,A-Z]) with any kind,
excluding space and quotation mark; all,any are not allowed.

subitem:optional parameter which specifies which subitem to be deletedinthe

list. It is in the range of 2～127. If it is unspecified, all subitems will be
deleted.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ACL 1 to deny the packet with the source IP to be 192.168.3.1

GPON(config)#access-list 1 deny 192.168.3.1 2

！Configure ACL 122 to deny packet with the 2xff of TCP source port number
to be 2

GPON(config)# access-list 122 deny tcp any 2 2xff any

1.24.4 access-list extended

Use access-list extended command to create an extended ACL with name

ID, then enter extended ACL configuration mode. Use no access-list
command to delete one or all subitems of ACL with number ID or name ID or
delete all ACL.

access-list extended name [ match-order { config | auto } ]

no access-list { all | { access-list-number | name access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] }

【Parameter】

name : character string parameter with initial English letters (that is [a-z,A-Z])

253
 Command line configuration manual
with any kind, excluding space and quotation mark; all,any are not allowed.

config:means the configuration order of user when matching ACL.

auto:means the configuration order of deep precedency when matching

ACL.

Instruction:

Followings are the parameters of no command.

all:means all accessing list will be deleted (including number ID and name
ID).

access-list-number:the ACL number to be deleted which is a number

between 1～399

name access-list-name:the ACL name to be deleted which is character string

parameter with initial English letters (that is [a-z,A-Z]) with any kind,
excluding space and quotation mark; all,any are not allowed.

subitem subitem:optional parameter which specifies which subitem to be

deletedinthe list. It is in the range of 2～127. If it is unspecified, all subitems
will be deleted.

【Default】

The default order is config order.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command creates an extended ACL with the name of “name”. After
entering the extended ACL configuration mode, use { permit | deny }
command to add subitem of this ACL (use exit command to exit ACL mode).
Each ACL consists of many subitems, and the specified range of the flow
category rules of each subitem is different, and if a packet can match many

254
 Command line configuration manual
rules, there must be a matching order. Use match-order to specify the
matching order, whether it is according to user configuration or deep
precedency (precedent to match the rule with the small range). If it is not
specified, it is defaulted to be user configuration order. Once user specifies
the matching order of an ACL, it cannot be changed, unless delete all
subitems of this ACL before respecify the order.

【Example】

！Create an extended ACL with the name to be example and specify the
order to be deep precedency.

GPON(config)#access-list extended example match-order auto

1.24.5 access-list link

Use access-list link command to create a layer 2 ACL with a name ID and
enter layer 2 ACL configuration mode. Use no access-list command to
delete one or all subitems of ACL with number ID or name ID or delete all
ACL.

access-list link name [ match-order { config | auto } ]

no access-list { all | { access-list-number | name access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] }

【Parameter】

name : character string parameter with initial English letters (that is [a-z,A-Z])
with any kind, excluding space and quotation mark; all,any are not allowed.

config:means the configuration order of user when matching ACL.

auto:means the configuration order of deep precedency when matching

ACL.

Instruction:

Followings are the parameters of no command.

255
 Command line configuration manual
all:means all accessing list will be deleted (including number ID and name
ID).

access-list-number:the ACL number to be deleted which is a number

between 1～399

name access-list-name:the ACL name to be deleted which is character string

parameter with initial English letters (that is [a-z,A-Z]) with any kind,
excluding space and quotation mark; all,any are not allowed.

subitem subitem:optional parameter which specifies which subitem to be

deletedinthe list. It is in the range of 2～127. If it is unspecified, all subitems
will be deleted.

【Default】

The default order is config order.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command creates a layer 2 ACL with the name of “name”. After entering
the laye 2 ACL configuration mode, use { permit | deny }command to add
subitem of this ACL (use exit command to exit ACL mode). Each ACL
consists of many subitems, and the specified range of the flow category
rules of each subitem is different, and if a packet can match many rules,
there must be a matching order. Use match-order to specify the matching
order, whether it is according to user configuration or deep precedency
(precedent to match the rule with the small range). If it is not specified, it is
defaulted to be user configuration order. Once user specifies the matching
order of an ACL, it cannot be changed, unless delete all subitems of this ACL
before respecify the order.

【Example】

256
 Command line configuration manual
！Create a layer 2 ACL with the name to be example and specify the order to
be deep precedency.

GPON(config)#access-list link example match-order auto

1.24.6 access-list match-order

Use access-list command to specify rule matching order of an ACL with

number ID.

access-list access-list-number match-order { config | auto }

【Parameter】

access-list-number:the ACL number which is a number between 1～399

config:means the configuration order of user when matching ACL.

auto:means the configuration order of deep precedency when matching

ACL.

【Default】

The default order is config order.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Each ACL consists of many subitems, and the specified range of the flow
category rules of each subitem is different, and if a packet can match many
rules, there must be a matching order. Use this command to specify the
matching order, whether it is according to user configuration or deep
precedency (precedent to match the rule with the small range). If it is not
specified, it is defaulted to be user configuration order. Once user specifies
the matching order of an ACL, it cannot be changed, unless delete all
subitems of this ACL before respecify the order.

257
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Specify the order to be deep precedency.

GPON(config)#access-list 1 match-order auto

1.24.7 access-list standard

Use access-list standard command to create a standard ACL with a name

ID and enter standard ACL configuration mode. Use no access-list
standard command to delete one or all subitems of ACL with number ID or
name ID or delete all ACL.

access-list standard name [ match-order { config | auto } ]

no access-list { all | { access-list-number | name access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] }

【Parameter】

name : character string parameter with initial English letters (that is [a-z,A-Z])
with any kind, excluding space and quotation mark; all,any are not allowed.

config:means the configuration order of user when matching ACL.

auto:means the configuration order of deep precedency when matching

ACL.

Instruction:

Followings are the parameters of no command.

all:means all accessing list will be deleted (including number ID and name
ID).

access-list-number:the ACL number to be deleted which is a number

between 1～399

name access-list-name:the ACL name to be deleted which is character string

parameter with initial English letters (that is [a-z,A-Z]) with any kind,
excluding space and quotation mark; all,any are not allowed.

258
 Command line configuration manual
subitem subitem:optional parameter which specifies which subitem to be
deletedinthe list. It is in the range of 2～127. If it is unspecified, all subitems
will be deleted.

【Default】

The default order is config order.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command creates a standard ACL with the name of “name”. After
entering the standard ACL configuration mode, use { permit | deny }
command to add subitem of this ACL (use exit command to exit ACL mode).
Each ACL consists of many subitems, and the specified range of the flow
category rules of each subitem is different, and if a packet can match many
rules, there must be a matching order. Use match-order to specify the
matching order, whether it is according to user configuration or deep
precedency (precedent to match the rule with the small range). If it is not
specified, it is defaulted to be user configuration order. Once user specifies
the matching order of an ACL, it cannot be changed, unless delete all
subitems of this ACL before respecify the order.

【Example】

！Create a standard ACL with the name to be example and specify the order
to be deep precedency.

GPON(config)#access-list standard example match-order auto

1.24.8 { permit | deny }

Use this command to add a subitem to ACL with the name ID.

1. Add a subitem to standard ACL with the name ID.

259
 Command line configuration manual
{ permit | deny } { source-addr source-wildcard | any } [ fragments ] [ time-
range time-range-name ]

2. Add a subitem to extended ACL with the name ID.

{ permit | deny } [ protocol ] [ established ] { source-addr source-wildcard |

any } [ port [ portmask ] ] { dest-addr dest-wildcard | any } [ port [ portmask ] ]

[ icmp-type [ icmp-code ] ] { [ precedence precedence ] [ tos tos ] |

[ dscp dscp ] [ fragments ] [ time-range time-range-name ]

3. Add a subitem to layer 2 ACL with the name ID.

{ permit | deny } [ protocol ] [ cos vlan-pri ] ingress { { [ source-vlan-id ] [

source-mac-addr source-mac-wildcard ] [ interface interface-num ] } | any }
egress { { [ dest-mac-addr dest-mac-wildcard ] [ interface interface-num |
cpu ] } | any } [ time-range time-range-name ]

【Parameter】

permit:permit the packet which satisfied the condition passing.

deny:deny the packet which satisfied the condition passing.

time-range time-range-name:the name of time range whichh is optional

parameter, and it will be efective in this time period.

Instruction:

Followings are all kinds of attribution with packet. ACL is the rules determined
by the value of these parameter.

source-addr source-wildcard | any:source-addr source-wildcard means

source IP address and source address wildcard which is in the form of dotted
decimal notation; any means all source address which is used to establish
standard or extended ACL.

fragments:means this rule is effective to the fragment packets, and non-

fragment packet will ignore this rule. This parameter is used in standard or

260
 Command line configuration manual
extended ACL.

protocol:the protocol with the name of numbers and names. The name of
numbers is in the range of 1～255；the name of names is in the range of
icmp, igmp, tcp, udp, gre, ospf and ipinip. This parameter is used in extended
ACL.

established:means this rule is effective to the first SYN packet after the
successful connection of TCP. This is the optional parameter which appears
when the parameter of protocol is tcp. This parameter is used in extended
ACL.

[Port [portmask]]: means the interface range of TCP/UDP. Port:means the tcp
or udp port used by packet which is the optional parameter by using symbols
oe numbers. The number is in the range of 2～65535,and the symbol refers
to symbol table helped to remembered by port number. Portmask is port
mask which is optional and is in the range of 2～65535. When the protocol is
tcp or udp, it can support the configuration in the range of protocol ports.
When configuring port number and mask, user can input octal, decimal or
hex not port to permit all ports; portmask can be 2 or none to express the
port itself, or it can be determined by port and portmask according to the port
range. This rule can support single port configuration which can support the
configuration of larger or equal to the port range (accurate to 2n).

dest-addr dest-wildcard | any:dest-addr dest-wildcard means destination IP

address and destination address wildward which is in the form of decimal;
any means all destination address. This parameter can be used in extended
ACL.

[ icmp-type [ icmp-code ] | icmp-packet ]:icmp-type [ icmp-code ] specified 一

ICMP packet. icmp-type means ICMP packey type which is in the form of
characters and numbers. The number is in the range of 2～255；icmp-code
means ICMP code which appears when the protocol is icmp and there is no
character to express ICMP. The range of it is 2～255；icmp-packet is the
ICMP packet with the name of name, which is specified by icmp-type and
icmp-code. This parameter can be used in extended ACL.

261
 Command line configuration manual
precedence precedence:optional parameter which means IP priority. It can
be number and name which is in the range of 2～7. This parameter can be
used in extended ACL.

dscp dscp:optional parameter which can be categoried according to DSCP, it

is number or name which is in the range of 2～63. This parameter can be
used in extended ACL.

tos tos:optional parameter which can be categoried according to TOS, it is

number or name which is in the range of 2～15. This parameter can be used
in extended ACL.

[ cos vlan-pri ]: 822.1p priority which is in the range of 2～7. This parameter
can be used in layer 2 ACL.

ingress { { [ source-vlan-id ] [ source-mac-addr source-mac-wildcard ] [

interface interface-num ] } | any }:the source information of packet. source-
vlan-id means source VLAN of data packet. [ source-mac-addr source-mac-
wildcard ] means the source MAC address and MAC address wildcard of
packet. These two parametes can determine the range of source MAC
address, such as: when source-mac-wildcard is 2:2:2:2:ff:ff,user is interested
in the first 32 bit of source MAC address (that is the bit position corresponded
to the number 2 in wildcard) interface interface-num means the layer 2 ports
receiving this packet, any means all packets received by all ports. This
parameter can be used in layer 2 ACL.

egress { { [ dest-mac-addr dest-mac-wildcard ] [ interface interface-num |

cpu ] } | any }:destination information of packet.dest-mac-addr dest-mac-
wildcard means destination MAC address and destination MAC address
wildcard. These two parametes can determine the range of destination MAC
address range, such as: when dest-mac-wildcard is 2:2:2:2:ff:ff,user is
interested in the first 32 bit of source MAC address (that is the bit position
corresponded to the number 2 in wildcard),interface interface-num means
the layer 2 ports transferring this packet,cpu means cpu port,any means all
packets transferred from all ports. This parameter can be used in layer 2
ACL.

262
 Command line configuration manual
{ rule-string rule-mask offset }&<1-22>:rule-string is the character string for
users to define rules which must be in the form of hex with even numbers of
characters; rule-mask offset is used for distilling packet information, rule-
mask is inerratic mask which is used to collation operation of data packet,
offset is sideplay mount which is with the standard of the packet head and
specifies to collation operate from which bit, rule-mask offset effects together
which will compare the character string distilled from packet with rule-string
defined by user itself to find the matched packet before handling. &<1-22>
means at most 22 rules can be defined. ingress interface interface-
num,egress interface interface-num :the name of layer 2 interface,
interface-num means one interface, cpu means cpu interface. This
parameter can be used in user-determined ACL.

Instructions:

Followings are the parameter of no command.

all:means all accessing list will be deleted (including number ID and name
ID).

access-list-number:the ACL number to be deleted which is a number

between 1～399

name access-list-name:the ACL name to be deleted which is character string

parameter with initial English letters (that is [a-z,A-Z]) with any kind,
excluding space and quotation mark; all,any are not allowed.

subitem:optional parameter which specifies which subitem to be deletedinthe

list. It is in the range of 2～127. If it is unspecified, all subitems will be
deleted.

【Parameter】

ACL configuration mode (including 4 configuration modes as: standard,

extended, layer 2, interface)

【Parameter】

263
 Command line configuration manual
Entering ACL configuration mode, user this command to establish an ACL
subitem. This command can be used repeatedly. Establish many subitems
for an ACL. There can be 128 subitems in total. If this ACL has activated, add
subitems are not allowed.

【Example】

！Create a standard ACL with the name to be example and specify the
matching order to be deep precedency.

GPON(config)#access-list standard example match-order auto

Create ACL item successfully!

GPON(config-std-nacl-example)#permit 192.168.3.1 2

Config ACL subitem successfully!

GPON(config-std-nacl-example)#

1.24.9 periodic

Use periodic command to create periodic time range. Use no periodic

command to delete periodic time range.

periodic days-of-the-week hh:mm:ss to [ day-of-the-week ] hh:mm:ss

no periodic days-of-the-week hh:mm:ss to [ day-of-the-week ] hh:mm:ss

【Parameter】

days-of-the-week:means this time period will be effected in the day of the

week or will be effected from the day of week. More than one parameter can
be input at one time. The range of this parameter is as following:

2～6（number which means from Monday to Sunday）；

mon,tue,wed,thur,fri,sat,sun（special character string which means Monday

to Sunday）；

weekdays（special character string which means weekday from Monday to

264
 Command line configuration manual
Friday）；

weekend（the time for rest, including Saturday and Sunday）；

daily（special character string which means all days, including 7 days of a

week).

day-of-the-week behind to:means the time period will not be effected in the
day of week. It defines a time range with the day-of-the-week before to. The
day-of-the-week before or after to can only have one value, that is, the day
between Monday and Sunday, and the one chosen before to must be earlier
than the day chosen after it, such as: if the first day-of-the-week is wed,day-
of-the-week after to can only be wed, thu, fri or sat. If there are two or more
values before to, there will not be any value of day-of-the-week after it.

hh:mm:ss :The first is the start time and the second is the end time.

【Command configuration mode】

time-range configuration mode

【Usage】

The effective time of periodic time range is a week. According to the

configuration, there are different expression, such as:the configuration of
8:22 to 18:22 in every weekday is:

GPON(config-timerange-test)#periodic weekdays 8:22 to 18:22

Or:

GPON(config-timerange-test)#periodic Monday Tuesday Wednesday

Thursday Friday 8:22 to 18:22

The configuration of 8:22 to 18:22 from Monday to Friday is:

GPON(config-timerange-test)#periodic Monday 8:22 to Friday 18:22

【Example】

！The time range is effective in 8:22 to 18:22 from Monday to Friday

265
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#time-range 1to5

GPON(config-timerange-1to5)#periodic weekdays 8:22 to 18:22

GPON(config-timerange-1to5)#exit

！The time range is effective in 8:22 to 18:22 every day

GPON(config)#time-range all_day

GPON(config-timerange-all_day)#periodic daily 8:22 to 18:22

GPON(config-timerange-all_day)#exit

！The time range is effective in 8:22 to 18:22 from every Monday to Friday

GPON(config)#time-range 1to5

GPON(config-timerange-1to5)#periodic monday 8:22 to friday 18:22

GPON(config-timerange-1to5)#exit

！The time range is effective in every weekend

GPON(config)#time-range wend2

GPON(config-timerange-wend2)#periodic weekend 2:2 to 23:59

GPON(config-timerange-wend2)#exit

！The time range is effective in every weekend afternoon

GPON(config)#time-range wendafternoon

GPON(config-timerange-wendafternoon)#periodic weekend 14:22 to

18:22

GPON(config-timerange-wendafternoon)#exit

1.24.10 port-isolation

Use port-isolation command to add one or a group of port isolation

downlink port. Use no port-isolation command to delete one or a group of
port isolation downlink port.

266
 Command line configuration manual
port-isolation { interface-list }

no port-isolation { interface-list | all }

【Parameter】

interface-list:List of Ethernet ports. This keyword needed to be provided in

the form of interface-type + interface-number. Interface-type is Ethernet and
interface-number is device/slot-num/port-num, in which device is stack
device number which is in the range of 2 to 7, slot-num is in the range of 2 to
1, and port-num is in the range of 1 to 12. Seriate interfaces with the same
type can be linked by to keyword, but the port number to the right of the to
keyword must be larger than the one to the left of the keyword, and this
argument only can be repeated for up to 3 times and it cannot configure all
ports to be port isolation downlink ports.

all:Means all the interfaces. When the keyword all is specified, all the
interfaces in the system are added to a VLAN by using the switchport
command, and all the interfaces are removed from a VLAN by using the no
switchport command.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Add Ethernet 2/1 ethernet 2/3 to ethernet 2/5 ethernet 2/8 to be port
isolation downlink port

GPON(config)#port-isolation ethernet 2/1 ethernet 2/3 to ethernet 2/5

ethernet 2/8

！Delete ethernet 2/3 to ethernet 2/5 ethernet 2/8 from port isolation
downlink port

GPON(config)#no port-isolation ethernet 2/3 to ethernet 2/5 ethernet 2/8

1.24.11 port-isolation group

267
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to add a port member to a port group. Use the no
commandtodelete a or some member.

port-isolation group groupid { interface-list }

no port-isolation group { all | groupid { interface-list } }

【Parameter】

groupid: the number of the group to be added.

interface-list:List of Ethernet ports. This keyword needed to be provided in

the form of interface-type + interface-number. Interface-type is Ethernet and
interface-number is device/slot-num/port-num, in which device is stack
device number which is in the range of 2 to 7, slot-num is in the range of 2 to
1, and port-num is in the range of 1 to 12. Seriate interfaces with the same
type can be linked by to keyword, but the port number to the right of the to
keyword must be larger than the one to the left of the keyword, and this
argument only can be repeated for up to 3 times

all:means all port group isolation

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Add e2/1 and e2/3 to port isolation 1

GPON(config)#port-isolation group 1 ethernet 2/1 ethernet 2/3

！Delete port isolation 1

GPON(config)#no port-isolation group 1

1.24.12 show access-list config

Use show access-list config command display detaol configuration of ACL.

show access-list config { all | access-list-number | name access-list-

268
 Command line configuration manual
name }

【Parameter】

all means all ACL (including the one with number ID and name ID)

access-list-number means the number of ACL to be displayed which is a

number in the range of 1～399

name access-list-name character string parameter with initial English letters

(that is [a-z,A-Z]) with any kind, excluding space and quotation mark; all,any
are not allowed.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is used to display detail configuration of ACL, including each {

permit | deny } syntax, its sequence number and the number and bytes of
packet matched this syntax.

【Example】

！Display all ACL

GPON#show access-list config all

1.24.13 show access-list config statistic

Use show access-list config statistic command to display statistics

information of ACL.

show access-list config statistic

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

269
 Command line configuration manual
！Display statistics information of ACL.

GPON(config)#show access-list config statistic

1.24.14 show access-list runtime

Use show access-list runtime command to display runtime application

information of ACL.

show access-list runtime { all | access-list-number | name access-list-

name }

【Parameter】

all means all ACL (including the one with number ID and name ID)

access-list-number means the number of ACL to be displayed which is a

number in the range of 1～399

name access-list-name character string parameter with initial English letters

(that is [a-z,A-Z]) with any kind, excluding space and quotation mark; all,any
are not allowed.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is used to display ACL runtime application information which

includes ACL name, subitem name and deliver status.

【Example】

！Display runtime application of ACL of all interfaces.

GPON#show access-list runtime all

1.24.15 show access-list runtime statistic

Use show access-list runtime statistic command to display ACL statistics

270
 Command line configuration manual
information.

show access-list runtime statistic

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ACL statistics information.

GPON(config)#show access-list runtime statistic

1.24.16 show port-isolation

Use show port-isolation command to display port isolation and port

isolation configuration.

show port-isolation

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display port isolation configuration

GPON(config)#show port-isolation

1.24.17 show time-range

Use show time-range command to display time range.

show time-range [ all | statistic | name time-range-name ]

【Parameter】

all:all time range

statistic:all statistics information of all time range.

271
 Command line configuration manual
time-range-name:the name of time range with initial English letters (that is [a-
z,A-Z]) with any kind which is in the range of 1 to 32 characters.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

show time-range command is used to display the configuration and status of

current time period. The time range which is activated will be displayed as
active, and the one which is inactivated will be displayed as inactive.

Caution: Because there is a time error when updating access-list

status for about 1 minute, and show time-range will judge it through
current time, the fact that show time-range saw a time range has been
activated, but its access-list hasn’t is normal.

【Example】

！Display all time range

GPON(config-timerange-tm2)#show time-range all

！Display time range with the name of tm1

GPON(config)#show time-range name tm1

! Display statistic information of all time range:

GPON(config)#show time-range statistic

1.24.18 time-range

Use time-range command to enter time-range configuration mode. Use no

time-range command to delete configured time range.

time-range time-range-name

no time-range { all | name time-range-name }

272
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

time-range-name:the name of time range with initial English letters (that is [a-
z,A-Z]) with any kind which is in the range of 1 to 32 characters.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Create time range tm1 and enter it.

GPON(config)#time-range tm1

GPON(config-timerange-tm1)#

273
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 14 QOS Configuration

Command

1.25 QoS Configuration Command

QoS configuration command includes:

 clear traffic-statistic
 line-rate
 mirrored-to
 queue-scheduler
 queue-scheduler cos-map
 queue-scheduler dscp-map
 rate-limit
 show qos-info all
 show qos-info mirrored-to
 show qos-info statistic
 show qos-info traffic-copy-to-cpu
 show qos-info traffic-priority
 show qos-info traffic-redirect
 show qos-info traffic-statistic
 show qos-interface all

274
 Command line configuration manual
 show qos-interface line-rate
 show qos-interface rate-limit
 show qos-interface statistic
 show queue-scheduler
 show queue-scheduler cos-map
 show queue-scheduler dscp-map
 storm-control
 traffic-copy-to-cpu
 traffic-priority
 traffic-redirect
 traffic-statistic

1.25.1 clear traffic-statistic

Use clear traffic-statistic command to clear traffic-statistic.

clear traffic-statistic { all | { [ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-

name } [ subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-
name } [ subitem subitem ] ] } }

【Parameter】

all:clear all the traffic statistic list (including combination item).ip-group {

access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ] :means standard
or extended accessing control list. access-list-number:sequence number of
accessing list which is in the range of 1～199；access-list-name:the name of
accessing list which is the character string and in the form of initial capitalized
characters ([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and quotation mark；subitem
subitem:optional parameter, specifies the subitem in accessing list which is in
the range of 2～127. If it is not specified, all subitems will be clear.

link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means layer 2 accessing control list. access-list-number:accessing list serial

275
 Command line configuration manual
number which is in the range of 222～299；access-list-name:name of
accessing list. Character string is in the form of initial capitalized characters
([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional
parameter, specifies the subitem in accessing list which is in the range of 2～
127. If it is not specified, all subitems will be clear.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to clear all or specified traffic statistics information.

【Example】

！Clear traffic statistics information of accessing list 1

GPON#clear traffic-statistic ip-group 1

1.25.2 bandwidth egress

Use line-rate command to limit port speed and the total speed of sending
packet. Use no line-rate command to cancel the configuration of speed
limitation.

Bandwidth egress target-rate

no bandwidth egress

【Parameter】

target-rate:the total speed of sending packet which is in the range of 1～

122,with the unit of Mbps

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

276
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to limit port speed and the total speed of sending packet.

【Example】

！Configure the speed of Ethernet 21 to be 12

GPON(config-if-fastEthernet-1)#line-rate 12

1.25.3 mirrored-to

Use mirrored-to command to enable ACL identified flow. Use no mirrored-

to command to cancel flow mirror.

mirrored-to { [ ip-group access-list-number | access-list-name [ subitem

subitem ] ] [ link-group access-list-number | access-list-name [ subitem
subitem ] ] } } [ interface interface-num ]

no mirrored-to {[ ip-group access-list-number | access-list-name [ subitem

subitem ] ] [ link-group access-list-number | access-list-name [ subitem
subitem ] ] } }

ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means standard or extended accessing control list. access-list-
number:sequence number of accessing list which is in the range of 1～199；
access-list-name:the name of accessing list which is the character string and
in the form of initial capitalized characters ([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and
quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional parameter, specifies the subitem
in accessing list which is in the range of 2～127. If it is not specified, all
subitems will be clear.

link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means layer 2 accessing control list. access-list-number:accessing list serial
number which is in the range of 222～299；access-list-name:name of
accessing list. Character string is in the form of initial capitalized characters
([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional
parameter, specifies the subitem in accessing list which is in the range of 2～
127. If it is not specified, all subitems will be clear.

277
 Command line configuration manual
interface { interface-num }:specified data flow destination mirror interface.
interface-num is the interface number.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to flow mirror the data packet which matched specified
accessing list regulations (it is only be effective for permit rules of accessing
list). The interface of destination mirror cannot be Trunk or convergent
interface. Switch can only support one destination mirror port. Mirror
destination port must be specified when using this command to configure
flow mirror for the first time.

【Example】

！Mirror flow the data packet which matches the permit rules of accessing list
1 to ethernet 1

GPON(config)#mirrored-to ip-group 1 interface ethernet 2/1

1.25.4 queue-scheduler

Use queue-scheduler command to configure queue-scheduler mode and

parameter. Use no queue-scheduler command to disable queue-scheduler.

queue-scheduler { sp-wrr queue1-weight queue2-weight queue3-weight |

wrr queue1-weight queue2-weight queue3-weight queue4-weight }

no queue-scheduler

【Parameter】

sp-wrr queue1-weight queue2-weight queue3-weight:means the strict priority

and weighted round robin. Queue4 is strict-priority, others are weighted
round robin, and their default weight are: 22,32,52. queue1-weight:means
the weight of the queue 1, that is the percentage of bandwidth of

278
 Command line configuration manual
distribution；queue2-weight:means the weight of the queue 2, that is the
percentage of bandwidth distribution；queue3-weight:means the weight of
the queue 3, that is the percentage of bandwidth distribution.

wrr queue1-weight queue2-weight queue3-weight queue4-weight:Means the

weighted round robin. queue1-weight:means the weight of queue 1, that is
the percentage of bandwidth distribution；queue2-weight:means the weight
of queue 2,that is the percentage of bandwidth distribution；queue3-
weight:means the weight of queue 3, that is the percentage of bandwidth
distribution；queue4-weight:Means the weight of queue 4, that is the
percentage of bandwidth distribution

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

For weighted configuration, the sum of all the weighted is 122.

【Example】

！Configure queue-scheduler to be weighted round robin, and 4 weights to

be 22,22,32,32

GPON(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 22 22 32 32

1.25.5 queue-scheduler cos-map

Use queue-scheduler cos-map command to configure 4 queue numbers

and cos-map to 8 packed-priority of IEEE822.1p.

queue-scheduler cos-map [ queue-number ] [ packed-priority ]

【Parameter】

queue-number:Range from 2 to 3

packed-priority:The priority defined by IEEE 822.1p ranges from 2 to 7

279
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

The default mapping is the mapping defined by 822.1p:

822.1p: 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

packed-priority: 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 3

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

There are 4 default packed-priorities from 2 to 3. 3 is superlative. The

superlative data in the buffer is preferential to send.

【Example】

！Configure packed-priority 1 to mapped priority 6 of IEEE 822.1p

GPON(config)#queue-scheduler cos-map 1 6

1.25.6 queue-scheduler dscp-map

Use this command to configure the mapping relationship between DSCP and
8 priority in IEEE 822.1p.

queue-scheduler dscp-map [ dscp-value] [ packed-priority ]

【Parameter】

dscp-value:DSCP in ToS which is in the range of 2～63

packed-priority:The priority defined by IEEE 822.1p ranges from 2 to 7

【Default】

The default mapping relationship is that all DSCP map to priority 2.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

280
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

Use this command together with queue-scheduler cos-map, which can get
the mapping between dscp and hardware queue.

【Example】

！Configure dscp 2 to map to priority 5

GPON(config)#queue-scheduler dscp-map 2 5

1.25.7 rate-limit

Use rate-limit input command to enable ACL flow identification to control

flow, and different action for internal and external packet. Use no rate-limit
input command to cancel flow control.

rate-limit input {[ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } } target-rate [ exceed-action action ]

no rate-limit input {[ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } }

【Parameter】

input:means to flow control the received packet of the port.

user-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem

subitem ]:means accessing control list defined by user. access-list-
number:accessing list serial number which is in the range of 322～399；
access-list-name:name of accessing list. Character string is in the form of
initial capitalized characters ([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and quotation
mark；subitem subitem:optional parameter, specifies the subitem in
accessing list which is in the range of 2～127. If it is not specified, all
subitems will be clear.

ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

281
 Command line configuration manual
:means standard or extended accessing control list. access-list-
number:sequence number of accessing list which is in the range of 1～199；
access-list-name:the name of accessing list which is the character string and
in the form of initial capitalized characters ([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and
quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional parameter, specifies the subitem
in accessing list which is in the range of 2～127. If it is not specified, all
subitems will be clear.

link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means layer 2 accessing control list. access-list-number:accessing list serial
number which is in the range of 222～299；access-list-name:name of
accessing list. Character string is in the form of initial capitalized characters
([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional
parameter, specifies the subitem in accessing list which is in the range of 2～
127. If it is not specified, all subitems will be clear.

target-rate:configured normal flow with the unit of mbps. It is defaulted to be

64kpbs.

exceed-action action:optional parameter. Following actions will be adopted

when the flow of data packet is beyond the configuration:

drop:drop the packet；

set-dscp-value value:configure new DSCP value.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to flow mirror the data packet which matched specified
accessing list regulations (it is only be effective for permit rules of accessing
list).

【Example】

282
 Command line configuration manual
！Flow control the data packet which matches the permit rules of accessing
list 1. The normal flow is 64kbps. The data packet beyond this flow will be
dropped.

GPON(config)#rate-limit input ip-group 1 64 exceed-action drop

1.25.8 two-rate-policer mode

Use this command to configure two rate policer mode.

two-rate-policer mode { color-aware | color-blind }

【Parameter】

color-aware:aware the color of incoming packet.

color-blind:cannot aware the color of incoming packet.

【Default】

The default mode is color-blind mode.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to configure two rate policer mode. When color-aware
mode enables, dscp-map is enabled.

【Example】

！Configure two rate policer mode to be color-blind

GPON(config)#two-rate-policer mode color-blind

1.25.9 two-rate-policer set-pre-color

Use this command to configure two rate policer to traffic monitor the color of
incoming packet.

283
 Command line configuration manual
two-rate-policer set-pre-color dscp-value {green | yellow | red }

【Parameter】

dscp-value:dscp of the packet color to be configured.

green:mark packet to be green.

yellow:mark packet to be yellow.

red:mark packet to be red.

【Default】

The default color is green

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to configure two rate policer to traffic monitor the color of
incoming packet which can only worked in color-aware mode,when the
incoming packet is configured to be green,the outputting packet color is the
same as that in color-blind mode；when the incoming packet is configured to
be yellow,the speed of which is beyond pir, packet will turn to red and others
are yellow;when configuring to be red,outputting packet is still red.

【Example】

！Configure packet whose incoming dscp is 4 to be yellow

GPON(config)#two-rate-policer set-pre-color 4 yellow

1.25.10 show qos-info all

Use show qos-info all command to display all QoS configuration.

show qos-info all

【Command configuration mode】

284
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display all QoS configuration, including

priority,redirection, flow statistics, flow mirror and copy packet to CPU.

【Example】

！Display all QoS configuration

GPON#show qos-info all

1.25.11 show qos-info mirrored-to

Use show qos-info mirrored-to command to display flow mirror

configuration.

show qos-info mirrored-to

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display flow mirror configuration, including flow mirror
accessing list,flow mirror interface.

【Example】

！Display all flow mirror configuration

GPON#show qos-info mirrored-to

1.25.12 show qos-info statistic

Use show qos-info statistic command to display all QoS statistics

information.

show qos-info statistic

285
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display all QoS statistics information, including priority,
redirection, flow statistics, flow mirror, and copy packet to CPU.

【Example】

！Display all QoS statistics information

GPON(config)#show qos-info statistic

1.25.13 show qos-info traffic-copy-to-cpu

Use show qos-info traffic-copy-to-cpu command to display configuration

of copying packet to CPU.

show qos-info traffic-copy-to-cpu

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display copying packet to CPU configuration, including

copying packet to CPU accessing list.

【Example】

！Display copy packet to CPU configuration

GPON#show qos-info traffic-copy-to-cpu

1.25.14 show qos-info traffic-priority

Use show qos-info traffic-priority command to display priority

configuration.

286
 Command line configuration manual
show qos-info traffic-priority

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display copying packet to CPU configuration, including

copying packet to CPU accessing list.

【Example】

！Display priority configuration

GPON#show qos-interface traffic-priority

1.25.15 show qos-info traffic-redirect

Use show qos-info traffic-redirect command to display redirection

configuration.

show qos-info traffic-redirect

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display redirection configuration, including accessing

list of redirection flow and redirection port.

【Example】

！Display redirection configuration

GPON#show qos-info traffic-redirect

1.25.16 show qos-info traffic-statistic

Use show qos-info traffic-statistic command to display flow statistics

287
 Command line configuration manual
information.

show qos-info traffic-statistic

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display flow statistics, including accessing list of flow
statistics and packet number.

【Example】

！Display the flow statistics information

GPON#show qos-info traffic-statistic

1.25.17 show qos-interface all

Use show qos-interface all command to display QoS configuration of all

ports.

show qos-interface [ interface-num ] all

【Parameter】

interface-num:the interface of switch.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If no parameter is input, this command will display all QoS configuration,

includes: speed limit and rate limit.

【Example】

！Display all QoS configuration

288
 Command line configuration manual
GPON#show qos-info all

1.25.18 show qos-interface line-rate

Use show qos-interface line-rate command to display line rate

configuration of egress port.

show qos-interface [ interface-num ] line-rate

【Parameter】

interface-num:the interface of switch.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If no parameter is input, this command will display line rate configuration of

egress port. If interface is input, this command will display line rate
configuration of egress port of specified interface, includes: egredd port and
its rate limit.

【Example】

！Display interface limit configuration

GPON(config-if-ethernet-24)#show qos-interface line-rate

1.25.19 show qos-interface rate-limit

Use show qos-interface rate-limit command to display flow rate limit

configuration.

show qos-interface [ interface-num ] rate-limit

【Parameter】

interface-num:the interface of switch.

289
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

If no parameter is input, this command will display interface flow speed limit.
If interface is input, this command will display interface flow speed limit of
specified interface, includes: interface flow speed limit accessing list, average
speed rate and related monitor configuration.

【Example】

！Display interface flow speed limit configuration

GPON#show qos-interface rate-limit

1.25.20 show qos-interface statistic

Use show qos-interface statistic command to display flow monitor

statistics of all ports.

show qos-interface statistic

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display flow monitor statistics

GPON(config)#show qos-interface statistic

1.25.21 show queue-scheduler

Use show queue-scheduler command to display the mode and the

parameter of queue-scheduler.

show queue-scheduler

290
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the mode and parameter of the queue-scheduler

GPON#show queue-scheduler

Queue scheduling mode: strict-priority

1.25.22 show queue-scheduler cos-map

Use show queue-scheduler cos-map command to display the queue-

scheduler cos-map.

show queue-scheduler cos-map

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the queue-scheduler cos-map

GPON(config)#show queue-scheduler cos-map

1.25.23 show queue-scheduler dscp-map

Display mapping relationship between queue scheduler and dscp.

show queue-scheduler dscp-map

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display mapping relationship between queue scheduler and dscp

291
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#show queue-scheduler dscp-map

1.25.24 show two-rate-policer

Use this command to display specified or all two rate policer

show two-rate-policer [ two-rate-policer-id ]

【Parameter】

two-rate-policer-id:two rate policer ID which is in the range of 2～255

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all two rate policer

GPON#show two-rate-policer

1.25.25 storm-control

Use storm-control command to configure broadcast/known

multicast/unknown unicast/unknown multicast storm-control. Use show
interface command to display storm-control information.

storm-control rate target-rate

storm-control { broadcast | multicast | dlf }

no storm-control { broadcast | multicast | dlf }

【Parameter】

broadcast:Configure broadcast storm-control

multicast:Configure known multicast storm-control

dlf:Configure unknown multicast storm-control

target-rate:The target rate of storm-control with the unit of Kbps

292
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure storm-control rate of Ethernet 2/5 to be 1Kpps

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#storm-control broadcast 1224

1.25.26 traffic-copy-to-cpu

Use traffic-copy-to-cpu command to enable ACL identification and copy the

matched packet to CPU. Use no traffic-copy-to-cpu command to cancel
the copy.

traffic-copy-to-cpu { [ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } }

no traffic-copy-to-cpu { [ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name }

[ subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } }

【Parameter】

ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means standard or extended accessing control list. access-list-
number:sequence number of accessing list which is in the range of 1～199；
access-list-name:the name of accessing list which is the character string and
in the form of initial capitalized characters ([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and
quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional parameter, specifies the subitem
in accessing list which is in the range of 2～127. If it is not specified, all
subitems will be clear.

link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means layer 2 accessing control list. access-list-number:accessing list serial
number which is in the range of 222～299；access-list-name:name of

293
 Command line configuration manual
accessing list. Character string is in the form of initial capitalized characters
([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional
parameter, specifies the subitem in accessing list which is in the range of 2～
127. If it is not specified, all subitems will be clear.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to copy specified accessing list packet to CPU (it is only
be effective for permit rules of accessing list).

【Example】

！Copy the data packet which matches the permit rules of accessing list 1 to
CPU

GPON(config)#traffic-copy-to-cpu ip-group 1

1.25.27 traffic-priority

Use traffic-priority command to enable ACL to mark priority. Use no traffic-

priority command to cancel priority.

traffic-priority { [ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } } { [ dscp dscp-value | precedence { pre-value | from-
cos } ] [ cos { pre-value | from-ipprec } ] [ local-precedence pre-value ] }

no traffic-priority { { [ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } }

【Parameter】

input:means to flow control the received packet of the port.

ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

294
 Command line configuration manual
:means standard or extended accessing control list. access-list-
number:sequence number of accessing list which is in the range of 1～199；
access-list-name:the name of accessing list which is the character string and
in the form of initial capitalized characters ([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and
quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional parameter, specifies the subitem
in accessing list which is in the range of 2～127. If it is not specified, all
subitems will be clear.

link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means layer 2 accessing control list. access-list-number:accessing list serial
number which is in the range of 222～299；access-list-name:name of
accessing list. Character string is in the form of initial capitalized characters
([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional
parameter, specifies the subitem in accessing list which is in the range of 2～
127. If it is not specified, all subitems will be clear.

dscp dscp-value:configure DSCP priority which is in the range of 2～63.

precedence { pre-value | from-cos }:configure IP priority. pre-value is IP

priority which is in the range of 2～7；from-cos means configure IP priority to
be the same as 822.1p priority.

cos { pre-value | from-ipprec }:configure 822.1p priority. pre-value is 822.1p

priority which is in the range of 2～7；from-ipprec means the priority of
822.1p and IP is the same.

local-precedence pre-value:configure local priority which is in the range of 2

～7.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to mark priority to specified ACL.(it is only be effective for
permit rules of accessing list). There are three types of priority (dscp, cos, IP
priority and local priority). Switch can locate packet to interface outputting

295
 Command line configuration manual
queue according to the cos value (that is 822.1p priority) and also can locate
packet to corresponding outputting queue according to the specified local
priority. If both 822.1p priority and local priority are configured, 822.1p priority
will be precedent to use.

【Example】

！Configure the priority of data packet which matches the permit rules of
accessing list 1 to be 2

GPON(config)#traffic-priority ip-group 1 local-precedence 2

1.25.28 traffic-redirect

【Parameter】

ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means standard or extended accessing control list. access-list-
number:sequence number of accessing list which is in the range of 1～199；
access-list-name:the name of accessing list which is the character string and
in the form of initial capitalized characters ([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and
quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional parameter, specifies the subitem
in accessing list which is in the range of 2～127. If it is not specified, all
subitems will be clear.

link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means layer 2 accessing control list. access-list-number:accessing list serial
number which is in the range of 222～299；access-list-name:name of
accessing list. Character string is in the form of initial capitalized characters
([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional
parameter, specifies the subitem in accessing list which is in the range of 2～
127. If it is not specified, all subitems will be clear.

cpu:means redirect to CPU.

interface interface-num:The interface the packet to be redirect to. interface-

num is interface number.

296
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to redirect the data packet which matched specified
accessing list regulations (it is only be effective for permit rules of accessing
list). The redirect can be used in some protocol packet needed handle by
CPU or the packet needed CPU to find routing.

【Example】

！Redirect the data packet which matches the permit rules of accessing list 1
to ethernet 1

GPON(config)#traffic-redirect ip-group 1 interface ethernet 2/1

1.25.29 traffic-statistic

Use traffic-statistic command to enable ACL identification to statistic traffic.

Use no traffic-statistic command to cancel traffic statistics.

traffic-statistic {[ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } }

no traffic-statistic { [ ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [

subitem subitem ] ] [ link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [
subitem subitem ] ] } }

【Parameter】

ip-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means standard or extended accessing control list. access-list-
number:sequence number of accessing list which is in the range of 1～199；
access-list-name:the name of accessing list which is the character string and
in the form of initial capitalized characters ([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and

297
 Command line configuration manual
quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional parameter, specifies the subitem
in accessing list which is in the range of 2～127. If it is not specified, all
subitems will be clear.

link-group { access-list-number | access-list-name } [ subitem subitem ]

:means layer 2 accessing control list. access-list-number:accessing list serial
number which is in the range of 222～299；access-list-name:name of
accessing list. Character string is in the form of initial capitalized characters
([a-z, A-Z]), excluding space and quotation mark；subitem subitem:optional
parameter, specifies the subitem in accessing list which is in the range of 2～
127. If it is not specified, all subitems will be clear.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to statistic traffic the data packet which matched specified
accessing list regulations (it is only be effective for permit rules of accessing
list). The new configuration of traffic statistics will eliminate corresponding
traffic statistics.

【Example】

！Statistic traffic of the data packet which matches the permit rules of
accessing list 1

GPON(config)#traffic-statistic ip-group 1

298
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 15 STP Configuration

Command

1.26 STP Configuration Command

STP（Spanning Tree protocol）configuration command includes:

 show spanning-tree interface

 show spanning-tree remote-loop-detect interface
 spanning-tree
 spanning-tree cost
 spanning-tree forward-time
 spanning-tree hello-time
 spanning-tree max-age
 spanning-tree port-priority
 spanning-tree mcheck
 spanning-tree point-to-point
 spanning-tree portfast
 spanning-tree transmit
 spanning-tree priority
 spanning-tree mode
 clear spanning-tree

299
 Command line configuration manual
1.26.1 show spanning-tree interface

Use show spanning-tree interface command to display the information of

current STP protocol.

show spanning-tree interface [ interface-list ]

show spanning-tree interface [ interface-list ]

【Parameter】

interface-list:List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is slot-num/port-
num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the range
of 1 to 24. Seriate(sequential?) interfaces with the same type can be linked
by to keyword, but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be
larger than the one to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be
repeated for up to 3 times.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Show spanning-tree interface [ interface-list ] command to display the

information of spanning-tree. Keyword “interface-list” is optional. If it is
lacked, information of interfaces is displayed, or only the information of
specified interface is displayed.

【Example】

！Display the information of spanning-tree

GPON#show spanning-tree interface ethernet 2/7

1.26.2 show spanning-tree remote-loop-detect interface

300
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to display remote loop detect.

Show spanning-tree remote-loop-detect interface [ interface-list ]

【Parameter】

interface-list:the interface list to be displayed which means manyethernet

interface

interface-list :List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is slot-num/port-
num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the range
of 1 to 24. Seriate(sequential) interfaces with the same type can be linked by
to keyword, but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be larger
than the one to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be
repeated for up to 3 times.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display remote loop detect and whether interface is
block caused by loop

【Example】

！Display remote loop detect of interface 1

GPON(config)#show spanning-tree remote-loop-detect interface e 2/1

1.26.3 spanning-tree

Use spanning-tree command to enable STP globally or on a port.

Use no spanning-tree command disable STP globally or on a port.

spanning-tree

301
 Command line configuration manual
no spanning-tree

【Default】

STP is enabled globally

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode, interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable STP globally

GPON(config)#spanning-tree

！Disable STP on Ethernet 2/8

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/8)#no spanning-tree

1.26.4 spanning-tree cost

Use spanning-tree cost command to configure the path cost of the current
port in a specified spanning tree. Use no spanning-tree cost command to
restore to the default path cost of the current port in the specified spanning
tree.

spanning-tree cost cost

no spanning-tree cost

【Parameter】

cost:Path cost to be configured for the port. This keyword ranges from 1 to
65535

【Default】

In IEEE 822.1D protocol, the default cost is determined by the speed of the
port. The port with the speed 12M have the cost of 122,122M, 19.

【Command configuration mode】

302
 Command line configuration manual
Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Default cost is suggested to use.

【Example】

！Configure path cost of Ethernet 2/8 to 22

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/8)#spanning-tree cost 22

1.26.5 spanning-tree forward-time

Use spanning-tree forward-time command to configure the Forward delay

of the switch. Use no spanning-tree forward-time command to restore to
the default forward delay.

spanning-tree forward-time seconds

no spanning-tree forward-time

【Parameter】

seconds: Forward Delay in seconds to be configured. This keyword ranges

from 4 to 32 seconds

【Default】

The default forward delay is 15 seconds

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

When this switch is the root bridge, port state transition period is the Forward
Delay time, which is determined by the diameter of the switched network.
The longer the diameter is, the longer the time is. The default forward delay
time, 15 seconds is suggested to use.

303
 Command line configuration manual

Caution:Forward Delay ≥ Hello Time + 2.

【Example】

！Configure forward delay to 22 seconds

GPON(config)#spanning-tree forward-time 22

1.26.6 spanning-tree hello-time

Use spanning-tree hello-time coammand to configure the hello time of the

switch. Use no spanning-tree hello-time command to restore to the default
hello time.

spanning-tree hello-time seconds

no spanning-tree hello-time

【Parameter】

seconds:Hello Time in seconds to be configured. This keyword ranges from 1

to 12 seconds.

【Default】

The default hello time is 2 seconds

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

The system periodically sents STP messages. The period of a root bridge
sending STP messages is the hello time. Hello time is suggested to use 2
seconds.

Caution:Hello Time ≤ ForwardDelay – 2.

304
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure Hello Time to 8 seconds

GPON(config)#spanning-tree hello-time 8

1.26.7 spanning-tree max-age

Use spanning-tree max-age command to configure Max Age of the switch.

Use no spanning-tree max-age command to restore to the default Max
Age.

spanning-tree max-age seconds

no spanning-tree max-age

【Parameter】

seconds:Means Max Age in seconds to be configured. This keyword ranges

from 6 to 42 seconds

【Default】

The default Max Age is 22 seconds

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Max Age is used to configure the longest aging interval of STP. Dropping
message when overtiming. The STP will be frequently accounts and take
crowded network to be link fault, if the value is too small. If the value is too
large, the link fault cannot be known timely. Max Age is determined by
diameter of network, and the default time of 22 seconds is suggested.

Caution:2*(Hello Time + 1) ≤ Max Age ≤ 2*( ForwardDelay – 1)

【Example】

305
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure the Max Age to 12 seconds

GPON(config)#spanning-tree max-age 12

1.26.8 spanning-tree port-priority

Use spanning-tree port-priority command to configure the port priority of

the current port in the specified spanning tree. Use no spanning-tree port-
priority command to restore the current port to the default port priority in the
specified spanning tree.

spanning-tree port-priority port-priority

no spanning-tree port-priority

【Parameter】

port-priority:Configure the port priority. It ranges from 2 to 255

【Default】

The default port priority of a port in any spanning tree is 128

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

The smaller the value of priority is, the superior the priority is, and the port is
easier to be a root port.

【Example】

！Configure the port priority of Ethernet 2/1 in STP to 64

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#spanning-tree port-priority 64

1.26.9 spanning-tree mcheck

When operation RSTP protocol, and port is in the compatible mode. Use

306
 Command line configuration manual
spanning-tree mcheck command to force the port sent RSTP message.

spanning-tree mcheck

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure Ethernet 2/7 to send RSTP message

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/7)#spanning-tree mcheck

1.26.10 spanning-tree point-to-point

Use spanning-tree point-to-point command to configure the link connected

to the current Ethernet port to be a point-to-point link.

spanning-tree point-to-point { auto | forcefalse | falsetrue }

no spanning-tree point-to-point

【Parameter】

auto:Network bridge auto-detect whether or not the link connected to the

current Ethernet port is a point-to-point link.

forcefalse:Specifies that the link connected to the current Ethernet port is not
a point-to-point link.

forcetrue: Specifies that the link connected to the current Ethernet port is a
point-to-point link.

【Default】

Auto

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

307
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure the link connected to Ethernet 2/7 as a point-to-point link

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/7)#spanning-tree point-to-point forcetrue

1.26.11 spanning-tree portfast

Use spanning-tree portfast command to configure the current port as an

edge port.

spanning-tree portfast

no spanning-tree portfast

【Default】

All Ethernet ports of a switch are non-edge ports.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Edge port can be in transmitting state in linkup in 3 seconds, and it changes

into non-edge port after receiving STP message.

【Example】

！Configure Ethernet 2/7 as a non-edge port.

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/7)#spanning-tree portfast

1.26.12 spanning-tree transit-limit

Use spanning-tree transit-limit command to configure the maximum

number of configuration BPDUs the current port can transmit in each Hello
time.

spanning-tree transit-limit max-bpdus

308
 Command line configuration manual
no spanning-tree transit-limit

【Parameter】

max-bpdus:the number of BPDU ranges from 1 to 255.

【Default】

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the maximum number of configuration BPDUs that can be

transmitted by the Ethernet 2/7 in each Hello time to 5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/7)#spanning-tree transit-limit 5

1.26.13 spanning-tree priority

Use spanning-tree priority command to configure the priority of the switch

in the specified spanning tree. Use no spanning-tree priority command to
restore to the default priority in the specified spanning tree.

spanning-tree priority bridge-priority

no spanning-tree priority

【Parameter】

bridge-priority:Switch priority to be configured. This keyword rsnges from 2 to

61442,and must be a multiple of 4296.

【Default】

32768

【Command configuration mode】

309
 Command line configuration manual
Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Configure STP priority when STP enables, and the inferior priority of the
switch can be the root bridge.

【Example】

！Configure the priority of the switch in spanning tree to 4296

GPON(config)#spanning-tree priority 4296

1.26.14 spanning-tree mode

Use spanning-tree mode command to configure the STP operation mode.

spanning-tree mode { rstp | stp }

no spanning-tree mode

【Parameter】

rstp:Enable the rstp-campatible mode

stp:Enable the STP-compatible mode

【Default】

rstp

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the switch to operation in STP-compatible mode

GPON(config)#spanning-tree mode stp

1.26.15 spanning-tree remote-loop-detect

310
 Command line configuration manual
Use spanning-tree remote-loop-detect command to enable remote loop
detect. Use no spanning-tree remote-loop-detect command to disable
remote loop detect.

spanning-tree remote-loop-detect

no spanning-tree remote-loop-detect

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode and interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Batch processthe interface in global configuration mode needed keyword.

【Example】

！Enable spanning-tree remote-loop-detect interface of Ethernet 2/1, and

ethernet 2/3

GPON(config)#spanning-tree remote-loop-detect interface ethernet 2/1

ethernet 2/3

！Disable remote-loop-detect of Ethernet 2/1

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#no spanning-tree remote-loop-detect

1.26.16 clear spanning-tree

Use clear spanning-tree command to clear STP information

clear spanning-tree

clear spanning-tree interface interface-list

【Parameter】

interface-list:List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is slot-num/port-

311
 Command line configuration manual
num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the range
of 1 to 24. Seriate(sequential?) interfaces with the same type can be linked
by to keyword, but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be
larger than the one to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be
repeated for up to 3 times.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Clear spanning-tree information

GPON(config)#clear spanning-tree

1.27 MSTP Cconfiguration Command

MSTP（Multiple spanning Tree protocol）configuration command includes:

 spanning-tree mst forward-time

 spanning-tree mst hello-time
 spanning-tree mst max-age
 spanning-tree mst max-hops
 spanning-tree mst name
 spanning-tree mst revision
 spanning-tree mst instance vlan
 spanning-tree mst instance priority
 spanning-tree mst portfast
 spanning-tree mst link-type
 spanning-tree mst external cost
 spanning-tree mst instance cost

312
 Command line configuration manual
 spanning-tree mst instance port-priority
 show spanning-tree mst config-id
 show spanning-tree mst instance interface

Following commands:

 spanning-tree mst forward-time；

 spanning-tree mst hello-time；
 spanning-tree mst max-age；
 spanning-tree mst portfast；
 spanning-tree mst link-type

Please refer to corresponding commands in SST:

 spanning-tree forward-time；
 spanning-tree hello-time；
 spanning-tree max-age；
 spanning-tree portfast；
 spanning-tree point-to-point

Here will not explain detailedly.

1.27.1 spanning-tree mst max-hops

Use spanning-tree mst max-hops command to configure the max-hops of

MSTP packet.

spanning-tree mst max-hops max-hops

no spanning-tree mst max-hops

【Parameter】

max-hops:the hops of MSTP packet which is in the range of 2-255

【Default】

313
 Command line configuration manual
The default hops is 22

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the max-hops of MSTP packet to be 12

GPON(config)#spanning-tree mst max-hops 12

1.27.2 spanning-tree mst name

Use spanning-tree mst name command to configure MST name of MSTP.

spanning-tree mst name name

no spanning-tree mst name

【Parameter】

Name: district name of MSTP which is one part of MSTP configuration. It is a

character string of 32 bytes.

【Default】

It is defaulted to have no name.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure MSTP name to be greennet

GPON(config)#spanning-tree mst name greennet

1.27.3 spanning-tree mst revision

Use spanning-tree mst revision command to configure the revision level of

314
 Command line configuration manual
MSTP.

spanning-tree mst revision revision-level

no spanning-tree mst revision

【Parameter】

revision-level:MSTP revision level which is one of MSTP and it is the integer

number between 2 to 65535.

【Default】

The default value is 2.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure revision level of MSTP to be 12

GPON(config)#spanning-tree mst revision 12

1.27.4 spanning-tree mst instance vlan

Use spanning-tree mst instance command to configure the mapping

relations between MSTP instance and VLAN.

spanning-tree mst instance instance-num vlan vlan-list

no spanning-tree mst instance instance-num vlan vlan-list

【Parameter】

instance-num:MSTP instance number which is in the range of 1-15

vlan-list:vlan-list can be discrete number, a sequential number, and the

mixture of both. Discrete number can be separated by comma, and
sequential number can be separated by “-”, such as: 2, 5, 8, 12-22

315
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

All vlan mapped to MSTP instance 2

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure vlan 2-7 mapping to MSTP instance 2

GPON(config)#spanning-tree mst instance 2 vlan 2-7

1.27.5 spanning-tree mst instance instance-num priority

Use spanning-tree mst instance command to configure the priority of

networkbridge in some MSTP instance.

spanning-tree mst instance instance-num priority priority

no spanning-tree mst instance instance-num priority

【Parameter】

instance-num:MSTP instance number which is in the range of 2-15

priority:the priority of network bridge which is the integer times of 4296 in the
range of 2-61442

【Default】

The priority of network bridge in each instance is 32768.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the priority of network bridge in instance 2 is 4296

GPON(config)#spanning-tree mst instance 2 priority 4296

316
 Command line configuration manual
1.27.6 spanning-tree mst external cost

Use spanning-tree mst external cost command to configure external cost

of port.

spanning-tree mst external cost external-cost

no spanning-tree mst external cost

【Parameter】

external-cost:external cost of port which is in the range of 1-222222222.

【Default】

The external cost of port is 222222.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the external cost of port 2 to be 222

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/2)#spanning-tree mst external cost 222

1.27.7 spanning-tree mst instance cost

Use spanning-tree mst instance command to configure cost for port in

each instance.

spanning-tree mst instance instance-num cost cost

no spanning-tree mst instance instance-num cost

【Parameter】

instance-num:MSTP instance number which is in the range of 2-15

cost:port cost which is in the range of 1-222222222

【Default】

317
 Command line configuration manual
The cost for port in each instance is 222222

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the cost for port 2 in instance 1 to be 222

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/2)#spanning-tree mst instance 1 cost 222

1.27.8 spanning-tree mst instance port-priority

Use spanning-tree mst instance port-priority command to configure the

priority of port in STP instance.

spanning-tree mst instance instance-num port-priority priority

no spanning-tree mst instance instance-num port-priority

【Parameter】

instance-num:MSTP instance number which is in the range of 2-15

priority:port priority which is the integer times of 16 and is in the range of 1-

242

【Default】

The priority of port in each instance is 128

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the priority of port 2 in instance 1 to be 16

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/2)#spanning-tree mst instance 1 port-priority 16

318
 Command line configuration manual
1.27.9 show spanning-tree mst config-id

Use show spanning-tree mst config-id command to display MSTP config-

id. MSTP config-id includes: MSTP revision level, MSTP config-name and
the mapping relations between STP instance and VLAN.

show spanning-tree mst config-id

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the config-id

GPON(config)#show spanning-tree mst config-id

1.27.10 show spanning-tree mst instance interface

Use show spanning-tree mst instance command to display port

information in some instance.

show spanning-tree mst instance instance-num interface [interface-list ]

【Parameter】

interface-num:List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is device/slot-
num/port-num, in which device is stackable device number whichi is in the
range of 2 to 7, slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the
range of 1 to 24. Seriate interfaces with the same type can be linked by to
keyword, but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be larger
than the one to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be
repeated for up to 3 times.

【Command configuration mode】

319
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the information of port 1 in MSTP instance 2

GPON(config)#show spanning-tree mst instance 2 interface ethernet 2/1

320
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 16 822.1X Configuration Command

1.28 Domain Configuration Command

Domainn configuration command includes:

 aaa
 access-limit
 default domain-name enable
 domain
 show domain
 radius host binding
 state

1.28.1 aaa

Use aaa command to enter AAA configuration mode

aaa

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Enter AAA configuration mode to do related configuration

【Example】

！Enter AAA configuration mode

321
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#aaa

GPON(config-aaa)#

1.28.2 access-limit

Use access-limit enable command to configure the maximum number of

access user that can be contained in current domain.

access-limit enable max-link

access-limit disable

【Parameter】

max-link: the maximum number of access user that can be contained in

current domain ranges from 1 to 642

【Default】

disable,means no limitation

【Command configuration mode】

Domain configuration mode

【Usage】

A domain can limit the maximum number of access user that can be
contained in current domain. The related link with the domain is the domain
name of the authenticate username must be the current domain and using its
authentication, authorization and accounting. If there is no related link to the
domain, the number of access user can be modified; if there are several
related link, the new limitation cannot be conflict with the syatem operation,
such as: there are 8 related links, the new limitatiom of the link number must
be larger or qual to 8 or non-limitation. Use state command to change it into
smaller one after shutdown related link.

【Example】

322
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure the maximum number of access user that can be contained in
domain green.com to 522

GPON(config-aaa-green.com)#access-limit enable 522

1.28.3 default domain-name enbale

Use default domain-name enable command to configure a existed domain

to be default domain. If the domain doesn’t exist, the configuration fails. Use
default domain-name disable command to disable the default domain.

default domain-name enable domain-name

default domain-name disable

【Parameter】

domain-name: the name of the domain

【Command configuration mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Usage】

When the default domain name is disabled, switch will not deal with the
invalid message, if the username goes without the domain name. After the
default domain name is enabling, switch will add @ and default domain
name to a username wothout a domain name to authenticate. To configure a
default domain which must be existed, or the configuration fails.

【Example】

！Configure default domain name to be green.com and enable the default

domain

GPON(config-aaa)#default domain-name enable green.com

！Disable default domain name

GPON(config-aaa)#default domain-name disable

323
 Command line configuration manual
【Related command】

domain

1.28.4 domain

Use domain command to enter AAA configuration mode. If it doesn’t exist,

create it. Use no domain command to remove the domain.

domain domain-name

no domain domain-name

【Parameter】

domain-name: the name of the domain ranges from 1 to 24 charaters, no

difference in upper-case type and lower case letters, and without space.

【Command configuration mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Usage】

Enter domain configuratuin mode to configure authtication and accounting. If

the domain doesn’t exist, create it, and then enter it. At most 8 domains are
allowed. The configuration of each domain can be different, to realise
multiple ISP operation.

Add a domian in term of the need, no domain existed by default.

After the creation of a domain, use state active to activate it before use.

【Example】

！Create domain with the name of green.com

GPON(config-aaa)#domain green.com

GPON(config-aaa-green.com)#

！Remove domain with the name of green.com

324
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-aaa)#no domain green.com

【Related command】

radius host, state

1.28.5 show domain

Use show domain command to display the configuration of the domain,

such as: domain name, corresponding RADIUS server, and domain
activation.

show domain [ domain-name ]

【Parameter】

domain-name:The name of the domain

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the configuration of green.com

GPON(config-aaa-green.com)#show domain

1.28.6 radius host binding

Use radius host binding command to configure RADIUS authtication and

accounting.

radius host binding radius-scheme

【Parameter】

radius-scheme: the name of RADIUS authentication and accounting. It must

be existed.

【Command configuration mode】

325
 Command line configuration manual
Domain configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure current domain to use RADIUS configuration of “green”

GPON(config-aaa-green.com)#radius host binding green

【Related command】

radius host（RADIUS configuration mode）

1.28.7 state

Use state command to configure the state of the domain to be active or

block.

state { active | block }

【Parameter】

active:active state,allow the authentication of the domain user.

block:block stste,not allow the authentication of the domain user.

【Default】

The default state of the created domain is block, and uses this command to
activate it before use. It is to avoid using the unconfigured domain in
configuring. Activate it after all configuration finished.

【Command configuration mode】

Domain configuration mode

【Usage】

Use state active command to activate domain before used.

【Example】

！Activate green.com

326
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-aaa-green.com)#state active

【Related command】

domain

1.29 RADIUS Server Configuration Command

RADIUS server configuration command includes:

 accounting-on
 acct-secret-key
 auth-secret-key
 dnrate-value
 h3c-cams
 nas-ipaddress
 primary-acct-ip
 primary-auth-ip
 show radius attribute
 show radius config-attribute
 show radius host
 uprate-value
 radius 8021p
 radius accounting
 radius attribute
 radius bandwidth-limit
 radius config-attribute
 radius host
 radius mac-address-number

327
 Command line configuration manual
 radius server-disconnect drop 1x
 radius vlan
 realtime-account
 second-acct-ip
 second-auth-ip
 username-format

1.29.1 accounting-on

This command is to configure to send Accounting-On packets to RADIUS

server after device reboots, it requires users to off line to solve on line users
can’t logo in with authentication after device reboots.

accounting-on { disable | enable }

【Parameter】

enable:start function

disable:close function

【Default】

By default, it disables

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable

GPON(config-aaa)# accounting-on enable

1.29.2 acct-secret-key

This command is to configure accounting key of RADIUS server, with

328
 Command line configuration manual
command no means to delete this operation.

acct-secret-key key

no acct-secret-key

【Parameter】

key: 1~16 characters

【Default】

By default, it is none

【Command mode】

RADIUS server configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure accounting key of RADIUS server as 123

GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)#acct-secret-key 123

1.29.3 auth-secret-key

This command is to configure authenticate key of RADIUS server, with

command no means to delete this operation.

auth-secret-key key

no auth-secret-key

【Parameter】

key: 1~16 characters

【Default】

By default, it is none

【Command mode】

329
 Command line configuration manual
RADIUS server configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure authenticate key of RADIUS server as 123

GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)#auth-secret-key 123

1.29.4 dnrate-value

Campatible with H3C Cams RADIUS server,use this command to configure

downlink bandwidth about Vendor Specific attribute id in RADIUS packets.

dnrate-value value

【Parameter】

vlaue:attribute id,the range is 1~32

【Default】

By default, it is 5

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure downlink bandwidth attribute id 7 compatible with H3C Cams

GPON(config-aaa)#dnrate-value 7

【Commands】

h3c-cams

1.29.5 h3c-cams

When RADIUS server uses H3C Cams , this command to configure

compatible mode to finish some special operation.

330
 Command line configuration manual
h3c-cams { disable | enable }

【Parameter】

enable:start function

disable:close function

【Default】

By default , it disables

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable H3C Cams compatible mode

GPON(config-aaa)#h3c-cams enable

1.29.6 nas-ipaddress

This command is to configure to send packets about NAS IPAddress

attribute id, with command no means to delete the operation.

nas-ipaddress nas-ip

no nas-ipaddress

【Parameter】

nas-ip: IP address

【Default】

By default, it is none, it means device IP address

【Command mode】

RADIUS server configuration mode

331
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure the value as 192.168.0.100

GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)# nas-ipaddress 192.168.0.100

1.29.7 primary-acct-ip

This command is to configure accounting IP address and port in RADIUS

server, with command no means to delete related configuration.

primary-acct-ip server-ip accounting-port

no primary-acct-ip

【Parameter】

server-ip:accounting RADIUS server IP address

accounting-port:authentication port ,the range is :1～65535

【Default】

By default, accounting port is 1813

【Command mode】

RADIUS server configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure accounting RADIUS server primary IP address is

192.168.0.100,accouting port is 1813

GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)#primary-acct-ip 192.168.0.100 1813

1.29.8 primary-auth-ip

This command is to configure IP address and port for primary authentication,

with command no means to delete related configuration.

primary-auth-ip server-ip authentication-port

332
 Command line configuration manual
no primary-auth-ip

【Parameter】

server-ip:primary RADIUS server IP address

authentication-port:authentication port,the range is :1～65535

【Default】

By default, authentication port is 1812

【Command mode】

RADIUS server configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure IP address as 192.168.0.100 for primary authentication,

authentication port is 1812

GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)#primary-auth-ip 192.168.0.100 1812

1.29.9 show radius attribute

This command is to display attribution configuration compatible with H3C

Cam, now it only displays to send H3C client version to RADIUS server or
not.

show radius attribute

【Parameter】

None

【Command mode】

All command mode

【Example】

！Display sending H3C client version to RADIUS server or not

333
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)# show radius attribute

1.29.10 show radius config-attribute

This command is to display attribution configuration about RADIUS,such as

accounting , priority, VLAN etc.

show radius config-attribute

【Parameter】

None

【Command mode】

All command mode

【Example】

！Display attribution configuration about RADIUS

GPON(config)# show radius config-attribute

1.29.11 show radius host

This command is to display RADIUS server information, including RADIUS

server primary IP address, secondary IP address, authentication port,
accounting port, accounting key etc.

show radius host [ radius-scheme ]

【Parameter】

radius-scheme:RADIUS server name

【Command mode】

All command mode

【Example】

！Display RADIUS server information

334
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-aaa-radius-default)#show radius host

1.29.12 uprate-value

Campatible with H3C Cams RADIUS server,use this command to configure

uplink bandwidth about Vendor Specific attribute id in RADIUS packets

uprate-value value

【Parameter】

vlaue: attribution id,the range is 1~32

【Default】

By default, it is 2

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure attribution id as 7 of uplink bandwidth compatible with H3C

Cams

GPON(config-aaa)# uprate-value 7

【Commands】

h3c-cams

1.29.13 radius 8021p

This command is to verify port priority after configuring user authentication,

with command no means to delete related configuration.

radius 8021p enable

no radius 8021p

【Parameter】

335
 Command line configuration manual
None

【Default】

Close function

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Usage】

Priority value passes through RADIUS packets Vendor Specific attribution id

77 , this attribution can modify with radius config-attribute command.

【Example】

！Enable function

GPON(config-aaa)# radius 8021p enable

1.29.14 radius accounting

This command is to configure to start accounting or not after users

authenticate in order to isolate from authentication and acconting.If disable
accounting, users access to the internet without accounting after users pass
the authentication.

[no]radius accounting

【Parameter】

None

【Default】

Enable authentication

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

336
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Disable accounting

GPON(config-aaa)#no radius accounting

1.29.15 radius attribute

This command is to send H3C client version to RADIUS server or not

compatible with H3C Cams, with command no means to delete related
configuration.

[no] radius attribute client-version

【Parameter】

None

【Default】

Disable the function

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Example】

！Send H3C client version to RADIUS server

GPON(config-aaa)# radius attribute client-version

1.29.16 radius bandwidth-limit

This command is to modify user port bandwidth control after configuring user
authentication, with command no means to delete related configuration.

radius bandwidth-limit enable

no radius bandwidth-limit

【Parameter】

337
 Command line configuration manual
None

【Default】

Disable the function

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Usage】

Uplink/downlink bandwidth value passes through RADIUS packets Vendor

Specific attribution id 75/76, this attribution id can modify by radius config-
attribute command.

【Example】

！Start function

GPON(config-aaa)# radius bandwidth-limit

1.29.17 radius config-attribute

This command is to configure RADIUS expansion value through RADIUS

packets Vendor Specific attribution id.

radius config-attribute { access-bandwidth { downlink | uplink } | dscp | mac-

address-number } type

【Parameter】

access-bandwidth downlink: configure downlink bandwidth, the default value

is 75

access-bandwidth uplink: onfigure uplink bandwidth, the default value is 76

dscp:configure priority, the default value is 77

mac-address-number:MAC address quantity limitation, the default value is 50

type: attribution id

338
 Command line configuration manual
【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure priority value attribution id as 80

GPON(config-aaa)# radius config-attribute dscp 80

1.29.18 radius host

This command is to create RADIUS server and enter into the configuration
mode of RADIUS server. If RADIUS server exists, enter into the
configuration mode of server. With command no means delete radius-
scheme selected RADIUS server.

radius host radius-scheme

no radius radius-scheme

【Parameter】

radius-scheme:RADIUS server name, the range is 1～32 character,no

matter capital or low case without space

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Example】

！Create and enter into RADIUS server myScheme

GPON(config-aaa)#radius host myScheme

GPON(config-aaa-radius-myScheme)#

【Commands】

radius host (or configuration mode)

339
 Command line configuration manual
1.29.19 radius mac-address-number

This command is to modify MAC address learning quantity limitation after

configuring user authentication, with command no means delete the
operation.

radius mac-address-number enable

no radius mac-address-number

【Parameter】

None

【Default】

Disable the function

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Usage】

MAC address learning quantity limitation value passes through RADIUS

packets Vendor Specific attribution id 50, this attribution id can modify
through radius config-attribute command.

【Example】

！Start function

GPON(config-aaa)# radius mac-address-number enable

1.29.20 radius server-disconnect drop 1x

This command is to configure user off line or not in the accounting system,
with command no means delete the operation.

radius server-disconnect drop 1x

340
 Command line configuration manual
no radius server-disconnect drop 1x

【Parameter】

None

【Default】

Disable the function

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable function

GPON(config-aaa)# radius server-disconnect drop 1x

1.29.21 radius vlan

This command is to modify port PVID after configuring user authentication,

with command no means delete the operation.

radius vlan enable

no radius vlan

【Parameter】

None

【Default】

Disable the function

【Command mode】

AAA configuration mode

【Usage】

341
 Command line configuration manual
PVID value passes through RADIUS packets Tunnel-Pvt-Group-ID attribution
id.

【Example】

！Start function

GPON(config-aaa)# radius vlan enable

1.29.22 realtime-account

This command is to configure current RADIUS server intermediate

accounting function, configure to send intermediate accounting packets or
not, if sending ,how munch is the interval. With command no means disable
intermediate accounting function

realtime-account interval minute

no realtime-account

【Parameter】

minute: intermediate accounting packets interval,the range is :1～255,unit is

minute

【Default】

By default, enable intermediate accounting, sending interval is 12 minutes

【Command mode】

RADIUS server configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable RADIUS server intermediate accounting packets sending, sending

interval is 30 minutes

GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)#realtime-account interval 30

！Disable intermediate accounting packets sending

342
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)#no realtime-account

1.29.23 second-acct-ip

This command is to configure IP address and port of secondary accounting

RADIUS server, with command no means delete configuration.

second-acct-ip server-ip accounting-port

no second-acct-ip

【Parameter】

server-ip: secondary accounting RADIUS server IP address

accounting-port: authentication port ,the range is :1～65535

【Default】

By default, accounting port is 1813

【Command mode】

RADIUS server configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure secondary accounting RADIUS server IP address as

192.168.0.100, accounting port is 1813

GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)# second-acct-ip 192.168.0.100 1813

1.29.24 second-auth-ip

This command is to configure IP address and port of secondary

authentication RADIUS server , with command no means delete
configuration..

second-auth-ip server-ip authentication-port

no second-auth-ip

343
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

server-ip: secondary authentication RADIUS server IP address

authentication-port: authentication port,the range is :1～65535

【Default】

By default,authentication port is 1812

【Command mode】

RADIUS server configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure secondary authentication RADIUS server IP address as

192.168.0.100, ,authentication port is 1812

GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)# second-auth-ip 192.168.0.100 1812

1.29.25 username-format

Use username-format command to configure the format of the usernames

to be sent to RADIUS servers.

username-format with-domain

username-format without-domain

【Parameter】

with-domain:User name with domain name

without-domain:User name without domain name

【Default】

With domain

【Command configuration mode】

RADIUS configuration mode

344
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

In application, some RADIUS servers support username with domain name,

butsome not, so according to the real situation to configure the RADIUS
server.

【Example】

！Configure the username sent to the RADIUS server with the name of
green not to carry domain name.

GPON(config-aaa-radius-green)#username-format without-domain

【Related command】

radius host

1.30 822.1X Related Configuration Command

822.1X related configuration command include:

 dot1x
 dot1x daemon
 dot1x eap-finish
 dot1x eap-transfer
 dot1x max-user
 dot1x port-control
 dot1x re-authenticate
 dot1x re-authentication
 dot1x timeout re-authperiod
 dot1x user cut
 show dot1x
 show dot1x daemon

345
 Command line configuration manual
 show dot1x interface
 show dot1x session

1.30.1 dot1x method

Use dot1x method command to enable 822.1x. Use no dot1x command to

disable 822.1x.

dot1x method [macbased portbased]

no dot1x

【Default】

802.1X disables

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

802.1x configuration can be effective only after 802.1x is enable. Some

command can be used after 822.1x enables.

【Example】

！Enable 802.1X based on user authentication mode

GPON(config)#dot1x method macbased

！Disable 802.1X

GPON(config)#no dot1x

1.30.2 dot1x daemon

When 822.1x enables, configure whether a port send 822.1x daemon and
sending period.

dot1x daemon [ time time-value ] [interface interface-list]

346
 Command line configuration manual
no dot1x daemon

【Parameter】

time-value:the intervals of 822.1x daemon sending ranges from 12 to 622

seconds.

interface-list:List of Ethernet ports to be added to or removed from a VLAN.

This keyword needed to be provided in the form of interface-type + interface-
number. Interface-type is Ethernet and interface-number is slot-num/port-
num, in which slot-num is in the range of 2 to 2, and port-num is in the range
of 1 to 24. Sequential interfaces with the same type can be linked by to
keyword, but the port number to the right of the to keyword must be larger
than the one to the left of the keyword, and this argument only can be
repeated for up to 3 times. There is no keyword in interface configuration
mode.

【Default】

822.1x daemon is not sent by default. When 822.1x enables, default interval
to send daemon is 62seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode, global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is effective after 822.1x enables.

After 822.1x enables, configure according to the real situation.

【Example】

！Enable dot1x daemon on ethernet 2/5 with the period time of 22 seconds

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#dot1x daemon time 22

！Configure dot1x daemon of ethernet 2/5 globally with the period time of 22
seconds

347
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)# dot1x daemon time 22 interface ethernet 2/5

！Restore the default dot1x daemon configuration on ethernet 2/5

GPON(config-if-fastethernet-5)#no dot1x daemon

！Restore the default dot1x daemon configuration of ethernet 2/5 globally

GPON(config)#no dot1x daemon interface ethernet 2/5

1.30.3 dot1x eap-finish

After using dot1x eap-transfer command, 822.1 authentication message

encapsulated by EAP frame from user is sent to RADIUS server after
transfering to data frame encapsulated by other high level protocol.

After using dot1x eap-finish command,

dot1x eap-finish

【Default】

Use eap-finish way to transmit authentication message.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Choose dot1x eap-finish or dot1x eap-transfer command according to

RADIUS server configuration. If authentication message transmitting way is
different from RADIUS server authentication message receiving way,
authentication fails.

【Example】

！Configure authentication message tramsitting to be eap-finish

GPON(config)#dot1x eap-finish

【Related command】

348
 Command line configuration manual
dot1x eap-transfer

1.30.4 dot1x eap-transfer

After using dot1x eap-transfer command, 822.1 authentication message

encapsulated by EAP frame from user is sent to RADIUS server without any
changes.

dot1x eap-transfer

【Default】

Use eap-finish way to transmit authentication message.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Choose dot1x eap-finish or dot1x eap-transfer command according to

RADIUS server configuration. If authentication message transmitting way is
different from RADIUS server authentication message receiving way,
authentication fails.

【Example】

！Configure authentication message tramsitting to be eap-transfer

GPON(config)#dot1x eap-transfer

【Related command】

dot1x eap-finish

1.30.5 dot1x max-user

Use dot1x max-user command to configure the maximum number of

supplicant systems an ethernet port can accommodate. Use no dot1x max-
user command to configure the maximum number to be 1.

349
 Command line configuration manual
dot1x max-user host-num

no dot1x max-user

【Parameter】

host-num:The integer between 1 and 16

【Default】

The max-user of 122M ethernet port is 16

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode or global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is effective after 822.1X authentication.

After 822.1X enables, max-user of a port is determined by the real situation.

The max-user of 122M ethernet port is 16

【Example】

！Configure the max-user of ethernet 2/5 is 12 in interface configuration

mode

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#dot1x max-user 122

！Configure the max-user of ethernet 2/5 is 12 globally

GPON(config)#dot1x max-user 122 interface ethernet 2/5

！Restore the default max-user of ethernet 2/5 in interface configuration

mode

GPON(config-if-fastethernet-5)#no dot1x max-user

！Restore the default max-user of ethernet 2/5 globally

GPON(config)#no dot1x max-user interface ethernet 2/5

350
 Command line configuration manual
1.30.6 dot1x port-control

Use dot1x port-control command to configure port control mode. Use no

dot1x port-control command to restore the default port control.

dot1x port-control { auto | forceauthorized | forceunauthorized }

no dot1x port-control

【Parameter】

auto:Means needing authentication. User of this type of interface can get the
resource from the LAN after authentication.

forceauthorized:Means forcing authorization. User of this type of interface

can get the resource from the LAN without authentication.

forceunauthorized:Means forcing unauthorization. User of this type of

interface cannot get the resource from the LAN.

【Default】

Port control mode is auto by default.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode or global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is effective after 822.1X authentication.

After 822.1X enables, the port control mode of RADIUS server is configured
to be forceauthorized, so that the information of authenticator can be
delivered to RADIUS server for authentication.

The port for user can be configured to be auto. User of this type of interface
can get the resource from the LAN after authentication.

【Example】

351
 Command line configuration manual
！Ethernet 2/5 is RADIUS server port. Configure port-control mode of
ethernet 2/5 to be forceauthorized in interface configuration mode

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#dot1x port-control forceauthorized

！Configure port-control mode of ethernet 2/5 to be forceauthorized globally.

GPON(config)#dot1x port-control forceauthorized interface ethernet 2/5

【Related command】

dot1x

1.30.7 dot1x re-authenticate

Use dot1x re-authenticate command to re-authenticate current interface.

dot1x re-authenticate

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode or global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is effective after 822.1X authentication.

822.1X re-authenticate only supports the message transmitting way of dot1x

eap-transfer.

【Example】

！Re-authenticate ethernet 2/5 in interface configuration mode

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#dot1x re-authenticate

！Re-authenticate ethernet 2/5 globally

GPON(config)#dot1x re-authenticate interface ethernet 2/5

1.30.8 dot1x re-authentication

Use dot1x re-authentication command to enable 822.1x re-authentication.

352
 Command line configuration manual
Use no dot1x re-authentication command to disable 822.1x re-
authentication.

dot1x re-authentication

no dot1x re-authentication

【Default】

822.1X re-authentication disable

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode, global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is effective after 822.1x authentication enables.

822.1X authentication only supports the message sending of dot1x eap-

transfer.

【Example】

！Enable re-authentication of ethernet 2/5

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/5)#dot1x re-authentication

GPON(config)#dot1x re-authentication interface ethernet 2/5

【Related command】

dot1x,dot1x eap-finish,dot1x eap-transfer

1.30.9 dot1x timeout re-authperiod

Use dot1x timeout re-authperiod command to configure 822.1x re-

authperiod. Use no dot1x timeout re-authperiod command to restore the
default 822.1x re-authperiod.

dot1x timeout re-authperiod seconds [ interface interface-num ]

353
 Command line configuration manual
no dot1x timeout re-authperiod [ interface interface-num ]

【Parameter】

seconds: 822.1X re-authperiod ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds

interface-num:Optional interface number

【Default】

The default 822.1X re-authperiod is 3622 seconds

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is effective after 822.1X authentication enables.

When no port is specified, use dot1x timeout re-authperiod command to

modify 822.1x re-authperiod of all ports,or specified port is modified.

【Example】

！Configure 822.1x re-authperiod of ethernet 2/3 to be 1822

GPON(config)#dot1x timeout re-authperiod 1822 interface ethernet 2/3

！Restore all the re-authperiod to the default of 822.1x re-authperiod

GPON(config)#no dot1x timeout re-authperiod

1.30.10 dot1x user cut

Use dot1x user cut command to remove specified online user.

dot1x user cut { { username username } | { mac-address mac-address [

vlan vlan-id ] } }

【Parameter】

username: the username to be removed

354
 Command line configuration manual
mac-address:Mac address of user to be removed

vlan-id:The vlan of user to be removed

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Remove user with username of aaa@gnnet.com

GPON(config)#dot1x user cut username aaa@gnnet.com

1.30.11 dot1x detect

Configure 802.1x user heartbead detection and interval time .

dot1x detect [interval time-value] [ interface interface-num ]

no dot1x detect

【Parameter】

time-value:send interval time of 1x heartbeat packets, unit is second

【Default】

By default, close 1x heartbeat ,when opening, send the packets every 25s

【Command mode】

Port configuration mode or all global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is effective after it only enables 802.1X authentication..

Enable 802.1X uthentication, operators control to send heartbead detection

packets and interval time to 1x authentication user according to the actual
situation.

【Example】

355
 Command line configuration manual
！Enable 1x heartbeat detection, interval time is 50s

GPON(config)# dot1x detect interval 50

1.30.12 dot1x quiet-period-value

Configure static function, when 802.1x users fail the authentication, it can’t
continue to verify in some period .

dot1x quiet-period-value time-value

【Parameter】

time-value:default interval time ,unit is second, default 0 means disable

【Default】

By default, it disables.

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command is effective after it only enables 802.1X authentication..

【Example】

！Enable static function, the configuration time is 50s

GPON(config)# dot1x quiet-period-value 50

1.30.13 show dot1x

Use show dot1x command to display 822.1x authentication information,

such as: 822.1x authentication is enable or not, which authentication is used.

show dot1x

【Command configuration mode】

356
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use show command to display related information before configuration.

【Example】

！Display 822.1x authentication information

GPON(config)#show dot1x

1.30.14 show dot1x daemon

Use show dot1x daemon command to display 822.1x daemon

configuration.

show dot1x daemon [ interface interface-num ]

【Parameter】

interface-num:Optioned interface number

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the 822.1x daemon of all the ports

GPON(config)#show dot1x daemon

1.30.15 show dot1x interface

Use show dot1x interface command to display such configuration of

interface as control mode, re-authenticate, re-authperiod, max-user, etc.

show dot1x interface [ interface-num ]

【Parameter】

357
 Command line configuration manual
interface-num:Optioned interface number

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display related information before configuration. Use

show command to display the changes.

【Example】

！Display port-control, re-authentication, re-authperiod and max-user

configuration of ethernet 2/5

GPON(config)#show dot1x interface ethernet 2/5

1.30.16 show dot1x session

Use show dot1x session command to display 822.1x session, including

online information: interface number, mac-address, username, etc.

show dot1x session [ { interface interface-num } | { mac-address mac } ]

【Parameter】

interface-num:The interface number

mac:The optioned mac-address

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display and detect the information of onlined user

【Example】

！Display all the onlined authentication users

358
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#show dot1x session

359
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 17 SNTP Client Configuration Command

1.31 SNTP client configuration command list

SNTP client configuration command includes:

 show sntp client

 sntp client
 sntp client authenticate
 sntp client authentication-key
 sntp client broadcastdelay
 sntp client mode
 sntp client multicast ttl
 sntp client poll-interval
 sntp client retransmit
 sntp client retransmit-interval
 sntp client valid-server
 sntp server
 sntp trusted-key

1.31.1 show sntp client

Use the show sntp client command to display the information about SNTP
client configuration and running.

show sntp client

360
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode 】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the information about SNTP client configuration and running

GPON(config)#show sntp client

1.31.2 sntp client

Use sntp client command to enable SNTP client. Use no sntp client
command to disable SNTP client.

sntp client

no sntp client

【Usage】

If SNTP client has been enabled, sntp client command fails.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable SNTP client

GPON(config)#sntp client

1.31.3 sntp client authenticate

Use sntp client authenticate command to enable MD5 authentication of

SNTP client. Use no SNTP client authenticate command to disable MD5
authentication of SNTP client.

sntp client authenticate

no sntp client authenticate

361
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

SNTP client authenticate disables

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable SNTP client authenticate

GPON(config)#sntp client authenticate

1.31.4 sntp client authentication-key

Use sntp client authentication-key command to configure MD5

authentication-key. More than one authentication-key can be configured.

sntp client authentication-key number md5 value

no sntp client authentication-key number

【Parameter】

number:Authentication-key ID ranges from 1to 4294967295

value:Authentication-key of 16 characters at most, which can be numbers,

letters, space and other symbols.

【Default】

No authentication-key

【Usage】

Use sntp client authentication-key command to configure MD5

authentication-key. If the configuration is successful, the authentication-key
should be effective after sntp client authentication-key command configures it
reliable or to be the key of unicast and anycast.

362
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure SNTP client MD5 authentication-key, with the key ID being

12,and the key being abc

GPON(config)#sntp client authentication-key 12 md5 abc

1.31.5 sntp client broadcastdelay

Use sntp client broadcastdelay command to configure the transmission

delay of the SNTP client in broadcast or multicast. Use no sntp client
broadcastdelay command to restore default transmission delay.

sntp client broadcastdelay milliseconds

no sntp client broadcastdelay

【Parameter】

milliseconds:This keyword ranges from 1 to 9999

【Default】

3 milliseconds

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Transmission delay is necessary because client cannot time transmission

delay and local time compensation in broadcast and multicast.

【Example】

！Configure broadcastdelay to be 1 second

363
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#sntp client broadcastdelay 1222

1.31.6 sntp client mode

Use sntp client mode command to configure the operation mode of SNTP
client. Use no sntp client mode command to restore the default operation
mode of SNTP client.

sntp client mode { unicast | broadcast | multicast | anycast [ key number ] }

no sntp client mode

【Parameter】

unicast:Unicast mode

broadcast:Broadcast mode

multicast:Multicast mode

anycast:Anycast mode

number: ID of anycast ranges from 2 to 4294967295,2 means

unauthentication.

【Default】

Broadcast mode

【Usage】

Use sntp client mode command to configure the operation mode of SNTP
client. Only when SNTP client enables, this command is effective.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure SNTP client to operate in anycast

364
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#sntp client mode anycast

1.31.7 sntp client multicast ttl

Use sntp client multicast ttl command to configure ttl-value of multicast

message. Use no sntp client multicast ttl command to restore default ttl-
value.

sntp client multicast ttl ttl-value

no sntp client multicast ttl

【Parameter】

ttl-value:Ttl in multicast message sending ranges from 1 to 255

【Default】

Default ttl-value is 255

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

This command should be effective by sending message through multicast

address in anycast operation mode. In order to restrict the range of sending
multicast message, TTL-value setting is suggested.

【Example】

！Configure TTTL-value of sending multicast message to be 5

GPON(config)#sntp client multicast ttl 5

1.31.8 sntp client poll-interval

Use sntp client poll-interval command to configure poll-interval of SNTP

client in unicast or anycas. Use no sntp client poll-interval command to
restore default poll-interval.

365
 Command line configuration manual
sntp client poll-interval seconds

no sntp client poll-interval

【Parameter】

seconds:Resending interval ranges from 64 to 1224 seconds

【Default】

1222 seconds

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

SNTP client sends requirement message regularly to the server in unicast

and anycast operation mode. System time will be revised after receiving the
message.

【Example】

！Configure poll-interval to be 122 seconds

GPON(config)#sntp client poll-interval 122

1.31.9 sntp client retransmit

Use sntp client retransmit command to configure retransmit times inunicast

and anycast operation mode. Use no sntp client retransmit command to
configure SNTP client not to retransmit requirement message.

sntp client retransmit times

no sntp client retransmit

【Parameter】

times:Times of retransmit ranges from 1 to 12

366
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

non-retransmit（2）

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

In order to guarantee reliable transmission of SNTP client, overtime

retransmission system is adopted. The requirement message will be resent if
there’s no reply in a certain time until the retransmit times limits. This
command is effective in unicast and anycast operation mode, because these
modes need send requirement message and overtime retransmission.

【Example】

！Configure overtime retransmission to be twice

GPON(config)#sntp client retransmit 2

1.31.10 sntp client retransmit-interval

Use sntp client retransmit-interval command to configure retransmit-

interval of SNTP client in unicast and anycast operation mode.

sntp client retransmit-interval seconds

no sntp client retransmit-interval

【Parameter】

seconds:Retransmit-interval ranges from 1 to 32 seconds

【Default】

5 seconds

【Command configuration mode】

367
 Command line configuration manual
Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Overtime retransmit system is used to guarantee reliable transmission of the

requirement message. When there is no reply in retransmit-interval, the
requirement message will be resent.

【Example】

！Configure retransmit-interval to be 12 seconds.

GPON(config)#sntp client retransmit-interval 12

1.31.11 sntp client valid-server

Use sntp client valid-server command to add a filtration list item of valid
-server. Use no sntp client valid-server command to remove a filtration list
item of valid-server.

sntp client valid-server ip-address wildcard

no sntp client valid-server ip-address wildcard

【Parameter】

ip-address:Means valid-server interface. Mainframe cannot be 2

wildcard:Similar to reverse the mask

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

In the mode of broadcast and multicast, SNTP client checks time by

receiving protocol messages sent by all servers. And it cannot filtrate the
servers when spiteful attack exists. To solve this problem, a series of valid
servers can be listed to filtrate source address of the message.

368
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Add a valid-server list

GPON(config)#sntp client valid-server 12.1.2.2 2.2.255.255

1.31.12 sntp server

Use sntp server command to configure server ip-address in unicast mode.

Use no sntp server command to remove server ip-address.

sntp server ip-address [ key number ]

no sntp server

【Parameter】

ip-address:Server ip-address.

number: To encrypt message when sending requirement to server. Use the

key-number to decipher the message when the reply is received. The key-
number ranges from 2 to 4294967295. 2 means unauthentication.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

In unicast mode, server ip-address must be configured, or SNTP client

cannot work smoothly.

【Example】

！Configure unicast server ip-address to be 192.168.2.122

GPON(config)#sntp server 192.168.2.122

1.31.13 sntp client summer-time

This command is to configure SNTP client summer-time.

369
 Command line configuration manual
sntp client summer-time { dayly start-month start-day start-time end-month
end-day end-time | weekly start-month start-week start-weekday start-time
end-month end-week end-weekday end-time}

no sntp client summer-time

【Parameter】

start-month:start month, the range is 1～12

end-month: end month,the range is 1～12

start-day: start day, the range is 1～31

end-day:end day, the range is 1～31

start-time:start time, the range is 00:00:00～23:59:59

end-time:end time, the range is 00:00:00～23:59:59

start-week:start week, the range is 1～4

end-week:end week, the range is 1～4

start-weekday:start weekday, the range is sun～sat

end-weekday:end weekday, the range is sun～sat

【Default】

By default, no configure summer-time

【Usage】

Normally, end time of summer time is bigger than start time,it corresponds to
the northern hemisphere's summer-time; start time of summer time is bigger
than end time,it corresponds to the southern hemisphere's summer-
time.Then the range of summer-time is from start time to year end plus from
the beginning time to the end time.

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

370
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure summer time as 0 clock April 1st to 23:59:59 Oct 31st

GPON(config)#sntp client summer-time dayly 4 1 00:00:00 10 31 23:59:59

1.31.14 sntp trusted-key

Use sntp trusted-key command to configure a trusted-key.

sntp trusted-key number

no sntp trusted-key number

【Parameter】

number:Key ID ranges from 1 to 4294967295

【Default】

All key number is reliable

【Usage】

In broadcast and multicast, the authentication is valid only when key-number

is configured. The authentication is invalid when receiving the message
encrypt by untrusty-key.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure trusted-key to be 12

GPON(config)#sntp trusted-key 12

371
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 18 Syslog Configiration

Command

1.32 Syslog Configuration Command

Syslog configuration command includes:

 show logging
 show logging buffered
 show logging flash
 show logging filter
 show debug
 logging
 logging sequence-numbers
 logging timestamps
 logging language
 logging monitor
 terminal monitor
 logging buffered
 clear logging buffered
 logging flash
 clear logging flash

372
 Command line configuration manual
 logging host
 logging facility
 logging source
 logging snmp-agent
 debug
 upload logging

1.32.1 show logging

Use show logging command to display Syslog configuration, state, and

statistical information.

show logging

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display Syslog configuration, state, and statistical information.

GPON(config)#show logging

1.32.2 show logging buffered

Use show logging buffered command to display buffered log.

show logging buffered [ level | level-list { level [ to level ] } &<1-8> ] [ module {

xxx | … } * ]

【Parameter】

level:Level of information ranges from 2 to 7

xxx:Means the name of the module. … means other modules are omitted.

【Command configuration mode】

373
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use keyword “level-list” to display the specified level information in list. If the
“level-list” is not specified, the information of the higher level (The smaller the
level number is, the higher the level is.) and the equal level will be displayed.

【Example】

！Display the buffered log of level 7

GPON(config)#show logging buffered level-list 7

1.32.3 show logging flash

Use show logging flash command to display flash log.

show logging flash [ level | level-list { level [ to level ] } &<1-8> ] [ module

{ xxx | … } * ]

【Parameter】

level:Level of information ranges from 2 to 7

xxx:Means the name of the module. … means other modules are omitted.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use keyword “level-list” to display the specified level information in list. If the
“level-list” is not specified, the information of the higher level (The smaller the
level number is, the higher the level is.) and the equal level will be displayed.

【Example】

！Display the flash log of module vlan

374
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#show logging flash module vlan

1.32.4 show logging filter

Use show logging filter command to display filter log.

show logging filter { monitor monitor-no | buffered | flash | host ip-address |

snmp-agent }

【Parameter】

monitor-no:Means terminal number. 2 means console, and 1 to 5 means

Telnet terminal.

ip-address:ip address of log host（Syslog server）

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display buffered filter log

GPON(config)#show logging filter buffered

1.32.5 show debug

Use show debug command to display the debug of the module.

show debug

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the debug of module

GPON(config)#show debug

375
 Command line configuration manual
1.32.6 logging

Use logging command to enable Syslog. Use no logging command to

disable Syslog.

logging

no logging

【Default】

Syslog enables

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable Syslog

GPON(config)#logging

1.32.7 logging sequence-numbers

Use logging sequence-numbers command to configure global sequence

number to be displayed in Syslog. Use no logging sequence-numbers
command to configure global sequence number not to be displayed in
Syslog.

logging sequence-numbers

no logging sequence-numbers

【Default】

Not display global sequence number

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

376
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure global sequence number to be displayed in Syslog outputting

information.

GPON(config)#logging sequence-numbers

1.32.8 logging timestamps

Use logging timestamps command to configure the type of timestamps in

Syslog. Use no logging timestamps command to restore the default type of
timestamps.

logging timestamps { notime | uptime | datetime }

no logging timestamps

【Parameter】

notime:Timestamps are not displayed

uptime:Uptime is the timestamps

datetime:Datetime is the timestamps

【Default】

Uptime is the default timestamps

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure datetime to be the timestamps

GPON(config)#logging timestamps datetime

1.32.9 logging language

Use logging language command to configure the language in Syslog.

377
 Command line configuration manual
logging language { english | chinese }

【Parameter】

english:Use English to be logging language

chinese:Use Chinese to be logging language

【Default】

Use English to be logging language

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure Chinese to be logging language

GPON(config)#logging language chinese

1.32.10 logging monitor

Use logging monitor command to enable monitor logging and configure

filter regulation. Use no logging monitor command to disable monitor
logging and restore default filter regulation.

logging monitor { all | monitor-no }

no logging monitor { all | monitor-no }

logging monitor { all | monitor-no } { level | none | level-list { level [ to level

] } &<1-8> } [ module { xxx | … } * ]

no logging monitor { all | monitor-no } filter

【Parameter】

all:All terminals

monitor-no:Means terminal number. 2 means console, and 1 to 5 means

378
 Command line configuration manual
Telnet terminal.

level:Level of information ranges from 2 to 7

none:Any level is not allowed

xxx:Means the name of the module. … means other modules are omitted.

【Default】

All monitor logging disable.

Filter regulations of all terminals are to allow all modules of all levels except
level 6 to output information

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use keyword “level-list” to display the specified level information in list. If the
“level-list” is not specified, the information of the higher level (The smaller the
level number is, the higher the level is.) and the equal level will be displayed.

【Example】

！Enable monitor logging

GPON(config)#logging monitor 2

！Configure filter regulations of all terminals to allow all module of levels 2 to

6 to output information

GPON(config)#logging monitor 2 6

1.32.11 terminal monitor

Use terminal monitor command to enable current terminal information

displaying. Use no terminal monitor command to disable current terminal
information displaying.

379
 Command line configuration manual
terminal monitor

no terminal monitor

【Default】

Current terminal information displaying enables,all Telnetterminal information

displaying disables.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

This command has influence on current terminal and current log in.

【Example】

！Enable current terminal information displaying

GPON(config)#terminal monitor

1.32.12 logging buffered

Use logging buffered command to enable buffered logging and configure

filter regulations. Use no logging buffered command to disable buffered
logging and restore to default filter regulations.

logging buffered

no logging buffered

logging buffered { level | none | level-list { level [ to level ] } &<1-8> } [

module { xxx | … } * ]

no logging buffered filter

【Parameter】

level:Level of information ranges from 2 to 7

380
 Command line configuration manual
none:Any level is not allowed.

xxx:Means the name of the module. … means other modules are omitted.

【Default】

All buffered logging enable.

Filter regulations of all terminals are to allow all modules of levels 2 to 6 to

output information

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use keyword “level-list” to display the specified level information in list. If the
“level-list” is not specified, the information of the higher level (The smaller the
level number is, the higher the level is.) and the equal level will be displayed.

【Example】

！Disable buffered logging

GPON(config)#no logging buffered

！Configure filter regulations of all terminals to allow all module of level 2,1,2
and 6 to output information

GPON(config)#logging buffered level-list 2 to 2 6

1.32.13 clear logging buffered

Use clear logging buffered command to clear buffered logging.

clear logging buffered

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

381
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Clear buffered logging

GPON(config)#clear logging buffered

1.32.14 logging flash

Use logging flash command to enable flash logging and configure filter
regulations. Use no logging flash command to disable flash logging and
restore to default filter regulations.

logging flash

no logging flash

logging flash { level | none | level-list { level [ to level ] } &<1-8> } [ module

{ xxx | … } * ]

no logging flash filter

【Parameter】

level:Level of information ranges from 2 to 7

none:Any level is not allowed.

xxx:Means the name of the module. … means other modules are omitted.

【Default】

All flash logging enable.

Filter regulations of all terminals are to allow all modules of levels 2 to 6 to

output information

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

382
 Command line configuration manual
Use keyword “level-list” to display the specified level information in list. If the
“level-list” is not specified, the information of the higher level (The smaller the
level number is, the higher the level is.) and the equal level will be displayed.

【Example】

！Disable flash logging

GPON(config)#no logging flash

！Configure filter regulations of all terminals to allow all vlan module to output
information

GPON(config)#logging flash none

GPON(config)#logging flash 7 module vlan

1.32.15 clear logging flash

Use clear logging flash command to clear flash logging.

clear logging flash

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Clear flash logging

GPON(config)#clear logging flash

1.32.16 logging host

Use logging host command to configure host ip address, and enable host
logging, and configure filter regulation of Syslog server. Use no logging host
command to remove host ip address, disable host logging, and configure
default filter regulation.

logging ip-address

383
 Command line configuration manual
no logging ip-address

logging host { all | ip-address }

no logging host { all | ip-address }

logging host { all | ip-address } { level | none | level-list { level [ to level ] }

&<1-8> } [ module { xxx | … } * ]

no logging host { all | ip-address } filter

【Parameter】

all:All logging host

ip-address:IP address of Syslog server

level:Level of information ranges from 2 to 7

none:Any level is not allowed.

xxx:Means the name of the module. … means other modules are omitted.

【Default】

All logging host enable.

Filter regulations of all terminals are to allow all modules of levels 2 to 6 to

output information

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

At most 15 logging hosts are allowed to configure.

Use keyword “level-list” to display the specified level information in list. If the
“level-list” is not specified, the information of the higher level (The smaller the
level number is, the higher the level is.) and the equal level will be displayed.

【Example】

384
 Command line configuration manual
！Add a new logging host with the ip address of 1.1.1.1

GPON(config)#logging 1.1.1.1

！Enable logging host 1.1.1.1

GPON(config)#logging host 1.1.1.1

！Configure filter regulations of logging host 1.1.1.1 to allow all module of

level 2 to 6 to output information

GPON(config)#logging host 1.1.1.1 6

1.32.17 logging facility

Use logging facility command to configure logging facility used by logging

host. Use no logging facility command to restore the default logging facility.

logging facility { xxx | … } *

no logging facility

【Parameter】

xxx:The name of logging facilities.… means other logging facilities are

omitted.

【Default】

Default logging facility is localuse7

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure logging facility to be localuse2

GPON(config)#logging facility localuse2

1.32.18 logging source

385
 Command line configuration manual
Use logging source command to configure logging host to use fixed source
ip address outputting. Use no logging source command to configure
logging host not to use fixed source ip address outputting.

logging source ip-address

no logging source

【Parameter】

ip-address:Fixed source ip address

【Default】

Not to use fixed source ip address

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

The fixed source ip address must be the ip address of some port in facility to
be configured, or configuration fails. If the fixed source ip address is not
used, egress interface is used as the fixed source ip address.

【Example】

！Configure the fixed source ip address of logging host to be 1.1.1.2

GPON(config)#logging source 1.1.1.2

1.32.19 logging snmp-agent

Use logging snmp-agent command to enable SNMP Agent logging and

configure filter configuration. Use no logging snmp-agent command to
disable SNMP Agent logging and restore to default filter configuration.

logging snmp-agent

no logging snmp-agent

386
 Command line configuration manual
logging snmp-agent { level | none | level-list { level [ to level ] } &<1-8> } [
module { xxx | … } * ]

no logging snmp-agent filter

【Parameter】

level: information level, 2～7

none: no any level

xxx: module mode,…ignore other module name

【Parameter】

level:Level of information ranges from 2 to 7

none:Any level is not allowed.

xxx:Means the name of the module. … means other modules are omitted.

【Default】

By default , information output power switch disables

By default, filter rule is that permit all module output information with level 2
～5

【Default】

All SNMP Agent logging enable.

Filter regulations of all terminals are to allow all modules of levels 2 to 5 to

output information

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

387
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

Use key word evel-list to configure selected level information output in

permited level list；Without level-list configuration permit , it equals
higher（the small value with higher level）and this level information output

Configure Trap host address if Syslog information with Trap packets sends to
SNMP Workstation, it also configures Trap host address ,see SNMP
configuration.

【Usage】

Use keyword “level-list” to display the specified level information in list. If the
“level-list” is not specified, the information of the higher level (The smaller the
level number is, the higher the level is.) and the equal level will be displayed.

Configure Trap host ip address for Syslog information to send to SNMP

Workstation by Trap message. (Refer to SNMP configuration)

【Example】

！Enable SNMP Agent logging

GPON(config)#logging snmp-agent

！Configure SNMP Agent outputting filtration rule to be permitting 2 to 3

levels of information

GPON(config)#logging snmp-agent 3

【Related command】

snmp-server host

1.32.20 debug

Use debug command to enable debug of a module. Use no debug

command to disable debug of a module.

debug { all | { xxx | … } * }

388
 Command line configuration manual
no debug { all | { xxx | … } * }

【Parameter】

all:All module

xxx:Means the name of the module. … means other modules are omitted.

【Default】

All debug disable.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable debug of module vlan

GPON(config)#debug vlan

1.32.21 upload logging

Use upload logging command to upload Flash storage to ftp or tftp server.

upload logging tftp ip-address file-name

upload logging ftp ip-address file-name user-name password

【Parameter】

ip-address:IP address of server

file-name:The filename saved to server

user-name:Ftp username

password:Ftp password

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

389
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Upload Flash storage to tftp server 1.1.1.1,and saved file is aaa.txt

GPON(config)#upload logging tftp 1.1.1.1 aaa.txt

390
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 19 SSH Configuration

Command

1.33 SSH configuration command list

SSH configuration command includes:

 show ssh
 show keyfile
 ssh
 crypto key generate rsa
 crypto key zeroize rsa
 crypto key refresh
 load keyfile
 upload keyfile

1.33.1 show ssh

Use show ssh command to display SSH configuration information, including

version number, enabling/disabling SSH and SSH keyfile.

show ssh

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

391
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Display SSH information

GPON#show ssh

1.33.2 show keyfile

Use show keyfile command to display keyfile in Flash storage.

show keyfile { public | private }

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged configuration mode

【Example】

！Display SSH keyfile

GPON#show keyfile public

1.33.3 ssh

Use this command to enable/disable SSH.

ssh

no ssh

【Default】

Disable

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable SSH

GPON(config)#ssh

392
 Command line configuration manual
1.33.4 crypto key generate rsa

Use crypto key generate rsa command to configure SSH to be generate

rsa.

crypto key generate rsa

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure SSH key to be generate rsa.

GPON#crypto key generate rsa

1.33.5 crypto key zeroize rsa

Use crypto key zeroize rsa command to clear the keyfile in Flash storage.

crypto key zeroize rsa

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged configuration mode

【Example】

！Clear keyfile in Flash storage

GPON#crypto key zeroize rsa

1.33.6 crypto key refresh

Use crypto key refresh command to load SSH key from Flash storage.

crypto key refresh

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged configuration mode

393
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Load SSH key from Flash storage.

GPON#crypto key refresh

1.33.7 load keyfile

Use load keyfile command to download keyfile to device from tftp or ftp
server.

load keyfile { public | private } tftp server-ip filename

load keyfile { public | private } ftp server-ip filename username passwd

【Parameter】

server-ip:IP address of tftp or ftp server

filename:file name of keyfile.

username:ftp username

passwd:ftp password

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged configuration mode

【Example】

！Download keyfile pub.txt from tftp server 1.1.1.1 as public keyfile

GPON#load keyfile public tftp 1.1.1.1 pub.txt

1.33.8 upload keyfile

Use upload keyfile command to upload keyfile to device from tftp or ftp
server.

upload keyfile { public | private } tftp server-ip filename

upload keyfile { public | private } ftp server-ip filename username passwd

394
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

server-ip:IP address of tftp or ftp server

filename:file name of keyfile.

username:ftp username

passwd:ftp password

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged configuration mode

【Example】

！Upload keyfile to tftp server 1.1.1.1 and saved as pub.txt

GPON#upload keyfile public tftp 1.1.1.1 pub.txt

395
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 20 VRRP Configuration

Command

1.34 VRRP configuration command list

VRRP configuration command includes:

 ip vrrp
 show vrrp
 vrrp ping-enable
 vrrp preempt
 vrrp priority
 vrrp timer

1.34.1 ip vrrp

Use ip vrrp command to assign an IP address of the current interface to a

virtual switch (also called a backup group). Use no ip vrrp command to
remove a virtual IP address from a backup group.

ip vrrp vrid vip

no ip vrrp vrid [vip]

【Parameter】

vrid:Backup group id which is in the range of 1 to 255

396
 Command line configuration manual
vip:Virtual IP address of backup group.

【Command configuration mode】

VLAN interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Backup id is in the range of 1 to 255. Virtual address can be undistributed IP

address in the interface where the backup group is in, and also can be IP
address of backup group interface. At most 8 backup groups can be
configured. If this address is the one the switch has used, it also can be
configured. Now, this switch is called an IP Address Owner. When specify the
first IP address to a backup group, system will create this backup group, and
add virtual IP address to this backup group from that on, system will only add
the address to the backup group. At most 8 IP address can be configured to
each backup group. When deleting the last IP address, the backup group will
be deleted at the same time, that is, there is no this backup group in this
interface and all configurations are not valid.

【Example】

！Configure a virtual group in interface 1 of VLAN with the virtual IP to be

192.168.1.1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#ip vrrp 1 192.168.1.1

1.34.2 show vrrp

Use show vrrp command to display VRRP status information.

show vrrp [ vlan-interface num ] [ vrid ]

【Parameter】

num:interface number, here is vid of vlan interface.

vrid:ID of backup group.

397
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display configured VRRP information

GPON#show vrrp

1.34.3 vrrp ping-enable

Use vrrp ping-enable command to enable/disable the ping command is not

responded by the device which is not the IP address owner.

vrrp ping-enable

no vrrp ping-enable

【Default】

Disable the ping command is not responded by the device which is not the IP
address owner.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

According to the protocol, the device which is not the IP address ownerm has
to drop the packet with the destination IP address being virtual IP adress.
When main-control switch is not the IP address owner, the ping packet
(ICMP echo requiring packet) which is sent to virtual IP address will be
dropped. Using this command to enable the responding to the ping function
of the device which is not the IP address owner, the ping packet to the virtual
IP address can be responded when the main-control switch is not the IP
address owner.

【Example】

398
 Command line configuration manual
！Enable ping response of the device which is not the IP address owner.

GPON(config)#vrrp ping-enable

1.34.4 vrrp preempt

Use vrrp preempt command to configure the preemption of backup group.

vrrp preempt vrid [ delay delay ]

no vrrp preempt vrid

【Parameter】

vrid:virtual group ID which is in the range of 1～255

delay:preempt delay which is in the range of 1～255,and the unit is second.

【Default】

It is defaulted to be preempt with the delay time being 2

【Command configuration mode】

VLAN interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Once there is a Master in the backup group,and there is no failure, and other
switch though has configured to prossess superior priority,it will not be
Master unless the preemption is configured. If the switch is configured to be
preempt, once it prossesses its priority is superior than the Master, it will be
the Master. Accordingly, the original Master will be the backup. The delay
time can be configured at the same time as the preemption, which can delay
backup being Master. The aim of delay time is: In unstable network, if
Backup doesn’t receive the packet from Master on time, it will become
Master (the reson why Backup cannot receive the packet is because of the
congestion of the network, not the abnormal working of Master). So waiting
for a certain time, the packet will be received from Master, which avoids
frequent changes.

399
 Command line configuration manual
Cancelling preemption of backup group, the delay time will be 2.

【Example】

！Configure preemption and delay time of backup group.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#vrrp preempt 1 delay 3

1.34.5 vrrp priority

Use vrrp priority command to configure the priority of backup group. Use no
priority command to restore the default value.

vrrp priority vrid priority

no priority vrid

【Parameter】

vrid:virtual group ID which is in the range of 1～255

priority:virtual group priority which is in the range of 1～254

【Default】

The priority defaulted value is 122.

【Command configuration mode】

VLAN interface configuration mode

【Usage】

In VRRP, the status of each switch in backup group is determined by priority.

The switch with the superior priority is the Master, and the range of it is from
2 to 255 (the larger the value is, the superior the priority is). The configured
priority is from 1 to 254. Priority 2 is reserved for special use, and 255 is
reserved for IP address owner.

【Example】

400
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure the priority of the switch in backup group 1 to be 222

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#vrrp priority 1 222

1.34.6 vrrp track

This command is to configure or delete backup monitor interface

vrrp track vrid { vlan-if vlan-id | supervlan-if supervlan-id } [ reduced pri-

value ]

no vrrp track vrid { all | vlan-if vlan-id | supervlan-if supervlan-id }

【Parameter】

vrid:virtual group ID,the range is 1～255

vlan-id:vlan id belongs to vlan port

supervlan-id: supervlan id belongs to supervlan

pri-value: need to reduce the priority when being monitored interface is down

【Default】

By default, no configure any monitor interfaces

By default, the priority is low to 10 when being monitored interface is down

【Command mode】

VLAN/superVlan interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure monitor interface in backup group 1 as vlan interface 2, the

priority value is low to 20

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#vrrp track 1 vlan-if 2 reduced 20

1.34.7 vrrp timer

Use vrrp timer command to configure VRRP timer. Use no vrrp timer

401
 Command line configuration manual
command to restore the default VRRP timer.

vrrp timer vrid adver_interval

no vrrp timer

【Parameter】

vrid:virtual group ID which is in the range of 1～255

adver_interval:The interval of sending VRRP packet by Master which is in

the range of 1 to 255 with the unit being second.

【Default】

The default adver_interval is 1 second.

【Command configuration mode】

VLAN interface configuration mode

【Usage】

Master switch in VRRP backuo group will send VRRP packet timely (the
interval is adver-interval) to inform switches in the backup group that it can
work normally. If Backup hasn’t received the VRRP packet from Master for a
acertain time (the time interval is master_down_interval), it thinks that the
Master cannot work normally, and it will turn to Master. User can adjust the
adver_interval of VRRP packet sending by the Master through this
command. The master_down_interval of Backup is three times of
adver_interval. The overlarge of network flow or the different timer of the
switch may cause the abnormal overtime of the master_down_interval to
change the status. Prolong the adver_interval and configure delay time can
solve this problem. The unit of adver_interval is second.

【Example】

！Configure the adver-interval of backup group 1 is 1 second.

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#vrrp timer 1 1

402
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 21 Switch Manage and Maintenance Command

1.35 Configuration Files Management

Configuration files management includes:

 buildrun mode continue

 buildrun mode stop
 clear startup-config
 copy nm-interface-config startup-config
 copy running-config startup-config
 copy startup-config running-config
 show running-config
 show startup-config

1.35.1 buildrun mode continue

Use buildrun mode continue command to configure buildrun mode to be

continune.

buildrun mode continue

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Example】

！Configure buildrun mode to be continune

GPON#buildrun mode continue

403
 Command line configuration manual
1.35.2 buildrun mode stop

Use buildrun mode stop command to configure buildrun mode to be stop.

buildrun mode stop

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Example】

！Configure buildrun mode to be stop.

GPON#buildrun mode stop

1.35.3 clear startup-config

Use clear startup-config command to clear saved configuration.

clear startup-config

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Use this command to clear saved configuration and reboot switch. The
switch will restore to original configuration.

【Example】

！Restore the original configuration

GPON#clear startup-config

1.35.4 copy nm-interface-config startup-config

Use copy nm-interface-config startup-config command to save minmum

manageable configuration of network administration.

404
 Command line configuration manual
copy nm-interface-config startup-config [ vlan-interface-id [ ip-address
mask gateway-address ] ]

【Parameter】

vlan-interface-id: VLAN interface number

ip-address:IP address

mask:netmask

gateway-address:gateway address

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged configuration mode

【Usage】

If no keyword is configured, vlan-interface-id is defaulted to be the id of VLAN

interface 1,ip-address is IP address of VLAN interface 1,mask is netmask of
VLAN interface 1,gateway-address is the gateway address of VLAN interface
1；

If only imputed vlan-interface-id, ip-address is defaulted to be IPaddress of

imputed VLAN interface,mask is netmask of VLAN interface,gateway-
address is defaulted route gateway；

If all keywords are imputed, it will be saved as inputting.

【Example】

！Save configuration of VLAN interface 1

GPON#copy nm-interface-config startup-config

！Save configuration of VLAN interface 2

GPON#copy nm-interface-config startup-config 2

！Save configuration of user-defined interface

GPON#copy nm-interface-config startup-config 2 192.168.2.122

405
 Command line configuration manual
255.255.255.2 192.168.2.1

1.35.5 copy running-config startup-config

Use copy running-config startup-config command to save current

configuration.

copy running-config startup-config

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Example】

！Save current configuration

GPON#copy running-config startup-config

1.35.6 copy startup-config running-config

Use copy startup-config running-config command to execute saved

configuration, and executed configuration is the same as the saved one.

copy startup-config running-config

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Example】

！Execute saved configuration

GPON#copy startup-config running-config

1.35.7 show running-config

Use show running-config command to display current configuration.

show running-config [ module-list ]

406
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

module-list:Optional module. The module name can be changed with the

version.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all configurations

GPON#show running-config

！Display configuration of GARP and OAM module

GPON#show running-config garp oam

1.35.8 show startup-config

Use show startup-config command to display saved configuration.

show startup-config [ module-list]

【Parameter】

module-list:Optional module. The module name can be changed with the version.

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all saved configuration

GPON#show running-config

！Display saved configuration of GARP and OAM module

GPON#show running-config garp oam

407
 Command line configuration manual

1.36 Online Loading Upgrade Program

Online Loading Upgrade Program includes:

 load application ftp

 load application tftp
 load application xmodem
 load configuration ftp
 load configuration tftp
 load configuration xmodem
 load whole-bootrom ftp
 load whole-bootrom tftp
 load whole-bootrom xmodem
 upload alarm ftp
 upload alarm tftp
 upload configuration ftp
 upload configuration tftp
 upload logging ftp
 upload logging tftp

1.36.1 load application ftp

Use load application ftp command to load application program by FTP

protocol.

load application ftp ftpserver-ip filename username userpassword

【Parameter】

ftpserver-ip:IP address of FTP server

filename:Filename to be loaded

408
 Command line configuration manual
username,userpassword:Username and password of FTP server

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open FTP server and set username, password and file download path
before use this command. Reboot the switch after successful download and
run new application program.

【Example】

！Download application program app.arj to 192.168.2.122 by FTP

GPON#load application ftp 192.168.2.122 app.arj username password

1.36.2 load application tftp

Use load application tftp command to load application program by TFTP

protocol.

load application tftp tftpserver-ip filename

【Parameter】

tftpserver-ip:IP address of TFTP server

filename:Filename to be loaded

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open TFTP server and set file download path before use this command.
Reboot the switch after successful download and run new application
program.

409
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Download application program app.arj to 192.168.2.122 by TFTP

GPON#load application tftp 192.168.2.122 app.arj

1.36.3 load application xmodem

Use load application xmodem command to load application program by

Xmodem protocol.

load application xmodem

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Choose “send” -> “send file” in super terminal, and input full path and
filename of the file in filename dialog box, and choose Xmodem protocol in
“protocol” , then click 【send】.

Reboot the switch after successful download and run new application
program.

【Example】

！Download application program by Xmodem protocol

GPON#load application xmodem

1.36.4 load configuration ftp

Use load configuration ftp command to load configuration program by FTP

protocol.

load configuration ftp ftpserver-ip filename username userpassword

【Parameter】

410
 Command line configuration manual
ftpserver-ip:IP address of FTP server

filename:Filename to be loaded

username,userpassword:Username and password of FTP server

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open FTP server and set username, password and file download path
before use this command. Reboot the switch after successful download and
run new configuration program.

【Example】

！Download configuration program abc to 192.168.2.122 by FTP

GPON#load configuration ftp 192.168.2.122 abc username password

1.36.5 load configuration tftp

Use load configuration tftp command to load configuration program by

TFTP protocol.

load configuration tftp tftpserver-ip filename

【Parameter】

tftpserver-ip:IP address of TFTP server

filename:Filename to be loaded

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open TFTP server and set file download path before use this command.

411
 Command line configuration manual
Reboot the switch after successful download and run new configuration
program.

【Example】

！Download configuration program abc to 192.168.2.122 by TFTP

GPON#load configuration ftp 192.168.2.122 abc

1.36.6 load configuration xmodem

Use load configuration xmodem command to load configuration program

by Xmodem protocol.

load configuration xmodem

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Choose “send” -> “send file” in super terminal, and input full path and
filename of the file in filename dialog box, and choose Xmodem protocol in
“protocol”, then click 【send】.

Reboot the switch after successful download and run new application
program.

【Example】

！Download configuration program by Xmodem protocol

GPON#load configuration xmodem

1.36.7 load whole-bootrom ftp

Use load whole-bootrom ftp command to load whole bootrom by FTP

protocol.

load whole-bootrom ftp ftpserver-ip filename username userpassword

412
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

ftpserver-ip:IP address of FTP server

filename:Filename to be loaded

username,userpassword:Username and password of FTP server

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open FTP server and set username, password and file download path
before use this command.

【Example】

！Download whole-bootrom abc to 192.168.2.122 by FTP

GPON#load whole-bootrom ftp 192.168.2.122 abc username password

1.36.8 load whole-bootrom tftp

Use load whole-bootrom tftp command to load whole bootrom by TFTP

protocol.

load whole-bootrom tftp tftpserver-ip filename

【Parameter】

tftpserver-ip:IP address of TFTP server

filename:Filename to be loaded

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open TFTP server and set file download path before using this command.

413
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Download whole-bootrom abc to 192.168.2.122 by TFTP

GPON#load whole-bootrom tftp 192.168.2.122 abc username password

1.36.9 load whole-bootrom xmodem

Use load whole-bootrom xmodem command to load whole bootrom by

xmodem protocol.

load whole-bootrom xmodem

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Choose “send” -> “send file” in super terminal, and input full path and
filename of the file in filename dialog box, and choose Xmodem protocol in
“protocol”, then click 【send】.

【Example】

！Download whole bootrom by Xmodem protocol

GPON#load whole-bootrom xmodem

1.36.10 upload alarm ftp

Use upload alarm ftp command to upload alarm by FTP protocol.

upload alarm ftp ftpserver-ip filename username userpassword

【Parameter】

ftpserver-ip:IP address of FTP server

filename:Filename to be uploaded which cannot be system keyword (such as

in windows operating system, con cannot be filename.)

414
 Command line configuration manual
username,userpassword:Username and password of FTP server

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open FTP server and set username, password and file upload path before
use this command. Alaram information saved when uploading is successful.

【Example】

！Upload alarm to 192.168.2.122 by FTP and saved as abc

GPON#upload alarm ftp 192.168.2.122 abc username password

1.36.11 upload alarm tftp

Use upload alarm tftp command to upload alarm by TFTP protocol.

upload alarm tftp tftpserver-ip filename

【Parameter】

tftpserver-ip:IP address of TFTP server

filename:Filename to be uploaded which cannot be system keyword (such as

in windows operating system, con cannot be filename.)

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open TFTP server and set file upload path before using this command.
Alaram information saved when uploading is successful.

【Example】

！Upload alarm to 192.168.2.122 by TFTP and saved as abc

415
 Command line configuration manual
1.36.12 upload configuration ftp

Use upload configuration ftp command to upload configuration program by

FTP protocol.

upload configuration ftp ftpserver-ip filename username userpassword

【Parameter】

ftpserver-ip:IP address of FTP server

filename:Filename to be uploaded which cannot be system keyword (such as

in windows operating system, con cannot be filename.)

username,userpassword:Username and password of FTP server

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open FTP server and set username, password and file upload path before
use this command. Configuration information saved when uploading is
successful.

【Example】

！Upload configuration to 192.168.2.122 by FTP and saved as abc

GPON#upload configuration ftp 192.168.2.122 abc username password

1.36.13 upload configuration tftp

Use upload configuration tftp command to upload configuration program

by TFTP protocol.

upload configuration tftp tftpserver-ip filename

【Parameter】

416
 Command line configuration manual
tftpserver-ip:IP address of TFTP server

filename:Filename to be uploaded which cannot be system keyword (such as

in windows operating system, con cannot be filename.)

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open TFTP server and set file upload path before using this command.
Configuration information saved when uploading is successful.

【Example】

！Upload configuration to 192.168.2.122 by TFTP and saved as abc

GPON#upload configuration tftp 192.168.2.122 abc

1.36.14 upload logging ftp

Use upload logging ftp command to upload logging by FTP protocol.

upload logging ftp ftpserver-ip filename username userpassword

【Parameter】

ftpserver-ip:IP address of FTP server

filename:Filename to be uploaded which cannot be system keyword (such as

in windows operating system, con cannot be filename.)

username,userpassword:Username and password of FTP server

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open FTP server and set username, password and file upload path before

417
 Command line configuration manual
use this command. Configuration information saved when uploading is
successful.

【Example】

！Upload logging to 192.168.2.122 by FTP and saved as abc

GPON#upload logging ftp 192.168.2.122 abc username password

1.36.15 upload logging tftp

Use upload logging tftp command to upload logging by TFTP protocol.

upload logging tftp tftpserver-ip filename

【Parameter】

tftpserver-ip:IP address of TFTP server

filename:Filename to be uploaded which cannot be system keyword (such as

in windows operating system, con cannot be filename.)

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Open TFTP server and set file upload path before using this command.
Logging information saved when uploading is successful.

【Example】

！Upload logging to 192.168.2.122 by TFTP and saved as abc

GPON#upload logging tftp 192.168.2.122 abc

1.37 Reboot Switch

Reboot switch command includes:

418
 Command line configuration manual
 reboot

1.37.1 reboot

Use reboot command to reboot switch.

reboot

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Example】

！Reboot switch

GPON#reboot

1.38 Basic Configuration and Maintenance

Basic configuration and mainenance includes:

 broadcast-suppression
 clock set
 clock timezone
 discard-bpdu
 dlf-forward
 loopback
 mac-address-table
 mac-address-table aging-time
 mac-address-table learning
 ping
 show broadcast-suppression
 show clock

419
 Command line configuration manual
 show cpu
 show dhcp-server clients
 show discard-bpdu
 show dlf-forward
 show ip fdb
 show mac-address-table
 show mac-address-table aging-time
 show mac-address-table learning
 show memory
 show system
 show users
 show version

1.38.1 broadcast-suppression

Use broadcast-suppression command to configure the broadcast flow

allowed by switch. When broadcast flow is beyond the limit, it will be dropped
to guarantee network to reduce broadcast flow to a resonable range. Use no
broadcast-suppression command to disable broadcast storm suppression
to configure the broadcast flow allowed by switch to be the maximum of
222222 per second, which means no suppression on broadca

broadcast-suppression packet-num

no broadcast-suppression

【Default】

The default broadcast flow allowed by switch is at most 5222 per second

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

420
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

To suppress broadcast storm, and avoid network congestion can use this
command.

【Example】

！Allow at most 322 messages per second.

GPON(config)#broadcast-suppression 322

！Non broadcast suppression

GPON(config)#no broadcast-suppression

1.38.2 clock set

Use clock set command to configure system clock.

clock set

【Parameter】

HH:MM:SS:current time,HH ranges from 2 to 23,MM and SS range from 2 to

59

YYYY/MM/DD:Means current year, month, and date. YYYY ranges from

2222 to 2299,MM ranges from 1 to 12,and DD ranges from 1 to 31

【Default】

The default time is 2224/21/21 2:2:2

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

【Usage】

Use this command to set current date and time when needing it.

【Example】

421
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure system clock to be 2221/21/21 2:2:2

GPON#clock set 2:2:2 2221/21/21

【Related command】

show clock

1.38.3 clock timezone

Use clock timezone command to configure clock timezone.

clock timezone name hour minute

no clock timezone

【Parameter】

name:Name of timezone ranges from 1 to 32 characters

hour:The hours offset ranges from –23 to 23

minute:The minutes offset ranges from 2 to 59

【Default】

Beijing time（CCT）,offset 8 hours

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the clock timezone to be Beijing time.

GPON#clock timezone CCT 8 2

【Related command】

show clock

1.38.4 discard-bpdu

422
 Command line configuration manual
Use Discard-bpdu command to enable dropping specified typed BPDU
packet. Use no discard-bpdu command to disable this function.

Discard-bpdu

no discard-bpdu

【Default】

Transmit BPDU packet

【Usage】

If BPDU storm appears and interface CAR configuration cannot eliminate the
conflict of BPDU storm to CPU, it can use this command to drop BPDU
packet.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable dropping BPDU packtet

GPON(config)#discard-bpdu

1.38.5 discard-l2-tunnel

use this command to enable discard specified l2-tunnel packet.Use the no

command to disable this function.

discard-l2-tunnel

no discard-l2-tunnel

【Default】

Transmit all l2-tunnel packet

【Usage】

423
 Command line configuration manual
If l2-tunnel storm appears, and cannot be eliminated through port-car, this
command can be used.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable discard l2-tunnel

GPON(config)#discard-l2-tunnel

1.38.6 dlf-forward

Use dlf-forward command to enable dlf forword. Use no dlf-forward

command to disable dlf forward.

dlf-forward { multicast | unicast }

no dlf-forward { multicast | unicast }

【Parameter】

multicast:Multicast message

unicast:Unicast message

【Default】

Transmit unicast and multicast message.

【Usage】

To suppress broadcast storm, and avoid network congestion can use this
command to control whether to transmit destination unknown message.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode, Interface configuration mode

【Example】

424
 Command line configuration manual
！Disable dlf forward for unicast

GPON(config)#no dlf-forward unicast

1.38.7 loopback

Use loopback command to loopback. External and internal can be chosed in

global confuration or interface configurationmode.

loopback { external | internal }

【Parameter】

external:External loopback

internal:Internal loopback

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode, interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Loopback on all interfaces

GPON(config)#loopback external

1.38.8 vct run

Use vct run command to port vct test. Vct test for all the ports in global
configuration mode. Vct test for current port in interface configuration mode.

vct run

【Command configuration mode】

interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable VCT run on e2/1

425
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#vct run

1.38.9 vct auto-run

This command is to enable global or port about VCT automatic detection,

with command no is to disable global or port about VCT automatic detection.

vct auto-run

no vct auto-run

【Default】

By default, it disables global or port about VCT automatic detection

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode, ethernet configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable VCT automatic detection

GPON(config)#vct auto-run

！Enable interface 8 of VCT automatic detection

GPON(config-if-ethernet-0/8)#vct auto-run

1.38.10 show vct auto-run

This command is to display VCT automatic detection.

show vct auto-run

【Command mode】

All command mode

【Example】

！Display VCT automatic detection

426
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#sh vct auto-run

VCT auto run global status : disable

VCT auto run enable port :

1.38.11 mac-address-table

Use mac-address-table command to add mac address table. Use no mac-

address-table command to remove mac address table.

mac-address-table { dynamic | permanent | static } mac interface interface-

num vlan vlan-id

mac-address-table blackhole mac vlan vlan-id

no mac-address-table [ blackhole | dynamic | permanent | static ] mac vlan

vlan-id

no mac-address-table [ dynamic | permanent | static ] mac interface

interface-num vlan vlan-id

no mac-address-table [ dynamic | permanent | static ] interface interface-

num

no mac-address-table [ blackhole | dynamic | permanent | static ] vlan vlan-

id

no mac-address-table

【Parameter】

mac:Unicast mac address

vlan-id:VLAN id

interface-num:Number of interface for message outputting

backhole:Blackhole address table which is not aging, and will not be lost after
switch rebooting. Message whose source or destination mac address is the
same as this mac address will be dropped.

427
 Command line configuration manual
dynamic:Dynamic address table which can be aging.

permanent:Permanent address table which cannot be aging and will not be

lost after switch rebooting.

static:Static address table which is not aging and will be lost after switch
reboot.

All blackhole/static/dynamic/permanent address can add 522 totally.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Add mac address 22:21:22:23:24:25 to be permanent address table.

GPON(config)#mac-address-table permanent 22:21:22:23:24:25 interface

ethernet 2/1 vlan 1

1.38.12 mac-address-table age-time

Use mac-address-table age-time command to configure MAC address

aging time. Use no mac-address age-time command to restore it to default
time.

mac-address-table age-time [ agetime | disable ]

no mac-address age-time

【Parameter】

agetime:Means MAC address aging time which ranges from 1 to 1248575

seconds

disable:Means MAC address not aging.

【Default】

Default MAC address aging time is 322 seconds

428
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure MAC address aging time to be 622 seconds

GPON(config)#mac-address-table age-time 622

1.38.13 mac-address-table learning

Use mac-address-table learning command to enable MAC address

learning. Use no mac-address-table learning command to disable MAC
address learning. When disabling, the message from a port whose source
address is not in this port, will not be transmitted.

mac-address-table learning

no mac-address-table learning

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable MAC address learning.

GPON(config)#mac-address-table learning

1.38.14 mac-address-table max-mac-count

Use this command to configure the number of MAC address interface

permits learning. Use no command to restore it to default number.

mac-address-table max-mac-count max-mac-count

no mac-address-table max-mac-count

【Parameter】

429
 Command line configuration manual
max-mac-count:the max number of MAC address that interface permits
learning which is in the range of 2 – 4295.

【Default】

It is defaulted to be no restriction.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure the max number of MAC address of interface 3 to be 8

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/3)#mac-address-table max-mac-count 8

1.38.15 ping

Use ping command to check the network connection.

ping [ -c count ] [ -s packetsize ] [ -t timeout ] host

【Parameter】

count:The number of message sending.

packetsize:The length of message sending, with the unit of second

timeout:the time of waiting for replying after message is sent,with the unit of
second

host:Host ip address

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to test whether the facility in the same net is connected or
not.

430
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！The ip address of current switch is 192.168.2.122. Test the connection of

switch with the ip address of 192.168.2.222

GPON#ping 192.168.2.222

1.38.16 show broadcast-suppression

Use show broadcast-suppression command to display the number of the

broadcast flow allowed by switch.

show broadcast-suppression

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the max number of the broadcast flow allowed by switch per
second.

GPON(config)#show broadcast-suppression

1.38.17 show clock

Use show clock command to display system clock.

show clock

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display system clock

GPON#show clock

2221/21/21 22:22:22 CCT 8:22

431
 Command line configuration manual
【Related command】

clock set

1.38.18 show cpu-utilization

Use show cpu-utilization command to display cpu utilization. The smaller the
value is,the busier the CPU is.

show cpu-utilization

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display CPU utilization

GPON(config)#show cpu-utilization

1.38.19 show dhcp-server clients

show dhcp-server clients [ ip [mask] | mac | poolname ]

【Parameter】

ip:display information of specified IP address

mask:display information of specified IP address range

mac:display information of IP address according to MAC address

poolname:display information of IP address in specified IP address pool

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display distributed IP address information of internal DHCP server

432
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#show dhcp-server clients

1.38.20 show discard-bpdu

Use this command to display the drop configuration of BPDU packet.

show discard-bpdu

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display drop configuration of BPDU packet

GPON(config)#show discard-bpdu

1.38.21 show dlf-forward

Use show dlf-forward command to display configuration of message

transmitting to unknown destination.

show dlf-forward

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display onfiguration of message transmitting to unknown destination.

GPON(config)#show dlf-forward

1.38.22 show ip fdb

Use this command to display L3 table of all l3 interfaces or L3 table of

specified IP.

show ip fdb [ ip ip-address [ mask ] ]

433
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display L3 table of all L3 interfaces

GPON(config)#show ip fdb

1.38.23 show mac-address-table

show mac-address-table

show mac-address-table { interface-num [ vlan vlan-id ] | cpu }

show mac-address-table mac [ vlan vlan-id ]

show mac-address-table max-mac-count interface [ethernet interface-num]

show mac-address-table { blackhole | dynamic | permanent | static } [ vlan

vlan-id ]

show mac-address-table { blackhole | dynamic | permanent | static }

interface interface-num [ vlan vlan-id ]

show mac-address-table vlan vlan-id

【Parameter】

mac:Unicast mac address

vlan-id:VLAN id

interface-num:Number of interface for message outputting

backhole:Blackhole address table which is not aging, and will not be lost after
switch rebooting. Message whose source or destination mac address is the
same as this mac address will be dropped.

dynamic:Dynamic address table which can be aging.

permanent:Permanent address table which cannot be aging and will not be

434
 Command line configuration manual
lost after switch rebooting.

static:Static address table which is not aging and will be lost after switch
reboot.

CPU: system mac address

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all MAC address table

GPON(config)#show mac-address-table

1.38.24 show mac-address-table age-time

Use show mac-address-table age-time command to display MAC address

aging time.

show mac-address-table age-time

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display MAC address aging time.

GPON(config)#show mac-address-table aging-time

1.38.25 show mac-address-table learning

Use show mac-address-table learning command to display MAC address

learning.

show mac-address-table learning

【Command configuration mode】

435
 Command line configuration manual
Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display MAC address learning.

GPON(config)#show mac-address-table learning

1.38.26 show memory

Use show memory command to display memory usage.

show memory

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display memory usage

GPON(config)#show memory

1.38.27 show system

Use show system command to display system information.

show system

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display system information

GPON(config)#show system

1.38.28 show users

Use show users command to display the user information logged in.

436
 Command line configuration manual
show users

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the user information logged in.

GPON (config)#show users

1.38.29 show version

Use show version command to display system version.

show version

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

The software information is different with different version.

【Example】

！Display system version

GPON# show version

1.38.30 login-access-list telnet-limit

Use this command to restrict the number of Telnet user (2-5) to enter
privileged mode at the same time.

login-access-list telnet-limit limit-no

no login-access-list telnet-limit

【Command configuration mode】

437
 Command line configuration manual
Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

limit-no:the number of Telnet user to enter privileged mode (2～5)

【Default】

The max number is defaulted to be 5.

【Example】

！Configure only 1 Telnet user can enter privileged mode

GPON(config)# login-access-list telnet-limit 1

【Related command】

show users

1.38.31 tracert

Tracert is used for routing detecting and network examination.

tracert [ -u | -c ] [ -p udpport | -f first_ttl | -h maximum_hops | -w time_out ]

target_name

【Parameter】

-u means sending udp packet,-c means sending echo packet of icmp. It is

defaulted to be -c；

udpport:destination interface address for sending udp packet which is in the

range of 1 to 65535 and defaulted to be 62929；

first_ttl:initial ttl of sending packet which is in the range of 1 to 255 and

defaulted to be 1；

maximum_hops:the max ttl of sending packet which is in the range of 1 to

438
 Command line configuration manual
255 and defaulted to be 32；

time_out:the overtime of waiting for the response which is in the range of 12

to 62 with the unit of second and default to be 12 seconds；

target_name:destination host or router address

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Tracert is used for routing detecting and network examination.

【Example】

！Tracert 192.168.2.222

GPON#tracert 192.168.2.222

1.38.32 cpu-car

Use this command to to configure cpu rate for receiving packet.

Cpu-car target_rate

【Parameter】

target-rate: cpu rate for receiving packet , which is in the range of 1 to

1222pps and the default rate is 52.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure cpu rate for receiving packet to be 122pps

439
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#cpu-car 122

1.38.33 show cpu-car

Use this command to display cpu-car.

show cpu-car

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Show cpu-car

GPON#show cpu-car

1.38.34 show cpu- statistics

Use this command to display cpu received statistic information from

interface.

show cpu-statistics

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display cpu received statistic information from interface.

GPON#show cpu-statistics

1.38.35 clear cpu- statistics

Use this command to clear cpu received statistic information from interface.

clear cpu-statistics

【Command configuration mode】

440
 Command line configuration manual
Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Clear cpu received statistic information from interface

GPON(config)#clear cpu-statistics

1.39 SNMP Configuration

SNMP configuration command includes:

 show snmp community

 show snmp contact
 show snmp host
 show snmp notify
 show snmp location
 show snmp engineID
 show snmp group
 show snmp user
 show snmp view
 snmp-server community
 snmp-server contact
 snmp-server host
 snmp-server location
 snmp-server name
 snmp-server enable traps
 snmp-server trap-source
 snmp-server engineID
 snmp-server view

441
 Command line configuration manual
 snmp-server group
 snmp-server user
 snmp-server security-name

1.39.1 show snmp community

Use show snmp community command to display information of all SNMP

sever community list.

show snmp community

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display SNMP community information

GPON(config)#show snmp community

1.39.2 show snmp contact

Use show snmp contact command to display how to contact to

administrator.

show snmp contact

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command when you need to contact to administrator

【Example】

！Display how to contact with administrator

GPON(config)#show snmp contact

442
 Command line configuration manual
1.39.3 show snmp host

Use show snmp host command to display Trap information of SNMP server

show snmp host

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display Trap information of snmp server

GPON(config)#show snmp host

1.39.4 show snmp notify

Use show snmp notify command to display all notify information.

show snmp notify

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all notify information

GPON(config)#show snmp notify

1.39.5 show snmp location

Use show snmp location command to display system location.

show snmp location

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

443
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command when you need to know system location.

【Example】

！Display system location

GPON(config)#show snmp location

1.39.6 show snmp engineID

Use show snmp engineID command to display engine id configuration.

show snmp engineID [local | remote]

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Choose “local” to display local engine, and choose “remote” to display

remote engine.

【Example】

！Display local engine id

GPON(config)# show snmp engine id local

1.39.7 show snmp group

Use show snmp group command to display group configuration.

show snmp group

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display configured group.

444
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Display configured group

GPON(config)# show snmp group

1.39.8 show snmp user

Use show snmp user command to display user configuration.

show snmp user

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display configured user.

【Example】

！Display configured user

GPON(config)# show snmp user

1.39.9 show snmp view

Use show snmp view command to display view configuration.

show snmp view

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Usage】

Use this command to display configured view.

【Example】

！Display configured view

445
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)# show snmp view

1.39.10 snmp-server community

Use snmp-server community command to configure or modify community

name and other information in community list. Use no snmp-server
community command to remove community name in the list.

snmp-server community community { ro | rw } { deny | permit } [ view view-

name ]

no snmp-server community community

【Parameter】

community:The community name, a printable character string of 1 to 22

characters.

ro:Read only

rw:Can be read and write

deny:Cannot be activated

permit:Can be activated

view-name: view configured for community. A string of 1 to 32 printable

characters, excluding space. The default configuration view is iso.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

The community name in nosnmp-server community command should be

existed.

【Example】

！Add community green,and configure privilege to be ro,and permit

446
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#snmp-server community green ro permit

！Remove community green

GPON(config)#no snmp-server community green

1.39.11 snmp-server contact

Use snmp-server contact command to configure how to contact with

administrator. Use no snmp-server contact command to restore default
way of contacting to administrator.

snmp-server contact syscontact

no snmp-server contact

【Parameter】

syscontact:Contact way to administrator ranges from 1 to 255 printable

characters.

【Default】

“GreenNet Shenzhen China (http://www.greennet.com.cn)”

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use quotation mark to quote space in charater string.

【Example】

！Configure administrator contact way to be support@greennet.com.cn.

GPON(config)#snmp-server contact support@greennet.com.cn

1.39.12 snmp-server host

Use snmp-server host command to send notify by SNMP server. Use no

447
 Command line configuration manual
snmp-server host command to remove SNMP server sending notifies.

snmp-server host host-addr [version {1 | 2c | 3 [auth | noauth | priv]}]

community-string [udp-port port] [ notify-type [ notifytype-list ] ]

no snmp-server host ip-address community { 1 | 2c | 3 }

【Parameter】

community:Means community name corresponded by SNMP server sending

notifylist.

1:Means SNMP version 1

2c:Means SNMP version 2c

3:Means SNMP version 3

ip-address:Means IP address in SNMP server notify sending list

port:Means objective host number

notifytype-list:Optional notify list. If it is unoptioned, default to choose all type.

Only optionaed type will be sent to destination host.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Community cannot be vacant in snmp-server host version command.

Community name in no snmp-server host command must be the same as
that in snmp-server host.

【Example】

！Configure Trap in SNMP server, the IP address is configured to be

192.168.2.122,and SNMP version to be 2c,and community name to be user

GPON(config)#snmp-server host 192.168.2.122 version 2c user

448
 Command line configuration manual
1.39.13 snmp-server location

Use snmp-server location command configuration system location.

snmp-server location syslocation

【Parameter】

syslocation:The charater string of system location ranges from 1 to 255

printable characters.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use quotation mark to quote space in charater string.

【Example】

！Configure system location to be sample sysLocation factory.

GPON(config)#snmp-server location “sample sysLocation factory”

1.39.14 snmp-server name

Use snmp-server name command to configure system name. Use no

snmp-server name command to restore default syastem name.

snmp-server name sysname

no snmp-server name

【Parameter】

sysname:The charater string of system name ranges from 1 to 255 printable

characters.

【Default】

The default system name is“GPON S2926V-O”

449
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Use quotation mark to quote space in charater string.

【Example】

！Configure system name to be GPON S2926V-O

GPON(config)#snmp-server name "GPON S2926V-O"

1.39.15 snmp-server enable traps

Use snmp-server enable traps command to enable traps. Use no snmp-

server enable traps command to disable traps.

snmp-server enable traps [ notificationtype-list ]

no snmp-server enable traps [ notificationtype-list ]

【Parameter】

notificationtype-list:Notificationtype list defined by system. To enable or

disable specified notification type by choose one or serval type. If the
keyword is vacant, all types of notification are enabled or disabled.

【Default】

Default sending way is trap,and snmp-server traps disables.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

The notificationtype list can be optioned. If the keyword is vacant, all types
will be optioned.

450
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Enable notificationtype gbn

GPON(config)# snmp-server enable traps gbn

1.39.16 snmp-server trap-source

Use snmp-server trap-source command to configure vlan interface of trap

sending source address. Use no snmp-server command to restore default
trap sending source address.

snmp-server trap-source { vlan-interface vlan-id | supervlan-interface

supervlan-id }

no snmp-server

【Parameter】

vlan-id is the vlan id of trap source-address. It ranges from 1 to 4294.

supervlan-id is the supervlan id of trap source-address. It ranges from 1 to

11.

【Default】

Trap source-address is defaulted to be output interface ip

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

System cannot be sure whether the vlan and supervlan of the input vlan-id or
supervlan-id are existed or not and whether they have interface and the ip
address of interfaces are also not sure.

【Example】

！Configure trap source-address to be the ip address of interface 1 of vlan

451
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)# snmp-server trap-source vlan-interface 1

1.39.17 snmp-server engineID

Use snmp-server engineID command to configure local engine-id or

recognizable remote engine-id. Use no snmp-server engineID command to
restore default local engine-id or remove remote engine-id.

snmp-server engineID { local engineid-string | remote ip-address [udp-port

port-number] engineid-string }

no snmp-server engineID { local | remote ip-address [udp-port port-number] }

【Parameter】

engineid-string is an engine id that can only be recognized in a network. This

system only supports printable characters of engine id which excludes
space.

Ip-address is remote engine ip address. Local ip address is not allowed to

input.

Port-number is remote engine port number. Default port number is 162

【Default】

Default local engine id is 134642222222222222222222

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Local engine cannot be removed, and at most 32 remote engines can be

configured.

【Example】

！Configure local engine id to be 12345

452
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)# snmp-server engineid local 12345

！Configure remote engine that can be recognized locally. Configure remote

engine ip to be 1.1.1.1,and port number to be 888,and id to be 1234

GPON(config)# snmp-server engineid remote 1.1.1.1 udp-port 888 1234

！Display local engine configuration

GPON(config)# show snmp engineid local

1.39.18 snmp-server view

Use snmp-server view command to configure view.

snmp-server view view-name oid-tree { included | excluded }

no snmp-server view view-name [ oid-tree ]

【Parameter】

View-name means the name of the view to be added. It ranges from 1 to

32,excluding space.

Oid-tree means the subtree of the view which corresponds to such a mib
node as “1.3.6.1”；The substring of OID must be the integer between 2 and
2147483647.

【Default】

iso,internet and sysview are the default views.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

At most 64 views can be configured, and the sum of the number of

characters in view name string and the number of oid nodes should not be
more than 62.

453
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Add view “view1”,and configure it to have a subtree “1.3.6.1”

GPON(config)# snmp-server view view1 1.3.6.1 include

！Add a subtree “1.3.6.2” for existed view “view1”

GPON(config)# snmp-server view view1 1.3.6.2 include

！Remove existed view “view1”

GPON(config)# no snmp-server view view1

1.39.19 snmp-server group

Use snmp-server group command to configure group.

snmp-server group groupname { 1 | 2c | 3 [auth | noauth | priv] [context

context-name]} [read readview] [ wrete writeview] [notify notifyview]

no snmp-server group groupname {1 | 2c | 3 [auth | noauth | priv] [context

context-name]}

【Parameter】

groupname means group name, which ranges from 1 to 32

characters,excluding space.

Readview is a view name, which means the right to read in the view. If the
keyword is vacant, it is default not to include readable view.

Writeview is a view name, which means the right to read and write in the
view. If the keyword is vacant, it is default not to include readable and
writable view.

Notifyview is a view name, which means the right to send notification in the
view. If the keyword is vacant, it is default not to include notify sending view.

Context-name is facility context. If the keyword is vacant, it is default to be

local facility.

454
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

Folowing groups are default to exist: (1) security model is v3,the security
level is differentiated group initial ; (2) security model is v3,the security level
is differentiated encrypt group initial

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

At most 64 groups can be configured.

【Example】

！Add group “group1” to local facility,using security model 1, and configure

read, write, and notify view to be internet

GPON(config)# snmp-server group group1 1 read internet write internet

notify Internet

！Remove group “group1” from local facility

GPON(config)# no snmp-server group group1 1

！Display current group configuration.

GPON(config)# show snmp group

1.39.20 snmp-server user

Use snmp-server user command to configure user in snmp v3.

snmp-server user username groupname [ remote host [ udp-port port ] ]

[ auth { md5 | sha } { authpassword { encrypt-authpassword authpassword |
authpassword } | authkey { encrypt-authkey authkey | authkey } } [ priv des
{ privpassword { encrypt-privpassword privpassword | privpassword } |
privkey { encrypt-privkey privkey | privkey } } ]

no snmp-server user username [ remote host [ udp-port port ] ]

455
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

Username is the username to be configured. It ranges from 1 to 32

characters,excluding space.

Groupname is the groupname that user going to be added. It ranges from 1

to 32 characters,excluding space.

Host is remote engine ip address. If it is vacant, it is default to be local

engine.

Port is the port number of remote engine. If it is vacant, it is default to be 162.

Authpassword is authentication password. Unencrypted password ranges

from 1 to 32 characters. To avoid disclosing, this password should be
encrypted. To configured encrypted password needs client-side which
supports encryption to encrypt password, and use encrypted cryptograph to
do the configuration. Cryptograph is different by different encryption. Input
cryptograph in the form of hexadecimal system, such as
“a22122b32123c45528f91232a4d47a5c”

Privpassword is encryption password. Unencrypted password ranges from 1

to 32 characters. To avoid disclosing, this password should be encrypted. To
configured encrypted password needs client-side which supports encryption
to encrypt password, and use encrypted cryptograph to do the configuration.
Cryptograph is different by different encryption. Input cryptograph in the form
of hexadecimal system, such as “a22122b32123c45528f91232a4d47a5c”

Authkey is authentication key. Unauthenticated key is in the range of 16 byte

(using md5 key folding) or 22 byte (using SHA-1 key folding). Authenticated
key is in the range of 16 byte (using md5 key folding) or 24 byte (using SHA-
1 key folding).

Privkey is encrpted key. Unencypted key ranes from 16 byte, and encrypted
key ranes from 16 byte.

【Default】

456
 Command line configuration manual
Following users are default to exist: (1)initialmd5（required md5
authentication）,(2) initialsha（required sha authentication）,(3)
initialnone（non- authentication）

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

At most 64 groups can be configured.

【Example】

！Add user “user1” for local engine to group “grp1”,and configure this user
not to use authentication and encryption.

GPON(config)# snmp-server user user1 grp1

！Add user “user2” for local engine to group “grp2”,and configure this user to
use md5 authentication and non-encryption with the auth-password to be
1234

GPON(config)# snmp-server user user2 grp2 auth md5 auth-password 1234

！Add user “user3” for local engine to group “grp3”,and configure this user to
use md5 authentication and des encryption with the auth-password to be
1234 and privpassword to be 4321

GPON(config)# snmp-server user user3 grp3 auth md5 auth-password 1234

priv des priv-password 4321

1.40 Manage IP Restriction Configuration

Manage IP restriction configuration includes:

 login-access-list
 show login-access-list

457
 Command line configuration manual
1.40.1 login-access-list

Use login-access-list command to user’s IP address allowed by web, snmp,

and telnet manage system. Use no login-access-list command to remove
login-access-list configuration.

login-access-list { snmp | telnet | web } ip-address

no login-access-list { snmp | telnet | web } ip-address wildcard

【Parameter】

ip-address:IP address,2.2.2.2 means any ip address is allowed to manage

system except 127.*.*.*

wildcard means mask wildcard which is in the form of mask in reverse. 2

means mask this bit, and 1 ,eams does not mask this bit. When mask in
reserve is 2.2.2.2, it means host address, and 255.255.255.255 means all
host.

【Command configuration mode】

Global cofiguration mode

【Usage】

Remove ip address 2.2.2.2 so that the configuration can be successful.

【Example】

！Configure ip address allowed by telnet management system to be

192.168.2.122

GPON(config)#login-access-list telnet 192.168.2.122 2.2.2.2

GPON(config)#no login-access-list telnet 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255

1.40.2 show login-access-list

Use show login-access-list command to display all ip address allowed by

web, snmp, telnet management system.

458
 Command line configuration manual
show login-access-list

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all ip address allowed by web, snmp, telnet management system

GPON(config)#show login-access-list

1.41 Telnet Client

Telnet client command includes:

 telnet
 show telnet client
 stop telnet client

1.41.1 telnet

Use telnet command to enable Telnet client.

telnet ip-addr [ port-num ] [ /localecho ]

【Parameter】

ip-addr:IP address of Telnet server.

port-num:Telnet server port which is in the range of 1-65535

/localecho:Enable local echo options.

【Default】

port-num is defaulted to be 23. By default, disable local echo options.

【Command configuration mode】

459
 Command line configuration manual
Privileged mode

【Example】

！Log in a switch of 12.9.2.34 from telnet client

GPON#telnet 12.9.2.34

1.41.2 show telnet client

Use show telnet client command to display the operation information of all
Telnet client.

show telnet client

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display the operation information of all Telnet client.

GPON#show telnet client

1.41.3 stop telnet client

Use stop telnet client command to force to stop Telnet client.

stop telnet client { all | term-id }

【Parameter】

all:Stop all Telnet client.

term-id:The terminal number of Telnet client which is in the range of 2-5,2

means console ,1-5 means Telnet terminal 1-5.

【Command configuration mode】

Privileged mode

460
 Command line configuration manual
【Usage】

This command can only be used by “admin”. User can log in devices by
console or telnet and at most 6 users can log in at the same time: a console
user and 5 telnet users. The connection of each logged in user and devices
is called terminal. Each terminal can enable one telnet client, so at most 6
telnet clients can be run at the same time.

【Example】

！Stop Telnet client in telnet terminal 2

GPON#stop telnet client 2

1.42 CPU Alarm Configuration Command

CPU alarm configuration command includes:

 alarm cpu
 alarm cpu threshold
 show alarm cpu

1.42.1 alarm cpu

Use alarm cpu command to enable CPU alarm. Use no alarm cpu
command to disable CPU alarm.

alarm cpu

no alarm cpu

【Default】

Enable CPU alarm

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

461
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Enable CPU alarm

GPON(config)#alarm cpu

1.42.2 alarm cpu threshold

Use alarm cpu threshold command to configure CPU busy or unbusy

threshold.

alarm cpu threshold [ busy busy ] [ unbusy unbusy ]

no alarm cpu

【Parameter】

busy:CPU busy threshold ranges from 2 to 122

unbusy: CPU unbusy threshold ranges from 2 to 122

【Default】

Default CPU busy threshold is 92,and CPU unbusy threshold is 62

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

busy > unbusy

【Example】

！Configure CPU busy threshold to be 52,and CPU unbusy threshold to be

32

GPON(config)#alarm cpu threshold busy 52 unbusy 32

1.42.3 show alarm cpu

462
 Command line configuration manual
Use show alarm cpu command to display cpu alarm information.

show alarm cpu

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display CPU alarm information

GPON(config)#show alarm cpu

1.43 Mail Alarm Configuration

Mail alarm configuration includes:

 mailalarm
 mailalarm server
 mailalarm receiver
 mailalarm ccaddr
 mailalarm smtp authentication
 mailalarm logging level
 show mailalarm

1.43.1 mailalarm

Use mailalarm command to enable mail alarm. Use no mailalarm

command to disable mail alarm.

mailalarm

no mailalarm

【Default】

463
 Command line configuration manual
Mail alarm disables.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable mail alarm

GPON(config)#mailalarm

1.43.2 mailalarm server

Use mailalarm server command to configure smtp server address used by

sending mails. Use no mailalarm server command to restore server
address to be 2.

mailalarm server server-addr

no mailalarm server

【Parameter】

server-addr:IP address of smtp server

【Default】

Default server address is 2

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure smtp server address to be 12.11.2.252

GPON#mailalarm server 12.11.2.252

1.43.3 mailalarm receiver

464
 Command line configuration manual
Use mailalarm receiver command to configure e-mail address of mail
receiver. Use no mailalarm receiver command to delete e-mail address of
mail receiver.

mailalarm receiver receiver-addr

no mailalarm receiver

【Parameter】

receiver-addr:e-mail address of mail receiver, which is in the range of 1 to

127 byte.

【Default】

Mail receiver address is empty.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure mail receiver address to be system@switch.net

GPON#mailalarm receiver system@switch.net

1.43.4 mailalarm ccaddr

Use mailalarm ccaddr command to configure the e-mail address of the

carbon copy mail receiver. Use no mailalarm ccaddr command to delete
the the e-mail address of the carbon copy mail receiver.

mailalarm ccaddr cc-addr

no mailalarm ccaddr cc-addr

【Parameter】

cc-addr:e-mail address of the carbon copy mail receiver, which is in the

range of 1 to 127 byte.

465
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

Mail is not copied to anybody.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

At most 4 carbon copy addresses can be configured.

【Example】

！Configure mail address of carbon copy receiver to be system2@switch.net

GPON#mailalarm ccaddr system2@switch.net

1.43.5 mailalarm smtp authentication

Use mailalarm smtp authentication username command to enable smtp

authentication and configure encrypted username and password.

mailalarm smtp authentication username username { passwd passwd |

encrypt-passwd encrypt-passwd }

no mailalarm smtp authentication

【Parameter】

username:encrypted username of smtp authentication which is in the range

of 1-31characters.

passwd:password of smtp authentication which is in the range of 1-

31charaters.

encrypt-passwd:the encrypt password of smtp authentication which is in the

range of 64 characters.

【Default】

Authentication disables.t

466
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

Keyword encrypt-passwd can only be used in the command generated by

decompilation.

【Example】

！Enable smtp authentication with the username to be system,and password

to be 123

GPON#mailalarm smtp authentication username system passwd 123

1.43.6 mailalarm logging level

Use mailalarm logging level coammand to configure the level of sending

mail alarm by syslog information. Use no mailalarm logging level command
to restore the level of sending mail alarm by syslog information to default
value 2.

mailalarm logging level level

no mailalarm logging level

【Parameter】

level:the level of sending mail alarm by syslog information which is in the

range of 1 to 7.

【Default】

The default syslog level of sending mail alarm is 2

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Usage】

467
 Command line configuration manual
When the level of syslog information is lower than the configured value, the
syslog information will be encapsulated to the mail and sent to the specified
mail box.

【Example】

！Configure the syslog level of sending mail alarm to be 4

GPON#mailalarm logging level 4

1.43.7 show mailalarm

Use show maialarm command to display mail alarm, such as enable the
function or not, smtp server address, and mail receiver address.

show maialarm

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display mail alarm information.

GPON#show mailalarm

1.44 Anti-DOS Attack

（525） anti-dos ip fragment

（526） anti-dos ip ttl
（527） show anti-dos

1.44.1 anti-dos ip fragment

Use anti-dos ip fragment command to configure maximum ip fragment

message

468
 Command line configuration manual
anti-dos ip fragment maxnum

【Parameter】

maximum:maximum number

【Default】

822

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure maximum ip fragment message to be 32

GPON(config)#anti-dos ip fragment 32

1.44.2 anti-dos ip ttl

Use this command to disable system to receive packey with TTL=2. Use no
command to enable it.

【Default】

Disable

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Disable system to receive packey with TTL=2.

GPON(config)#anti-dos ip ttl

1.44.3 show anti-dos

Use Show anti-dos command to display anti-dos information.

469
 Command line configuration manual
Show anti-dos

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display related information

GPON(config)#show anti-dos

470
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 22 LLDP Configuration Command

1.45 LLDP Configuration Command

LLDP（Link Layer Discovery Protocol）configuration command includes:

 lldp
 lldp hello-time
 lldp hold-time
 lldp { rx | tx | rxtx }
 show lldp interface [ <interface-list> ]

1.45.1 lldp

Use lldp command to enable LLDP globally. Use no lldp command to disable
LLDP globally.

lldp

no lldp

【Default】

Global LLDP disables

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable global LLDP

471
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#lldp

1.45.2 lldp hello-time

Use lldp hello-time command to configure LLDP hello-time. Use no lldp hello
-time command to restore to default LLDP hello-time.

lldp hello-time <5-32768>

no lldp hello -time

【Default】

Default LLDP hello-time is 32 seconds

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure LLDP hello-time to be 22 seconds

GPON(config)#lldp hello-time 22

1.45.3 lldp hold-time

Use lldp hold-time command to configure LLDP hold-time. Use no lldp hold-
time command to restore LLDP hold-time.

lldp hold-time <2-12>

no lldp hold-time

【Default】

Default LLDP hold-time is 4

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

472
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure LLDP hold-time to be 2

GPON(config)#lldp hold-time 2

1.45.4 lldp { rx | tx | rxtx }

Use lldp command to configure LLDP message receving and sending mode.
Use no lldp command to disable LLDP message receving and sending
mode.

lldp { rx | tx | rxtx }

no lldp

【Default】

The default LLDP message receving and sending mode to be rxtx

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure e 2/1 only to send LLDP message

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#lldp tx

1.45.5 show lldp interface [ <interface-list> ]

Use show lldp interface command to display LLDP information globally or on

a port.

show lldp interface [ <interface-list> ]

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display LLDP information of e 2/1

GPON(config)#show lldp interface ethernet 2/1

473
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 23 Flex links Configuration Command

1.46 Flex links Configuration Command

1.46.1 switchport backup

Use this command to configure Flex links backup interface.

switchport backup {interface interface-num | channel-group channel-group-

number }

no switchport backup {interface interface-num | channel-group channel-

group-number }

【Default】

It is defaulted not to configure Flex links backup interface.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure flex links backup interface of e2/1 to be e2/2

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#switchport backup interface Ethernet 2/2

1.46.2 channel-group channel-group-number backup

Use this command to configure Flex links backup interface of channel group.

channel-group channel-group –number backup {interface interface-num |

474
 Command line configuration manual
channel-group channel-group-number }

no channel-group channel-group –number backup {interface interface-

num | channel-group channel-group-number }

【Default】

It is defaulted not to configure Flex links backup interface of channel-group.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure flex links backup interface of channel-group 1 to be e2/2

GPON(config)#channel-group 1 backup interface Ethernet 2/2

1.46.3 switchport backup preemption mode

Use this command to configure Flex links preemption mode of master

interface.

switchport backup {interface interface-num | channel-group channel-group-

number } preemption mode {Forced | Bandwidth | Off}

no switchport backup {interface interface-num | channel-group channel-

group-number } preemption mode {Forced | Bandwidth | Off}

【Default】

The default Flex links preemption mode of master interface is Off.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure flex links preemption mode of e2/1 to be Forced

475
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#switchport backup interface Ethernet 2/2
preemption mode Forced

1.46.4 channel group backup preemption mode

Use this command to configure Flex links preemption mode of channel-

group.

channel group channel-group-number backup {interface interface-num |

channel-group channel-group-number } preemption mode {Forced |
Bandwidth | Off}

no channel group channel-group-number backup {interface interface-num |

channel-group channel-group-number } preemption mode {Forced |
Bandwidth | Off}

【Default】

The default Flex links preemption mode of channel-group is Off.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure flex links preemption mode of channel-group 1 to be Forced

GPON(config)#channel-group 1 backup interface Ethernet 2/2 preemption

mode Forced

1.46.5 switchport backup preemption delay

Use this command to configure Flex links preemption delay.

switchport backup {interface interface-num | channel-group channel-group-

number } preemption delay delay-time

no switchport backup {interface interface-num | channel-group channel-

group-number } preemption delay delay-time

476
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

The default Flex links preemption delay is 45 seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure flex links preemption delay of e2/1 to be 62 seconds

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#switchport backup interface Ethernet 2/2

preemption delay 62

1.46.6 channel-group backup preemption delay

Use this command to configure Flex links preemption delay of channel-

group.

channel-group channel-group-number backup {interface interface-num |

channel-group channel-group-number } preemption delay delay-time

no channel-group channel-group-number backup {interface interface-num |

channel-group channel-group-number } preemption delay delay-time

【Default】

The default Flex links preemption delay of channel-group is 45 seconds.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure flex links preemption delay of channel-group 1 to be 62 seconds

GPON(config)#channel-group 1 backup interface Ethernet 2/2 preemption

delay 62

477
 Command line configuration manual
1.46.7 show swithport interface backup

This command is to display all Flex links interfaces

show switchport interface backup

【Command mode】

All modes

【Example】

！Display all Flex links interfaces

GPON(confi)# show switchport interface backup

1.46.8 mac-address-table move update transmit

This command is to enable MacMoveUpdate transmit

mac-address-table move update transmit

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable MacMoveUpdate transmit

GPON(config)#mac-address-table move update transmit

1.46.9 mac-address-table move update receive

This command is to enable MacMoveUpdate receive

mac-address-table move update receive

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

478
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Enable MacMoveUpdate receive

GPON(config)#mac-address-table move update receive

1.46.10 show swithport interface backup

Use this command to display Flex links interfaces.

show switchport interface backup

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display all Flex links information

GPON(confi)# show switchport interface backup

479
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 24 CFM Configuration Command

CFM（Connectivity Fault Management）Configuration Command includes:

 cfm domain
 cfm mep
 cfm mip
 cfm rmep
 cfm cc interval
 cfm cc enable level vlan
 cfm ping
 cfm traceroute
 show cfm domain
 show cfm maintenance-points local
 show cfm maintenance-points remote
 show cfm cc database
 show cfm errors

1.46.11 cfm md

Use this command to configure cfm maintance domain. Use no command to

delete cfm domain.

cfm md md-id（index of maintenance domain）

cfm md format string name name level level-id

480
 Command line configuration manual
no cfm md md-id

【Default】

It is defaulted not to configure cfm domain.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

domain-name:CFM domain name

level-id: the integrity from 2-7

【Example】

！Configure cfm domain customer level 7

GPON(config)#cfm md 1

GPON(config-cfm-md-1)#cfm md format string name customer level 7

1.46.12 cfm mep

Use this command to configure cfm mep. Use no command to delete cfm
mep.

cfm mep level level-id direction {up | down } mpid mep-id vlan vlan-id

no cfm mep level level-id vlan vlan-id

【Default】

It is defaulted not to configure cfm mep.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Parameter】

481
 Command line configuration manual
level-id: the integrity from 2-7

up: direction of MEP

down: direction of MEP

mep-id: MEP id

vlan-id: VLAN of MEP

【Example】

！Configure cfm mep level 7 direction up mpid 7112 vlan 112

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#cfm mep level 7 direction up mpid 7112 vlan

112

1.46.13 cfm mip

Use this command to configure cfm mip. Use no command to delete cfm mip.

cfm mip level level-id

no cfm mep level level-id

【Default】

It is defaulted not to configure cfm mip.

【Command configuration mode】

Interface configuration mode

【Parameter】

level-id: the integrity from 2-7

【Example】

！Configure cfm mip level 7

GPON(config-if-ethernet-2/1)#cfm mip level 7

482
 Command line configuration manual
1.46.14 cfm rmep

Use this command to configure cfm rmep. Use no command to delete cfm
rmep.

cfm rmep level level-id mpid mep-id vlan vlan-id

no cfm rmep level level-id mpid mep-id vlan vlan-id

【Default】

It is defaulted not to configure cfm rmep.

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

level-id: the integrity from 2-7

mep-id: MEP id

vlan-id: VLAN of MEP

【Example】

！Configure cfm rmep level 7 mpid 7112 vlan 112

GPON(config)#cfm rmep level 7 mpid 7112 vlan 112

1.46.15 cfm cc interval

Use this command to configure cfm cc interval. Use no command to restore

default cfm cc interval

cfm cc interval { 1 |12 | 62 }

no cfm cc interval

【Default】

The default cfm cc interval is 12s

483
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

1: sending interval is 1 second

12: sending interval is 12 seconds

62: sending interval is 62 seconds

【Example】

！Configure cfm cc interval to be 1s

GPON(config)#cfm cc interval 1

1.46.16 cfm loopback

Use this command to check network connection and the arrival of destination
mac address.

cfm loopback mep mep-id dst-mac mac-address

【Command configuration mode】

Maintanance domain configuration mode

【Parameter】

Mep-id:mep identifer

mac-address:Destination mac address.

1.46.17 cfm linktrack

Use this command for link tracert and checking network connection.

cfm linktrack mep mep-id dst-mac mac-address

【Command configuration mode】

484
 Command line configuration manual
Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

Mep-id:mep identifer

mac-address:Destination mac address.

1.46.18 show cfm md

Use this command to display cfm domain.

show cfm domain

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display cfm domain

GPON(config)#show c

GPON(config)#show cfm md

1.46.19 show cfm mp local

Use this command to display cfm maintenance-points local.

show cfm mp local

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display cfm maintenance-points local

GPON(config)# show cfm mp local

1.46.20 show cfm mp remote

485
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to display cfm maintenance-points remote.

show cfm mp remote

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display cfm maintenance-points remote

GPON(config)# show cfm mp remote

1.46.21 show cfm cc database

Use this command to display cfm cc database.

show cfm cc database

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display cfm cc database

GPON(config)# show cfm cc database

1.46.22 show cfm errors

Use this command to display cfm errors.

show cfm errors

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display cfm errors

486
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)# show cfm errors

487
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 25 PPPoE PlusConfiguration Command

1.47 PPPoE PlusConfiguration Command

（546） Pppoeplus
（547） pppoeplus type
（548） show pppoeplus

1.47.1 pppoeplus

Use this command to enable PPPoE Plus. Use no command to disable

PPPoE Plus.

pppoeplus

no pppoeplus

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable PPPoE Plus

GPON(config)#pppoeplus

！Disble PPPoE Plus

GPON(config)#no pppoeplus

1.47.2 pppoeplus type

Use this command to configure PPPoE Plus type.

488
 Command line configuration manual
Pppoeplus type { standard | huawei }

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure PPPoE Plus type being huawei BRAS

 GPON(config)#pppoeplus type huawei

1.47.3 show pppoeplus

Use this command to display pppoe plus.

show pppoeplus

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display pppoe plus

GPON(config)#show pppoeplus

489
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 26 BFD Configuration

1.48 BFD Configuration

（550） ip ospf bfd

（551） bfd min-transmit-interval value
（552） bfd min-receive-interval value
（553） bfd detect-multiplier value
（554） bfd demand { on | off }
（555） bfd session init-mode { passive | active}
（556） clear bfd statistics
（557） show bfd session [verbose]
（558） show bfd interface [verbose]

1.48.1 ip ospf bfd

Use this command to enable ospf bfd. Use no command to disable ospf bfd.

ip ospf bfd

no ip ospf bfd

【Command configuration mode】

vlan interface mode

【Example】

！Enable ospf bfd in vlan interface 1

490
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#ip ospf bfd

！Disable ospf bfd in vlan interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#no ip ospf bfd

1.48.2 bfd min-transmit-interval value

Use this command to configure bfd min-transmit-interval.Use no command

to restore default min-transmit-interval.

bfd min-transmit-interval value

no bfd min-transmit-interval

【Parameter】

value:the mini transmit interval which is in the range of 222ms~1222ms and

the default value is 422ms

Caution: The final transmit interval is: 72% or 92% of the larger variate
between the mini-transmit-interval of current session and the remote mini-
receiver-interval.

【Command configuration mode】

vlan interface mode

【Example】

！Confiure BFD min-transmit-interval in vlan interface 1 to be 822ms

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#bfd min-transmit-interval 822

！Restore the defult BFD min-transmit-interval in vlan interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#no bfd min-transmit-interval

1.48.3 bfd min-receive-interval value

Use this command to configure bfd min- receive -interval.Use no command

to restore default min-receive-interval.

491
 Command line configuration manual
bfd min-receive-interval value

no bfd min-receive-interval

【Parameter】

value:the mini receiver interval which is in the range of 222ms~1222ms and

the default value is 422ms

【Command configuration mode】

vlan interface mode

【Example】

！Confiure BFD min-receive-interval in vlan interface 1 to be 822ms

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#bfd min-receive-interval 822

！Restore the defult BFD min-receiver-interval in vlan interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#no bfd min-receive-interval

1.48.4 bfd detect-multiplier value

Use this command to configure the max ineffective number of BFD control
packet. When remote session do not receive specified BFD packet, it is
considered the session is ineffective.

bfd detect-multiplier value

no bfd detect-multiplier

【Parameter】

value:ineffective number of BFD control packet which is in the range of 3-

52and default value is 5.
【Command configuration mode】

vlan interface mode

【Example】

492
 Command line configuration manual
！Confiure BFD detect multiplier in vlan interface 1 to be 8

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#bfd detect-multiplier 8

！Restore the defult BFD detect multiplier in vlan interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#no bfd detect-multiplier

1.48.5 bfd demand { on | off }

Use this command to configure BFD session demand.

bfd demand { on | off }

【Parameter】

on:permit to shift to demand mode. The other part of the session will not
send control packet but echo packet for detection.
off:not permit to shift to demand mode. By default, BFD session demand is
off.

【Command configuration mode】

vlan interface mode

【Example】

！Confiure BFD session demand in vlan interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#bfd demand on

！Disable BFD session demand in vlan interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#bfd demand off

1.48.6 bfd session init-mode { passive | active}

Use this command to configure BFD session initial mode.

【Parameter】

passive:passive mode. It will not send packet actively when control packet is

493
 Command line configuration manual
not received from the otherpart of the session.

active:active mode. It will send packet actively when control packet is not
received from the otherpart of the session.By default, BFD session initial
mode is active.

【Command configuration mode】

vlan interface mode

【Example】

！Confiure BFD session initial mode in vlan interface 1 to be passive

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#bfd session init-mode passive

！Confiure BFD session initial mode in vlan interface 1 to be active

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#bfd session init-mode active

1.48.7 clear bfd statistics

Use this command to clear statistics of all session sending/receiving packet

in current interface.

【Command configuration mode】

vlan interface mode

【Example】

！Clear statistics of all session sending/receiving packet in vlan interface 1

GPON(config-if-vlanInterface-1)#clear bfd statistics

1.48.8 show bfd session [verbose]

Use this command to show all BFD session.

【Parameter】

verbose:show detail information.

494
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Any interface mode

【Example】

！Show all BFD session

GPON(config)#show bfd session

！Show all detail BFD session

GPON(config)#show bfd session verbose

1.48.9 show bfd interface [verbose]

Use this command to show BFD configuration in all interface.

【Parameter】

verbose:show bdf detail information.

【Command configuration mode】

Any interface mode

【Example】

！Show BFD configuration in all interface.

show bfd interface

！Show BFD detail configuration in all interface.

show bfd interface verbose

495
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 27 ERRP Configuration Command

1.49 ERRP Configuration Command

ERRP（Ethernet Redundant Ring Protocol）Configuration Command

includes:

 errp
 errp hello-timer
 errp fail-timer
 errp domain
 ring role primary-port secondary-port level
 ring role common-port edge-port
 ring { enable | disable }
 show errp
 ring query-solicit

1.49.1 errp

Use this command to enable global ERRP. Use no command to disable it.

errp

no errp

【Default】

Disable

496
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable ERRP

GPON(config)#errp

1.49.2 errp hello-timer

Use this command to configure hello-time of ERRP. Use no command to

restore default hello-time.

errp hello-timer <1-12>

no errp hello –timer

【Default】

default hello-time is 1 second

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ERRP hello-time to be 2 seconds

GPON(config)#errp hello-timer 2

1.49.3 errp fail-timer

Use this command to configure ERRP fail-time. Use no command to restore

default fail-time.

errp fail-timer <1-12>

no errp fail-timer

497
 Command line configuration manual
【Default】

Default fail-time of ERRP is 3

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ERRP fail-time to be 2

GPON(config)#errp fail-timer 2

1.49.4 errp domain

Use this command to enter ERRP domain configuration mode.

errp domain domain-id

【Command configuration mode】

Global configuration mode

【Parameter】

domain-id:ERRP domain id which is in the range of <2-15>

【Example】

！Configure ERRP domain 2

GPON(config)#errp domain 2

1.49.5 control-vlan

Use this command to configure control VLAN of ERRP domain. Use no

command to delete it.

control-vlan vlan-id

no control-vlan

498
 Command line configuration manual
【Command configuration mode】

ERRP domain configuration mode

【Parameter】

vlan-id:control vlan id of ERRP domain which is the integrty in the range of 1-

4293.

【Usage】

Control VLAN is relative to data VLAN. Data VLAN is for transmitting date
packet and control VLAN is only for transmitting ERRP protocol packet.
Every ERRP domain owns two control VLANs,that are master control VLAN
and sub-control VLAN. Protocol packet of master ring is transmitted in
master control-VLAN and protocol packet of sub-ring is transmitted in sub-
control VLAN. When configuring, specify master control. When configuring,
specify master control VLAN,and sub-control VLAN is the one whose VLAN
ID is 1 bigger than that of the master control VlAN.

Port only accessing to Ethernet ring (ERRP port) of each switch belong to
control VLAN. ERRP port of master ring belong to both master control VLAN
and sub-control VLAN. ERRP port of sub-ring belongs to sub-control VLAN
only. There can be ERRP port and non- ERRP port in data VLAN. Master
ring is taken as a logical nod of sub-ring. The protocol packet of sub-ring is
transparent transmitted through master ring and handled as data packet in
master ring. The protocol packet of master ring can only be transmitted in
master ring.

Add all ERRP port to corresponded master and sub-control VLAN before or
after handed down ERRP configuration and configure master and sub-
control VLAN being tag vlan.

【Example】

！Configure control VLAN of ERRP domain 2 being 25

GPON(config-errp-2)#control-vlan 25

499
 Command line configuration manual
！Delete control VLAN of ERRP domain 2. if there is activated ring, the
control VLAN will not allow to be deleted.

GPON(config-errp-2)#no control-vlan

1.49.6 ring role primary-port secondary-port level

Use this command to configure a ring. Network bridge in this ring is master
role or transmission role.

ring ring-id role { master | transit } primary-port interface-pri secondary-

port interface-sec level level-value

no ring ring-id

【Command configuration mode】

ERRP domain configuration mode

【Parameter】

ring-id:ring id which is in the range of <2-15>

master: Network bridge in this ring is master role

transit:Network bridge in this ring is transit role

interface-pri: primary port id such as ethernet 2/1

interface-sec:secondary port id such as ethernet 2/1

level-value:ring level. 2 means primary ring and 1 means secondary

【Example】

！Configure primary ring 2 with role mode being master, primary port being 1
and secondary port being 2

GPON(config-errp)#ring 1 role master primary-port ethernet 2/1 secondary-

port ethernet 2/2 level 2

1.49.7 ring role common-port edge-port

500
 Command line configuration manual
Use this command to configure a ring. Network bridge in this ring is edge role
or assistant edge.

ring ring-id role { edge | assistant-edge } common-port interface-common

edge-port interface-edge

no ring ring-id

【Command configuration mode】

ERRP domain configuration mode

【Parameter】

ring-id:ring id which is in the range of <2-15>

edge: Network bridge in this ring is edge role

assistant-edge:Network bridge in this ring is assistant-edge role

interface-common: common port id such as ethernet 2/1

interface-edge:interface port id such as ethernet 2/1

【Example】

！Configure primary ring 2 with role mode being master, primary port being 1
and secondary port being 2

GPON(config-errp)#ring 1 role edge common-port ethernet 2/1 edge-port

ethernet 2/2

1.49.8 ring { enable | disable }

Use this command to activate / inactivate a ring.

ring ring-id { enable | disable }

【Command configuration mode】

ERRP domain configuration mode

501
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

ring-id:ring id which is in the range of <2-15>

enable: activate a ring

disable:inactivate a ring

【Example】

！Activate ring 2

GPON(config-errp)#ring 2 enable

1.49.9 show errp

Use this command to display ERRP.

show errp [ domain domain-id [ ring ring-id ] ]

【Command configuration mode】

Any configuration mode

【Parameter】

domain-id:errp domain which is in the range of <2-15>

ring-id:ring id which is in the range of <2-15>

【Example】

！Display errp domain 2 ring 2

GPON(config)#show errp domain 2 ring 2

1.49.10 ring query-solicit

use this command to enable Query Solicitation of ERRP ring. Use no

command to disable it.

ring ring-id query-solicit

502
 Command line configuration manual
no ring ring-id query-solicit

【Command configuration mode】

ERRP domain configuration mode

【Parameter】

ring-id:ring id which is in the range of 2-15.

【Example】

！Enable Query Solicitation of ERRP domain 2 ring 2

GPON(config-errp-domain-2)#ring 2 query-solicit

503
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 28 OLT Slot Management Configuration

Command

1.50 OLT Slot Management Configuration Command

 set slot slot-id type { pon-14 | ge-24| 10ge }

 no slot slot-id type
 show slot type
 show pon {slot slot-id | mac mac-address}

1.50.1 set slot

This command is used to configure insert card type in the slot, command with
no means delete the insert card type in the slot.

set slot slot-id type { pon-14| ge-24| 10ge }

no slot slot-id type

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure slot 2 as ge-24 type

504
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#set slot 2 type ge-24

1.50.2 show slot

This command is used to display slot information

show slot type

【Command mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display slot information

GPON(config)#show slot type

1.50.3 show pon

This command is used to display on line business slot and ONU information

show pon { slot slot-id | mac mac-address }

【Parameter 】

slot-id:slot

mac-address:ONU mac address

【Command mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！display on line business slot and ONU information

GPON(config)#show pon

Slot 3

505
 Command line configuration manual
ONU Mac Address LLID Config Description

3/3/1 00:0a:5a:12:4a:db 60820000 OK

Total onu entries: 1 .

506
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 29 PON Configuration Command

1.51 PON Configuration Command

 onu-authenticate
 white-list
 black-list
 loid-list
 hybrid-list
 onu-p2p
 encrypt
 mac-address-table
 class
 enable-pon-vlan-isolation
 show onu-mac-auth
 show white-list
 show black-list
 show loid-list
 show hybrid-list
 show onu-p2p
 show dba
 show mac-address-table

507
 Command line configuration manual
 show class
 show enable-pon-vlan-isolation

1.51.1 onu-authenticate

This command is used to configure anthentication based on MAC

address,ONU authentication based on logic idenfier and hybrid
authentication.

onu-authenticate slot slotid mode { { mac-auth white-list | black-list } |

loid-auth | hybrid-auth | disable }

onu-authenticate mode { { mac-auth white-list | black-list } | loid-auth |

hybrid-auth | disable }

【Parameter】

slot:slot

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode and PON port configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable slot 5 ONU MAC authentication white list

GPON(config)#onu-authenticate 5 mode mac-auth white-list

！Enable PON hybrid authentication

GPON(config-if-pon-3/3)#onu-authenticate mode hybrid-auth

1.51.2 white-list

This command is used to add/delete white list

white-list add onu-id H:H:H:H:H:H

white-list del { all | onu-id }

508
 Command line configuration manual
【Command mode】

PON port configuration mode

【Example】

！Add white list

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#white-list add 1 00:11:22:33:44:55

！Delete white list

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#white-list del 1

1.51.3 black-list

This command is used to add/delete black list

black-list add H:H:H:H:H:H

black-list del { all | mac-id | H:H:H:H:H:H }

【Command mode】

PONport configuration mode

【Example】

！Add black list

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#black-list add 00:11:22:33:44:55

！Delete black list

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)# black -list del 1

1.51.4 loid-list

This command is used to add, delete logic id authentication entry

loid-list add loid loid-id password pwd-id

loid-list del { all | index index-id | loid loid-id }

509
 Command line configuration manual
【Command mode】

PONport configuration mode

【Example】

！Add logic id authentication entry

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)# loid-list add loid bbbbb password 12345

！Delete logic id authentication entry

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)# loid-list del 1

1.51.5 hybrid-list

This command is used to add, delete hybird authentication entry

hybrid-list add { loid loid-id password pwd-id | mac H:H:H:H:H:H }

hybrid-list del { all | index index-id | loid loid-id }

【Command mode】

PONport configuration mode

【Example】

！Add hybird authentication entry

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)# hybrid-list add loid aaaabbbbcccc password 1234

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)# hybrid-list add mac 0:0:0:0:12:34

！Delete hybird authentication entry

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)# hybrid-list del 1

1.51.6 onu-p2p

This command is used to enable ONU intersession,with command no to

disable ONU intersession.

510
 Command line configuration manual
onu-p2p

no onu-p2p

【Command mode】

PONport configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable ONU intersession

GPON(config)# onu-p2p

！Disable ONU intersession

GPON(config)# no onu-p2p

1.51.7 encryp

This command is used to enable downlink encryption ,with command no to

disable downlink encryption

encryp churn slot rekey-time

encryp 32_aes slot rekey-time

encryp 48_aes slot rekey-time

no encryp slot

【Parameter 】

slot:slot

rekey-time: key refresh time

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable downlink 3 layer jitter encryption

511
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(config)#encryp churn 5 1000000

！Disable downlink 3 layer jitter encryption

GPON(config)#no encryp 5

1.51.8 dba

This command is for dba related parameter.

dba algorithm slot { cbr | nonworkconserv | workconserv }

dba mode slot { hw | sw | hw-tuning | sw-tuning }

dba params slot pon-num cycletime discovfreq discovtime

【Parameter 】

slot:slot

pon-num:PON port

cycletime:cycle time

discovfreq:discover frequency

discovtime:discover time

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure DBA algorithm as cbr

GPON(config)# dba algorithm 2 cbr

！Configure DBA mode as hardware dispatch

GPON(config)# dba mode 2 hw

！Configure PON port optical parameter

GPON(config)# dba params 2 1 125000 255 65500

512
 Command line configuration manual
1.51.9 mac-address-table

This command is used to configure MAC address learning quantity limitation

of ONU LLID

mac-address-table onu-index { llid_index | all } max-mac-count number

【Parameter 】

llid_index: ONU LLID index

number:MAC address learning quantity limitation,the range is 1－1000

【Command mode】

PON port configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure MAC address learning quantity limitation as 20 of the first LLID

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#mac-address-table onu-index 1

max-mac-count 20

！Configure MAC address learning quantity limitation as 20 of all LLID

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#mac-address-table onu-index all

max-mac-count 20

1.51.10 classif

This command is used to configure flow classification rule

classif ruleid { pon | onu onu_id | nni } permit packet ip

{ [ ip-da ip ] | [ destination-port value ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ dscp value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ ip-sa ip ] | [ source-port value ] | [ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

513
 Command line configuration manual
[ ethernet-priority-action value ]

[ vlan-action { push vlanid | translation vlanid | pop } ]

classif ruleid { pon | onu onu_id | nni } permit packet arp

{ [ ip-da ip ] | [ destination-port value ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ dscp value ] |

[ ip-sa ip ] | [ source-port value ] | [ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

[ ethernet-priority-action value ]

[ vlan-action { push vlanid | translation vlanid | pop } ]

classif ruleid { pon | onu onu_id | nni } permit packet eth

{ [ destination-mac H:H:H:H:H:H ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ ethernet-type value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

[ ethernet-priority-action value ]

[ vlan-action { push vlanid | translation vlanid | pop } ]

classif ruleid { pon | onu onu_id | nni } permit packet any

{ [ destination-mac H:H:H:H:H:H | dot1p-priority value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

[ ethernet-priority-action value ]

[ vlan-action { push vlanid | translation vlanid | pop } ]

514
 Command line configuration manual

classif ruleid { pon | onu onu_id | nni } deny packet ip

{ [ ip-da ip ] | [ destination-port value ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ dscp value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ ip-sa ip ] | [ source-port value ] | [ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

classif ruleid { pon | onu onu_id | nni } deny packet arp

{ [ ip-da ip ] | [ destination-port value ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ dscp value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ ip-sa ip ] | [ source-port value ] | [ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

classif ruleid { pon | onu onu_id | nni } deny packet eth

{ [ destination-mac H:H:H:H:H:H ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ ethernet-type value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

classif ruleid { pon | onu onu_id | nni } deny packet any

{ [ destination-mac H:H:H:H:H:H | dot1p-priority value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

515
 Command line configuration manual
classif slot slotid { pon | nni } permit packet ip

{ [ ip-da ip ] | [ destination-port value ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ dscp value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ ip-sa ip ] | [ source-port value ] | [ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

[ ethernet-priority-action value ]

[ vlan-action { push vlanid | translation vlanid | pop } ]

classif slot slotid { pon | nni } permit packet arp

{ [ ip-da ip ] | [ destination-port value ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ dscp value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ ip-sa ip ] | [ source-port value ] | [ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

[ ethernet-priority-action value ]

[ vlan-action { push vlanid | translation vlanid | pop } ]

classif slot slotid { pon | nni } permit packet eth

{ [ destination-mac H:H:H:H:H:H ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ ethernet-type value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

[ ethernet-priority-action value ]

[ vlan-action { push vlanid | translation vlanid | pop } ]

516
 Command line configuration manual
classif slot slotid { pon | nni } permit packet any

{ [ destination-mac H:H:H:H:H:H | dot1p-priority value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

[ ethernet-priority-action value ]

[ vlan-action { push vlanid | translation vlanid | pop } ]

classif slot slotid { pon | nni } deny packet ip

{ [ ip-da ip ] | [ destination-port value ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ dscp value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ ip-sa ip ] | [ source-port value ] | [ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

classif slot slotid { pon | nni } deny packet arp

{ [ ip-da ip ] | [ destination-port value ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ dscp value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ ip-sa ip ] | [ source-port value ] | [ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

classif slot slotid { pon | nni } deny packet eth

{ [ destination-mac H:H:H:H:H:H ] |

[ dot1p-priority value ] | [ ethernet-type value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

517
 Command line configuration manual

classif slot slotid { pon | nni } deny packet any

{ [ destination-mac H:H:H:H:H:H | dot1p-priority value ] |

[ ip-protocol { id | icmp | igmp | tcp | udp | esp-ah | pim } ] |

[ vlan vlanStart_id vlanEnd_id ] } *

【Parameter 】

ruleid:flow classification rule index,the range is 1－99

onu_id:ONU index,the range is 1－64

【Command mode】

PONport configuration mode and all global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure interface 1 onu 1 flow classification rule in business card pon3 :

Select data packets as IP, source IP address is 192.168.0.32 ,vlan tag

packets of vlanid=100 ,that packets mark outside vlan,the value is vlan-
id=200

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#class 1 onu 1 permit packet ip source-ip

192.168.0.32 vlan 100 vlan-action push 200

1.51.11 no classif

This command is to delete PON flow classification rule.

no classif [ ruleid ]

no classif [ slot slotid ]

【Command mode】

PON port configuration mode and all global configuration mode

518
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Delete interface 1 onu 1 flow classification rule in business card pon3

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#no class 1

1.51.12 enable-pon-vlan-isolation

This command is to enable or disable VLAN isolation mechanism

enable-pon-vlan-isolation vlan vlan0-id vlan1-id vlan2-id vlan3-id

no enable-pon-vlan-isolation

【Parameter 】

Vlan0-id:isolate VLAN id corresponding to PON 1

Vlan1-id:isolate VLAN id corresponding to PON 2
Vlan2-id:isolate VLAN id corresponding to PON 3
Vlan3-id:isolate VLAN id corresponding to PON 4

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable VLAN isolation mechanism and configure isolate VLAN id as 100

200 300 400
GPON(config)#enable-pon-vlan-isolation 100 200 300 400
! Disable VLAN isolation mechanism
GPON(config)#no enable-pon-vlan-isolation

1.51.13 show onu-mac-auth

This command is to display ONU MAC authentication.

show onu-mac-auth mode

show onu-mac-auth mode [ slot slotid [ pon ponid ] ]

【Command mode】

519
 Command line configuration manual
PON port configuration mode and global mode

【Example】

！Display ONU MAC authentication

GPON(config)# show onu-mac-auth mode slot 2 pon 1

slot : 2
pon 2/1 mac-auth mode: black-list

1.51.14 show white-list

This command is to display white list.

show white-list

【Command mode】

PONport configuration mode

【Example】

！Display white list

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#show white-list

WHITE LIST:

ONU INDEX MAC ADDRESS ACTIVE NAME

2/4/1 152 02:02:02:02:02:02 y

1.51.15 show black-list

This command is to display black list.

show black-list

【Command mode】

PON port configuration mode

520
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Display black list

GPON(config-if-pon-5/4)#show black-list

BLACK LIST:

PORT INDEX MAC ADDRESS

pon-2/4 1 01:01:01:01:01:01

1.51.16 show loid-list

This command is to display logic identifier authentication entry .

show loid-list

【Command mode】

PONport configuration mode

【Example】

！Display logic identifier authentication entry

GPON(config-if-pon-2/4)#show loid-list

LOID LIST:

Index Loid Password

1 bbbbb 12345

Total loid entries: 1 .

1.51.17 show hybrid-list

This command is to display hybrid authentication entry.

show hybrid-list

【Command mode】

521
 Command line configuration manual
PON port configuration mode

【Example】

！Display hybrid authentication entry

GPON(config-if-pon-2/4)# show hybrid-list

Hybrid LIST:

Index Loid/Mac Address Password

1 aaaabbbbcccc 1234

2 00:00:00:00:12:34

Total hybrid entries: 2 .

1.51.18 show onu-p2p

This command is to display ONU intersession configuration.

show onu-p2p

【Command mode】

PON configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU intersession configuration.

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#show onu-p2p

onu-p2p : disable

1.51.19 show dba

This command is to display dba configuration.

show dba slot

【Command mode】

522
 Command line configuration manual
Global configuration mode

【Example】

！Display dba configuration.

GPON(config)#show dba 2

DBA mode: hardware DBA with dynamic cycletime tuning

DBA algorithm: NONWORKCONSERV
DBA params:
pon 1: cycletime = 125000 discovfreq = 64 discovtime = 14000
pon 2: cycletime = 125000 discovfreq = 64 discovtime = 14000
pon 3: cycletime = 125000 discovfreq = 64 discovtime = 14000
pon 4: cycletime = 125000 discovfreq = 64 discovtime = 14000

1.51.20 show mac-address-table

This command is to display MAC address quality limitation based on ONU

LLID

show mac-address-table onu-index { llid_index | all } max-mac-count

【Parameter 】

llid_index: ONU LLID index

【Command mode】

PONport configuration mode

【Example】

！Display MAC address quality limitation based on the first ONU LLID

GPON(config-if-pon-3/3)#show mac-address-table onu-index 1

max-mac-count

523
 Command line configuration manual
onu-index llid limit switch Max mac address number

01 0x61040000 enable 20

1.51.21 show classif

This command is to display OLT detect flow classification configuration

show classif [ ruleid ]

show classif [ slot slotid ]

【Parameter 】

ruleid:flow classification rule id index ,the range is 1－99

slotid:OLT business card slot id,2-5

【Command mode】

PONport configuration modeand All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Display interface 1 slotid 1 onu 3 flow classification rule in pon3

GPON(config-if-pon-3/1)#show classif 1

！Display pon 3 flow classification rule

GPON(config)#show classif slot 3

1.51.22 show enable-pon-vlan-isolation

This command is to display PON VLAN isolation information

show enable-pon-vlan-isolation

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

524
 Command line configuration manual
！Display PON VLAN isolation information

GPON(config)#show enable-pon-vlan-isolation

PON isolation by vlan is enable: 4010 4011 4012 4013.

525
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 30 ONU Management Configuration

Commands

1.52 ONU Management Configuration Commands

 onu-description
 show onu-description
 onu-binding
 show onu-status
 onu-reboot
 onu-bandwidth
 onu-encrypt
 onu-loopback
 onu-flow-control
 onu-shutdown
 onu-speed auto
 onu-vlan-mode
 onu-classification
 onu-mac-address-table
 onu-queue-scheduler

526
 Command line configuration manual
 onu-dtag
 onu-ip address static
 no onu-ip address
 show onu-bandwidth
 show onu-encrypt
 show onu-loopback oam
 show onu-interface
 show onu-sn
 show onu-firmware
 show onu-pon-chip
 show onu-capabilities
 show onu-vlan-mode
 show onu-mac-address-table
 show onu-queue-scheduler
 show onu-dtag
 show onu-ip address onu

1.52.1 onu-description

This command is to configure corresponding descriptor to distinguish each

ONU.

onu-description onu-name

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure onu3/4/1 description as greennet

GPON(onu-3/4/1)# onu-description greennet

527
 Command line configuration manual
1.52.2 show onu-description

This command is to display ONU configured descriptor.

show onu-description

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display onu3/4/1 descriptor

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#show onu-description

1.52.3 onu-binding

This command is to bind ONU type or MAC corresponding to related ONU

index；Meanwhile unbind to binding ONU

onu-binding mac H:H:H:H:H:H type onu-type onu onu-id

onu-binding mac H:H:H:H:H:H onu onu-id

onu-binding type onu-type onu onu-id

no onu-binding onu onu-id

onu-binding mac H:H:H:H:H:H type onu-type

onu-binding mac H:H:H:H:H:H

onu-binding type onu-type

no onu-binding

no onu-binding mac

no onu-binding type

【Command mode】

Global configuration mode and ONU configuration mode

528
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Bind onu3/4/1 type and MAC

GPON(config)# onu-binding mac 0:0:0:0:0:11 type 2040 onu 3/4/1

！Unbind onu3/4/1 binding

GPON(config)# no onu-binding

！Bind onu3/4/1 type

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#onu-binding type 2040

！Bind onu3/4/1 MAC

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#onu-binding mac 0:0:0:0:0:11

！Unbind onu3/4/1 binding type

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#no onu-binding type

！Unbind onu3/4/1 binding MAC

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#no onu-binding mac

1.52.4 show onu-status

This command is to receive ONUregistration,including MAC of ONU,RTT,on

line time,ONU type, software version, current online status.

show onu-status

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure onu3/4/1 description as greennet

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#show onu-status

ONU Mac Address RTT(TQ) RegisterTime Type Software State

529
 Command line configuration manual
3/4/1 00:0a:5a:12:46:59 54 00/021/02 00:40:08 2160 B01D001P005SP1 Up

1.52.5 onu-reboot

This command is to reboot on line ONU.

onu-reboot

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Reboot ONU

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-reboot

1.52.6 onu-bandwidth

This command is to configure the whole ONU uplink and downlink

bandwidth,traffic shaping and strategy.

onu-bandwidth upstream fir fir-number cir cir-number pir pir-number

[ burst burst-number ] [ priority priority-number ] [delay delay-number ]

[ jitter jitter-number ]

onu-bandwidth downstream fir fir-number cir cir-number pir pir-number

[ burst burst-number ] [ priority priority-number ] [delay delay-number ]

[ jitter jitter-number ]

onu-bandwidth shaper { cir | pir }

onu-bandwidth police upstream { cir { dorp | mark } | pir { dorp | mark }

| mixed }

onu-bandwidth police downstream { cir { dorp | mark } | pir { dorp

| mark } | mixed }

530
 Command line configuration manual
no onu-bandwidth upstream

no onu-bandwidth downstream

no onu-bandwidth shaper

no onu-bandwidth police upstream

no onu-bandwidth police downstream

【Parameter】

fir-number: fixed bandwidth : 0-980000 Kbps

cir-number: permitted bandwidth : 0-1000000 Kbps

pir-number: maximum bandwidth: 512-1000000 Kbps

burst-number: burst size : 32-640 KB

priority-number: priority /weight: 1-32

delay-number: maximum delay : us

jitter-number: maximum jitter : us

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ONU uplink bandwidth

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-bandwidth upstream fir 0 cir 600000 pir 980000

！Configure ONU traffic shaping

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-bandwidth shaper cir

！Configure ONU uplink strategy

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-bandwidth police upstream pir drop

！Recover ONU downlink bandwidth original configuration

531
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-bandwidth downstream

！Disable ONU traffic shaping

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-bandwidth shaper

！Disable ONU downlink strategy

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-bandwidth police downstream

1.52.7 onu-encrypt

This command is to enable/disable ONU encryption

onu-encrypt

no onu-encrypt

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable ONU encryption

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-encryp

！Disable ONU encryption

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-encryp

1.52.8 onu-loopback

This command is to enable/disable ONU loopback

onu-loopback oam

no onu-loopback oam

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

532
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Enable ONU loopback

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-loopback oam

！Disable ONU loopback

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-loopback oam

1.52.9 onu-flow-control

This command is to configure ONU port flow control in CTC standard

onu-flow-control

no onu-flow-control

【Command mode】

ONUport configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable ONU port flow control

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-flow-control

！Disable ONU port flow control

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-flow-control

1.52.10 onu-shutdown

This command is to configure ONU port enable in CTC standard

onu-shutdown

no onu-shutdown

【Command mode】

ONUport configuration mode

533
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Disable ONU port enable

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-shutdown

！Enable ONU port enable

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#no onu-shutdown

1.52.11 onu-speed auto

This command is to configure ONU port auto-negociation in CTC standard

onu-speed auto

no onu-speed auto

【Command mode】

ONUport configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable ONU port auto-negociation

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-speed auto

！Disable ONU port auto-negociation

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#no onu-speed auto

1.52.12 onu-bandwidth

This command is to configure ONU uplink and downlink bandwidth in CTC

standard

onu-bandwidth ingress cir cir_number cbs cbs_number ebs ebs_number

onu-bandwidth egress cir cir_number pir pir_number

【Parameter】

534
 Command line configuration manual
cir-number: export/inport rate is 64 - 1024000 kbps

cbs-number: ring algorithm deepth is 1523 - 1000000 Byte

ebs-number: additional burst size is 0 - 1522 Byte

pir-number: peak information rate is 64 - 1024000 kbps

【Command mode】

ONUport configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure port uplink bandwidth

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)# onu-bandwidth ingress cir 20000 cbs 20000 ebs

123

！Configure port downlink bandwidth

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)# onu-bandwidth egress cir 20000 pir 20000

1.52.13 onu-bandwidth multicast

This command is to configure private CTC ONU multicast rate

onu-bandwidth multicast rate-limit-value

【Parameter】

rate-limit-value: multicast rate value is :1 – 1048576（kbps）

0 means no limit to multicast

1.52.14 onu-bandwidth broadcast

This command is to configure private CTC ONU broadcast rate

onu-bandwidth broadcast { upstream | downstream } rate-limit-value

【Parameter】

535
 Command line configuration manual
rate-limit-value: broadcast rate value is :256-1000000（kbps）

1.52.15 onu-vlan-mode

This command is to configure ONU port vlan mode in CTC standard

onu-vlan-mode { transparent | tag vlan vlan-number | translation

{ vlan vlan_number old_vlan vlan_number1 new_vlan vlan_number2 } |

{ delete old_vlan vlan_number1 new_vlan vlan_number2 } }

【Parameter】

vlan-number: port default vlan ID

vlan_number1: shift list elements 1

vlan_number2: shift list elements 2

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode,ONUport configuration mode

【Usage】

In ONU configuration mode, only configure two vlan modes, that is

transparent mode and tag mode.

In ONU port mode, it configures three vlan modes : transparent mode, tag
mode and translation mode.When configuring port translation mode,if need
to add new shift entry based on original base, it enters command vlan-mode

translation vlan vlan_number old_vlan vlan_number1 new_vlan

vlan_number2, if add new entry vlan vlan_number is different from original

value, the new entry will replace the original entry.

【Example】

！Configure port as translation mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-vlan-mode translation vlan 3 old_vlan 5

536
 Command line configuration manual
new_vlan 6

！Add a new shift items

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-vlan-mode translation vlan 3 old_vlan 52

new_vlan 66

！Configure all ports as tag mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-vlan-mode tag vlan 34

1.52.16 onu-classification

This command is to configure ONU port flow classfication in CTC standard

onu-classification precedence precedence-num queMapped queMapped-

num ethernet-priority ethernetPriority-num

{ select-filed select-value | select-filed select-value | select-filed

select-value }

Below command is to delete ONU port flow classfication in CTC standard

no onu-classification precedence precedence-num

【Parameter】

precedence-num: priority of flow classification rule

queMapped-num: rule mapping queue num

ethernetPriority-num: Ethernet priority

select-value: select item matching value

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode/port configuration mode

【Example】

537
 Command line configuration manual
！Add a flow classfication:

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-classification precedence 1 que-mapped 1

ethernet-priority 2 destination-mac 11:22:33:44:55:66

！Delete a flow classfication:

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)# no onu-classification precedence 1

1.52.17 onu-multicast mode

This command is to configure ONU multicast control mode in CTC standard

onu-multicast mode { onu-igmp-snooping | onu-multicast-ctrl }

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ONU multicast control mode as controllable mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-multicast mode onu-multicast-ctrl

1.52.18 onu-multicast tag

This command is to configure ONU port multicast tag strip

onu-multicast { tag | untag }

【Command mode】

ONUport configuration mode

【Example】

！configure ONU port multicast without VLAN TAG of stripping multicst

business packets

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-multicast tag

538
 Command line configuration manual
1.52.19 onu-multicast fastleave

This command is to enable/disable fast-leave in CTC standard.

onu-multicast fastleave { enable | disable }

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ONU multicast and enable fast-leave:

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-multicast fastleave enable

1.52.20 onu-igmp-snooping vlan

This command is to configure port multicast vlan in CTC standard

onu-igmp-snooping vlan vlan-list

This command is to delete ort multicast vlan in CTC standard

no onu-igmp-snooping vlan vlan-list

【Parameter】

vlan-list: configure up to 8 vlan multicast group

【Command mode】

ONUport configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ONU port multicast vlan group

GPON(onu-3/3/1 -reth-0/1)#onu-igmp-snooping vlan 1,2,3-5

！Delete ONU port multicast vlan group

GPON(onu-3/3/1 -reth-0/1)# no onu-igmp-snooping vlan 1,2

539
 Command line configuration manual
1.52.21 onu-igmp-snooping group-number

This command is to configure the maximum view on line multicast group in

igmp-snooping mode

onu-igmp-snooping group-number group-number

【Command mode】

ONUport configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ONU view on line multicast group in igmp-snooping mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1 -reth-0/1)# onu-igmp-snooping group-number 6

1.52.22 onu-multicast-ctrl

This command is to configure the privileged control table in the control

multicast mode.

onu-multicast-ctrl { permit | preview } { H:H:H:H:H:H portid vlanid }

【Parameter】

H:H:H:H:H:H :multicast mac address

portid:onu port id

vlanid: multicast vlan num

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ONU multicast vlan group

GPON(onu-3/3/1)# onu-multicast-ctrl permit 01:00:5e:01:01:01 1 5

540
 Command line configuration manual
1.52.23 onu-fec mode

This command is to configure FEC mode in CTC standard

onu-fec mode { enable | disable }

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable fec

GPON(onu-3/3/1)# onu-fec mode enable

1.52.24 no onu-classification

This command is to delete ONU port flow classification in CTC standard

no onu-classification precedence precedence-num

【Parameter】

precedence-num: priority of flow classification rule

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode/port configuration mode

【Example】

！Delete a flow classification:

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)# no onu-classification precedence 1

1.52.25 no onu-igmp-snooping vlan

This command is to delete multicast vlan in CTC standard

no onu-igmp-snooping vlan vlan-list

【Parameter】

541
 Command line configuration manual
vlan-list: configure maximum 8 vlan multicast group

【Command mode】

ONUport configuration mode

【Example】

！Delete ONU port multicasdt vlan group

GPON(onu-3/3/1 -reth-0/1)# no onu-igmp-snooping vlan 1,2

1.52.26 no onu-multicast-ctrl

This command is to delete port multicast vlan group in CTC standard

no onu-multicast-ctrl { H:H:H:H:H:H portid vlanid }

【Parameter】

H:H:H:H:H:H : multicast mac address

portid:onu port id

vlanid: multicast vlan id

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Delete ONU port multicast vlan group

GPON(onu-3/3/1)# no onu-multicast-ctrl 01:00:5e:01:01:01 1 5

1.52.27 no onu-bandwidth multicast

This command is to recover private CTC ONU multicast default rate :that is
no limit to multicast

no onu-bandwidth multicast

542
 Command line configuration manual
1.52.28 no onu-bandwidth broadcast

This command is to recover privateCTC ONU broadcast default rate :that is

no limit to broadcast

no onu-bandwidth broadcast

1.52.29 onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count

This command is to limit ONU port MAC address learning quantity

onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count number

no onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count

【Parameter】

number:MAC address limitation quantity,the range is 1－1000

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode, it appoints to all ports

ONUport configuration mode,it appoints to single port

【Example】

！Configure ONU 3/3/1 all ports MAC address limitation quantity is 20

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count 20

！Configure ONU 3/3/1port3 MAC address limitation quantity is 40

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#interface ethernet 3

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-3)#onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count 40

！Delete ONU 3/3/1 all ports MAC address limitation quantity is 20

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count

1.52.30 onu-mac-address-table age-time

543
 Command line configuration manual
This command is to configure ONU MAC address aging time

onu-mac-address-table age-time { number | disable }

no onu-mac-address-table age-time

【Parameter】

number: means MAC address aging time,the range is 1-1048575s

disable: means MAC address table doesn’t be aging

【Default】

The default value of MAC address aging time is 300s

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ONU MAC address aging time is 10s

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-mac-address-table age-time 10

！Revert ONU MAC address aging time is the default 300s

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-mac-address-table age-time

！Disable ONU MAC address aging time

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-mac-address-table age-time disable

1.52.31 onu-queue-scheduler

This command is to configure ONU queue scheduler.

onu-queue-scheduler { strict-priority | wrr queue1-weight queue2-weight

queue3-weight queue4-weight }

no queue-scheduler

【Parameter】

544
 Command line configuration manual
strict-priority: means queue executes strict scheduler

queue1-weight queue2-weight queue3-weight queue4-weight: means queue

executes WRR .queue1-weight:num 1 queue weight；queue2-weight: num
2queue weight；queue3-weight: num 3 queue weight；queue4-weight: num
4 queue weight

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure queue scheduler mode as WRR ,the weight of 8 queues is 15,

14,13,12

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-queue-scheduler wrr 15 14 13 12

1.52.32 onu-queue-scheduler cos-map

This command is to configure the mapping of 8 queues in hardward system

and 8 priorites in IEEE 802.1p .

onu-queue-scheduler cos-map { queue-number packed-priority }

【Parameter】

queue-number: hardware priority queue, the range is 0～4

packed-priority:IEEE 802.1p defines priority,the range is 0～7

【Default】

By default, the mapping is as below :

802.1p: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Hardware priority :0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3

【Command mode】

545
 Command line configuration manual
ONU configuration mode

【Usage】

By default, S8600-04 has 4 hardware priority queues , from 0～4,4 is the

highest priority.

S8600-04 sends buffer packets of higher priority in the hardware priority

queues.

【Example】

！Configure hardware priority queues 1 mapping to IEEE 802.1p protocol

priority 6

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-queue-scheduler cos-map 1 6

1.52.33 onu-queue-scheduler cos-remap

This command is to configure the mapping of 8 priority in IEEE 802.1p.With

command no means to disable 802.1p re-mapping.

onu-queue-scheduler cos-remap [ old-cos new-cos ]

【Parameter】

old-cos:IEEE 802.1p defined original priority ,the range is 0～7

new-cos:IEEE 802.1p defined new priority,the range is 0～7

【Default】

By default, the mapping disables, when open, COS assigns to different

priority.

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

546
 Command line configuration manual
！Enable 802.1p re-mapping, configure value 2 IEEE 802.1p protocol priority
re-mapping to 5

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-queue-scheduler cos-remap

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-queue-scheduler cos-remap 2 5

1.52.34 onu-mac-address-table blackhole

This command is to configure ONU MAC blackhole

onu-mac-address-table blackhole H:H:H:H:H:H [ vlan vlan_id ]

no onu-mac-address-table blackhole { all | H:H:H:H:H:H [ vlan vlan_id ] }

【Parameter】

H:H:H:H:H:H:MAC address

vlan_id:VLAN id,the range is 1－4094

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure ONU 3/3/1 blackhole items

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-mac-address-table blackhole 1:1:1:1:1:1 vlan 1

！Delete ONU 3/3/1 blackhole items

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-mac-address-table blackhole 1:1:1:1:1:1 vlan 1

！Delete ONU 3/3/1 all blackhole items

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-mac-address-table blackhole all

1.52.35 onu-dtag

This command is to configure ONU QINQ

onu-dtag [ flexible-qinq ]

547
 Command line configuration manual
no onu-dtag

onu-dtag outer-tpid tpid_id

no onu-dtag outer-tpid

onu-dtag mode { customer | uplink }

no onu-dtag mode

onu-dtag insert start_vlan end_vlan vlan

no onu-dtag insert [ all ]

onu-dtag psgg-through start_vlan end_vlan

no onu-dtag psgg-through [ all ]

【Parameter】

tpid_id:TPID value,the range is 0x5DD－0xFFFF

start_vlan: start VLAN value,the range is 1－4094

end_vlan: end VLAN value,the range is 1－4094

vlan:VLAN value,the range is 1－4094

【Command mode】

In ONU configuration mode,it is for QINQ mode and outside TPID

In ONU port configuration mode, it is for QINQ entity items

【Example】

！Enable static QINQ

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-dtag

！Enable flexible QINQ

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-dtag flexible-qinq

！Disable QINQ

548
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-dtag

！Configure outside TPID

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-dtag outer-tpid 999

！Revert to default TPID

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-dtag outer-tpid

！Configure port mode as CUSTOMER mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-dtag mode customer

！Revert port mode is the default UPLINK mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#no onu-dtag mode

！Configure port INSERT items

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-dtag insert 3 5 6

！Delete port INSERT item

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#no onu-dtag insert 3 5 6

！Configure port PASSTHROUGH items

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#onu-dtag pass-through 7 9

！Delete port all PASSTHROUGH items

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#no onu-dtag pass-through all

1.52.36 onu-ip address static

This command is to configure ONU IP

onu-ip address static ip-address ip-address-mask ip-address-gateway

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

549
 Command line configuration manual
！Configure onu 3/4/1 IP

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#onu-ip address static 1.1.1.22 255.255.255.0 1.1.1.1

1.52.37 no onu-ip address

This command is to clear ONU IP

no onu-ip address

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Clear onu 3/4/1 的 IP

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#no onu-ip address

1.52.38 onu-vlan

This command is to enter into VLAN configuration mode or create VLAN

then enter into VLAN configuration mode

onu-vlan vlan-id

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode or ONU port mode

【Example】

！Create ONU 3/4/1 VLAN 200

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#onu-vlan 200

1.52.39 no onu-vlan

This command is to delete all VLAN except existed VLAN 1 or selected

VLAN

550
 Command line configuration manual
no onu-vlan { vlan-id | all }

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Delete ONU 3/4/1 VLAN 200

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#no onu-vlan 200

1.52.40 onu-swithport

This command is to add ONU port in current VLAN.

onu-switchport { interface-list | all }

【Command mode】

ONU VLAN mode

【Example】

！Add ONU3/3/1 port 1,2,3 to current VLAN

GPON(onu-3/3/1-rvlan)#onu-switchport ethernet 2/1 to ethernet 2/3

1.52.41 no onu-swithport

This command is to add ONU port in current VLAN

no onu-switchport { interface-list | all }

【Command mode】

ONU VLAN mode

【Example】

！Delete ONU3/3/1 port 1 in the current VLAN

GPON(onu-3/3/1-rvlan)#no onu-switchport ethernet 2/1

551
 Command line configuration manual
1.52.42 onu-swithport access vlan

This command is to add current ports to selected VLAN, port default VLAN
ID is selected VLAN

onu-switchport access vlan vlan-id

【Command mode】

ONU port mode

【Example】

！Add ONU3/3/3 access port 3 to VLAN 200

GPON(onu-3/3/3-reth-0/3)#onu-switchport access vlan 200

1.52.43 no onu-swithport access vlan

This command is to delete current access port in selected VLAN

no onu-switchport access vlan vlan-id

【Command mode】

ONU port mode

【Example】

！Delete ONU3/3/3 access port 3 in VLAN 200

GPON(onu-3/3/3-reth-0/3)#no onu-switchport access vlan 200

1.52.44 onu-tag-mode

This command is to configure ONU port in tag mode .

onu-tag-mode [ tag | untag | unmodify ]

【Command mode】

ONU port mode

552
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Configure ONU3/3/3 access port 3 TAG mode as tag

GPON(onu-3/3/3-reth-0/3)#onu-tag-mode tag

1.52.45 onu-com-session

This command is to configure electricity power ONU console session

parameter.

onu-com-session comid { tcpclient | udp } serverip portid [ baudrate

[ parity [ databits [ stopbits] ] ] ]

onu-com-session comid tcpserver portid [ baudrate [ parity [ databits

[ stopbits ] ] ] ]

【Parameter】

comid: console id ,the range is 1-4

portid: network id,the range is 1-65535

baudrate: baud rate,the range is 0-10,0 means baud rate is 300,1 means
baud rate is 600,2 means baud rate is 1200,3 means baud rate is 2400,4
means baud rate is 4800,5 means baud rate is 9600,6 means baud rate is
14400,7 means baud rate is 19200,8 means baud rate is 38400,9 means
baud rate is 57600,10 means baud rate is 115200, it will be the default value
115200 if nothing inputs

parity-type: parity type, the range is 0-4,0 means None parity,1 means even
parity,2 means odd parity ,3 means symbol parity ,4 means space parity, it
will be the default value None parity if nothing inputs

databits: data bits ,the range is 0-3,0 means data bit as 5 bits,1 means data
bit 6 bits, 2 means data bit 7 bits,3 means data bit 8 bits, it will be the default
value 8 bits if nothing inputs

stopbits:stop bits,the range is 0-2,0 means stop bit as 1bit,1 means stop bit
as 1.5 bits,2 means stop bit as 2 bits, it will be the default 1 bit if nothing

553
 Command line configuration manual
inputs

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Configue ONU console 1 session is UDP, session port is 9800,session ip

is 192.168.1.1, baud rate is 1200,parity type is even parity, databits is 6 bits,
stopbits is 1.5 bits

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#onu-com-session 1 udp 192.168.1.1 9800 2 1 1 1

1.52.46 no onu-com-session

his command is to disable electricity power ONU console session.

no onu-com-session comid

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Disable console 1 session

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#no onu-com-session 1

1.52.47 clear onu-com-statistic

This command is to clear console traffic statistic

clear onu-com-statistic [ comid ]

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

554
 Command line configuration manual
！Clear all console traffic statistic

GPON(onu-3/4/1)# clear onu-com-statistic

1.52.48 onu-event-alarm loopback

This command is to enable/disable onu loopback alarm

onu-event-alarm loopback enable/disable

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode,All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable onu loopback alarm

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-event-alarm loopback enable

！Disable onu loopback alarm

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-event-alarm loopback disable

1.52.49 onu-ctc-upgrade

This command is to upgrad ONU version based on ctc standard

onu-ctc-upgrade

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Upgrade onu

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#onu-ctc-upgrade

1.52.50 onu-ctc-upgrade-commit

This command is to ensure onu upgrade had finished

555
 Command line configuration manual
onu-ctc-upgrade-commit

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Ensure onu upgrade had finished

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#onu-ctc-upgrade-commit

1.52.51 show onu-port-info

This command is to display current ONU port PVID and port TAG mode .

show onu-port-info

【Command mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display current ONU3/3/3 port 3 information

GPON(onu-3/3/3-reth-0/3)#show onu-port-info

PVID 200

Port mode: Untagged

1.52.52 show onu-status

This command is to display receiving ONUregistration,including MAC of

ONU,RTT,on line time,ONU type, software version, current online status.

show onu-status [ onu-id | onu-mac ]

【Command mode】

Any configuration mode

556
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Display current online ONU status

GPON(onu-3/4/1)#show onu-status

ONU Mac Address RTT(TQ) RegisterTime Type Software State

3/4/1 00:0a:5a:12:46:59 54 00/021/02 00:40:08 2160 B01D001P005SP1

UP

1.52.53 show statistics onu

This command is to display ONU port traffic statistics

show statistics onu olt/pon/onu

【Command mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU port 1 traffic statistics

GPON(config)#show statistics

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show statistics 3/4/1

SLOT/PON TOTAL(BYTES) UNICASTS(packets)

MULTICASTS(packets) BROADCASTS(packets)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3/4/1 port:pon

input 6389705 511 92443 6176

output 80054 73 0 498

3/4/1 port:uni

input 549817 73 6907 498

557
 Command line configuration manual
output 2354053 10 30565 6176

1.52.54 show onu-bandwidth

This command is to display the whole ONU uplink and downlink

bandwidth,traffic shaping and strategy.

show onu-bandwidth

show onu-bandwidth shaper

show onu-bandwidth police

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU uplink bandwidth

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-bandwidth

upstream: fir=0 cir=1000 pir=100000 burst=100 priority=1 delay=10

jitter=10

downstream: fir=0 cir=1000 pir=100000 burst=100 priority=1 delay=10

jitter=10

ONU port 1 bandwidth ingress is Disable

！Display ONU traffic shaping

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-bandwidth shaper

shaper action: disable

！Display ONU traffic strategy

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-bandwidth police

upstream police: disable

downstream police: disable

558
 Command line configuration manual
1.52.55 show onu-encrypt

This command is to display ONU encryption

show onu-encrypt

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU encryption

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-encrypt

encryp: enable

1.52.56 show onu-loopback oam

This command is to display ONU loopback

show onu-loopback oam

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU loopback

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-loopback oam

Loopback oam is disable

1.52.57 show onu-interface

This command is to display ONU port information

show onu-interface [ ethernet ethernet_number ]

【Parameter 】

559
 Command line configuration manual
ethernet-number:detailed port num

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU port1

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-interface ethernet 2/1

onu : 3/3/1

ONU port 1 is Disable, port link is LINK UP

ONU auto negotiate ability :

ability value[1] : 0x00000028

ability value[2] : 0x00000192

ability value[3] : 0x00000142

speed auto is Enable, Flow control is Disable

bandwidth ingress is Disable

bandwidth egress is Disable

1.52.58 show onu-sn

This command is to display ONU serial number in CTC standard.

show onu-sn

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU serial number

560
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-sn

Vender ID: IMST

MODEL: 8015

ONUID: 0x00 0x0a 0x5a 0x11 0x49 0x5c

HW: 0x35 0x30 0x31 0x31 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00

SW: 0x32 0x30 0x33 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00

1.52.59 show onu-firmware

This command is to display ONU firmware information in CTC standard.

show onu-firmware

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU firmware information

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-firmware

onu firmware :

0x48 0xfd 0x97 0x3f 0x00 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x03 0x00 0x00

1.52.60 show onu-pon-chip

This command is to display ONU PON chip information in CTC standard.

show onu-pon-chip

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

561
 Command line configuration manual
【Example】

！Display ONU PON chip information

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-pon-chip

onu chip id : vendor id IM

onu chip id : model Id 0x5 0x11

onu chip id : date 06/17/39

1.52.61 show onu-capabilities

This command is to display ONU support in CTC standard

show onu-capabilities

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU support

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-capabilities

onu 3/3/1 :

onu capability: serviceSupported 3

onu capability: numGEPorts 1

onu capability: geBitmap 0x10000

onu capability: numFEPorts 16

onu capability: feBitmap 0xffff

onu capability: numPOTSPorts 0

onu capability: numE1Ports 0

onu capability: numUSQueues 4

562
 Command line configuration manual
onu capability: maxQueueUSPort 4

onu capability: numDSQueues 4

onu capability: maxQueueDSPort 4

onu capability: BatteryBackup 0

1.52.62 show onu-bandwidth

This command is to display ONU uplink and downlink bandwidth in CTC

standard.

show onu-bandwidth ingress [ interface ethernet ethernet_number ]

show onu-bandwidth egress [ interface ethernet ethernet_number ]

【Parameter 】

ethernet-number:detailed port num

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU port uplink bandwidth configuration

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-bandwidth ingress interface ethernet 2/1

onu : 3/3/1

ONU port 1 bandwidth ingress is Enable

cir(ingress rate of port) 20000

cbs(depth of token bucket) 20000

ebs(the extra burst size) 123

！Display all ports downlink bandwidth configuration

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-bandwidth egress

563
 Command line configuration manual
onu : 3/3/1

ONU port 1 bandwidth egress is Disable

ONU port 2 bandwidth egress is Disable

ONU port 3 bandwidth egress is Disable

ONU port 4 bandwidth egress is Disable

ONU port 5 bandwidth egress is Disable

ONU port 6 bandwidth egress is Disable

ONU port 7 bandwidth egress is Disable

ONU port 8 bandwidth egress is Disable

1.52.63 show vlan-mode

This command is to display ONU vlan mode in CTC standard

show vlan-mode [ interface ethernet ethernet_num ]

【Parameter 】

ethernet-number: detailed port num

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display port 1 vlan mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show vlan-mode interface ethernet 2/1

onu 3/3/1 :

port ID : 1 ctc vlan mode : transparent

！Display all ports vlan mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show vlan-mode

564
 Command line configuration manual
onu 3/3/1 :

port ID : 1 ctc vlan mode : transparent

port ID : 2 ctc vlan mode : transparent

port ID : 3 ctc vlan mode : transparent

port ID : 4 ctc vlan mode : transparent

port ID : 5 ctc vlan mode : transparent

port ID : 6 ctc vlan mode : transparent

port ID : 7 ctc vlan mode : transparent

port ID : 8 ctc vlan mode : transparent

1.52.64 show onu-classification

This command is to display ONU port flow classification configuration

show onu-classification

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode/port configuration mode

【Example】

！Display flow classification configuration

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-classification

Rules 1 Precedence 1 QueMapped 2 ethernet-priority 5

Destination-port 55

Rules 2 Precedence 3 QueMapped 2 ethernet-priority 5

Destination-port 44

Rules 3 Precedence 4 QueMapped 2 ethernet-priority 5

Destination-port 88

565
 Command line configuration manual
Rules 4 Precedence 5 QueMapped 2 ethernet-priority 5

Destination-port 66

1.52.65 show onu-multicast mode

This command is to display multicast mode

show onu-multicast mode

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU multicast control mode as controllable mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-multicast mode

1.52.66 show onu-multicast tag

This command is to display multicast mode

show onu-multicast tag

【Command mode】

ONUport configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU port multicast VLAN TAG strip or not

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)# show onu-multicast tag

interface 1:tag

1.52.67 show onu-multicast fast-leave

This command is to display port fast-leave status and capacity

show onu-multicast fast-leave

566
 Command line configuration manual
【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU multicast fast-leave function

GPON(onu-3/3/1)# show onu-multicast fast-leave

GPON(onu-3/3/1 -reth-0/1)# show onu-multicast fastleave

non-fast-leave(igmp-snooping) ability:support

fast-leave(igmp-snooping) ability:support

non-fast-leave(multicast-control) ability:support

fast-leave(multicast-control) ability:support

fase-leave state disable

1.52.68 show onu-igmp-snooping vlan

This command is to display multicast vlan group and multicast group

quantit y on line at the same time.

show onu-igmp-snooping vlan

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display igmp-snooping multicast vlan group in the multicast mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1 -reth-0/1)#show onu-igmp-snooping vlan

interface 1

multicast-vlan:no vlan

group-number:255

567
 Command line configuration manual
1.52.69 show onu-multicast-ctrl local-ctrl

This command is to display privilege control table in the local controllable

mode

show onu-multicast-ctrl local-ctrl

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display local controllable multicast configuration

GPON(onu-3/3/1)# show onu-multicast-ctrl local-ctrl

Port Multicast MAC Multicast Vlan Type online

5 01:00:5e:01:01:01 5 permit N

1.52.70 show onu-multicast-ctrl

This command is to display privilege control table in the remote controllable

mode

show onu-multicast-ctrl

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display remote controllable multicast configuration

GPON(onu-3/3/1)# show onu-multicast-ctrl

the channel number at one time : 5

the live time : 300

preview time once : 180

568
 Command line configuration manual
preview interval : 300

preview times : 5

Port Multicast MAC Multicast Vlan

5 01:00:5e:01:01:01 5

1.52.71 show onu-fec

This command is to display ONU forward error correction

show onu-fec

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display fec status and capacity

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-fec

onu fec ability: supported mode:disable

1.52.72 show onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count

This command is to display ONU port MAC address limitation quantity

show onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode, display all port

ONUport configuration mode, display single port

【Example】

！Display ONU all ports MAC address limitation quantity

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count

569
 Command line configuration manual
Port limit switch Max mac address number

1 disable 0

2 disable 0

3 disable 0

4 disable 0

5 disable 0

6 disable 0

7 disable 0

！Display ONU port 3 MAC address limitation quantity

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#interface ethernet 3

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/3)#show onu-mac-address-table max-mac-count

Port limit switch Max mac address number

3 disable 0

1.52.73 show onu-mac-address-table age-time

This command is to display ONU MAC address aging time

show onu-mac-address-table age-time

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU MAC address aging time

570
 Command line configuration manual
GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-mac-address-table age-time

mac address table agingtime is 300 second!

1.52.74 show onu-queue-scheduler

This command is to display ONU queue scheduler mode and mapping

show onu-queue-scheduler

show onu-queue-scheduler cos-map

show onu-queue-scheduler cos-remap

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU queue scheduler mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1)# show onu-queue-scheduler

Queue scheduler mode: first come first serve

1.52.75 show onu-mac-address-table blackhole

This command is to display ONU MAC blackhole

show onu-mac-address-table blackhole

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU 3/3/1 blackhole items

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-mac-address-table blackhole

Show MAC blackhole table information

571
 Command line configuration manual
MAC Address VLAN ID

01:01:01:01:01:01 1

Total entries: 1 .

1.52.76 show onu-bandwidth multicast

This command is to display ONU multicast rate

show onu-bandwidth multicast

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU 3/3/1 multicast rate

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-bandwidth multicast

ONU 4/2/3 Multicast: Downstream = 1000000(kbps) Upstream =

1000000(kbps)

1.52.77 show onu-bandwidth broadcast

This command is to display ONU broadcast rate

show onu-bandwidth broadcast

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display ONU 3/3/1 broadcast rate

GPON(onu-3/3/1)# show onu-bandwidth broadcast

ONU 4/2/3 Broadcast: Downstream = 1000000(kbps) Upstream =

1000000(kbps)

572
 Command line configuration manual
1.52.78 show onu-dtag

This command is to display ONU QINQ information

show onu-dtag

show onu-dtag insert

show onu-dtag pass-througn

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

ONUport configuration mode

【Example】

！Display QINQ mode

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-dtag

Current double tag style is : flexible-qinq

Current outer-tpid is : 0x999

Ethernet 01 is a customer port

Ethernet 02 is a uplink port

Ethernet 03 is a uplink port

Ethernet 04 is a uplink port

Ethernet 16 is a uplink port

！Display port INSERT items

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#show onu-dtag insert

573
 Command line configuration manual
port inner start vlan inner end vlan outer vlan

01 3 5 6

Total entries: 1 .

！Display port PASSTHROUGH items

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#show onu-dtag pass-through

port pass through start vlan pass through end vlan

01 7 9

Total entries: 1 .

1.52.79 show onu-mac-address-table blackhole

This command is to display ONU MAC blackhole

show onu-mac-address-table blackhole

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display port INSERT items

GPON(onu-3/3/1-reth-0/1)#show onu-dtag insert

1.52.80 show onu-ip address onu

This command is to display ONU IP

show onu-ip address onu { onu-id | mac-address }

【Command mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

574
 Command line configuration manual
！Display onu 3/4/1 IP configuration

GPON(config)#show onu-ip address onu 3/4/1

ONU Mac Address Ipaddress Subnet Mask Gateway Status

3/4/1 11:22:33:44:55:66 1.1.1.22 255.255.255.0 1.1.1.1 static

1.52.81 show onu-com-session

This command is to display electricity power ONU console session

configuration parameter

show onu-com-session [ comid ]

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display onu 3/3/1 console session configuration

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-com-session

com1

com session type: udp

com session port: 9800

com session serverip:192.168.1.1

com settings baudrate:1200

com settings parity: even

com settings databits:6 bit

com settings stopbits:2 bit

com2

com session:DISABLE

575
 Command line configuration manual
com3

com session:DISABLE

com4

com session:DISABLE

1.52.82 show onu-com-statistic

This command is to display console traffic statistics

show onu-com-statistic [ comid ]

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Display onu 3/3/1 console traffic statistics

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-com-statistic

com1

com bytesrecv: 0

com bytessend:0

1.52.83 show onu-event-alarm loopback

This command is to display onu loopback alarm status

show onu-event-alarm loopback

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode,All global configuration mode

【Example】

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show onu-event-alarm loopback

576
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 31 PSG Management Configuration

Command

1.53 PSG Management Configuration Command

PSG(Protection Switching Group) configuration command includes:

 mpcp-delay-time
 admin-enable-pon
 psg creat
 psg delete
 psg switch
 admin-enable-psg
 show mpcp-delay-time
 show admin-enable-pon
 show psg
 show admin-enable-psg

1.53.1 mpcp-delay-time

This command is to configure/delete MPCP delay time of ONU registration

mpcp-delay-time slot slot_id pon pon_id time delay_time

577
 Command line configuration manual
no mpcp-delay-time slot slot_id pon pon_id

【Parameter】

slot_id:slot id

pon_id:pon port id
delay_time:delay time

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Configure PON 3 delay time in slot3

GPON(config)# mpcp-delay-time slot 3 pon 3 time 10
！Delete PON 3 delay time in slot3
GPON(config)# no mpcp-delay-time slot 3 pon 3

1.53.2 admin-enable-pon

This command is to enable/disable PON status

admin-enable-pon slot slot_id pon pon_id

no admin-enable-pon slot slot_id pon pon_id

【Parameter】

slot_id:slot id

pon_id:pon port id

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

578
 Command line configuration manual
！Enable PON 3 status in slot3
GPON(config)#admin-enable-pon slot 3 pon 3
！Disable PON 3 status in slot3

GPON(config)#no admin-enable-pon slot 3 pon 3

1.53.3 psg creat

This command is to creat PSG group

psg creat slot slot_id psg-id psg_id active-pon pon_index standby-pon

pon_index

【Parameter】

psg_id:psg id

slot_id:slot id

pon_index:pon id

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Usage】

Creat PSG, system will assign PSG id automatically in the current PSG.

Before creating PSG, disable PON status.

【Example】

！Creat PSG of master PON 1 backup PON2

GPON(config)#psg creat slot 3 active-pon 1 standby-pon 2

1.53.4 psg delete

This command is to delete PSG group

psg delete slot slot_id psg-id psg_id

579
 Command line configuration manual
【Parameter】

slot_id:slot id

psg_id:psg id

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Delete PSG group

GPON(config)#psg delete slot 3 psg-id 1

1.53.5 psg switch

This command is to shift master/backup PON in PSG manually

psg switch slot slot_id psg-id psg_id

【Parameter】

slot_id:slot id,the range is 2--5

psg_id:psg id,the range is 1--2

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Shift master/backup PON in PSG 1

GPON(config)#psg switch slot 3 psg-id 1

1.53.6 admin-enable-psg

This command is to enable/disable PSG group

admin-enable-psg slot slot_id psg-id psg_id

580
 Command line configuration manual
no admin-enable-psg slot slot_id psg-id psg_id

【Parameter】

slot_id:slot id

psg_id:psg id

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Enable PSG group 1

GPON(config)#admin-enable-psg slot 3 psg-id 1

！Disable PSG group 1

GPON(config)#no admin-enable-psg slot 3 psg-id 1

1.53.7 show mpcp-delay-time

This command is to display MPCP echo delay time in ONU registration

show mpcp-delay-time slot slot_id pon pon_id

【Parameter】

slot_id:slot id

pon_id:pon id

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Display PON 3 echo delay time in slot3

GPON(config)#show mpcp-delay-time slot 3 pon 3

581
 Command line configuration manual
Port limit delay delay time

pon 3/3: disable 10

1.53.8 show admin-enable-pon

This command is to display PON

show admin-enable-pon slot slot_id

【Parameter】

slot_id:slot id

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！display PON in slot 3

GPON(config)#show admin-enable-pon slot 3

PON port administrative status

pon 3/1: admin-up

pon 3/2: admin-up

pon 3/3: admin-down

pon 3/4: admin-up

1.53.9 show psg

This command is to display PSG group

show psg slot slot_id

【Parameter】

slot_id:slot id,the range is 2--5

582
 Command line configuration manual
【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Display PSG 1

GPON(config)#show psg slot 3

PSG ID active pon standby pon administrative status

psg-3/1 pon-3/1 pon-3/2 admin-down

1.53.10 show admin-enable-psg

This command is to display PSG group enable

show admin-enable-psg slot slot_id [ psg-id psg_id ]

【Parameter】

slot_id:slot id

psg_id:psg id

【Command mode】

All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Display PSG group enable

GPON(config)#show admin-enable-psg slot 3 psg-id 1

PSG port administrative status

psg 3/1: admin-up

583
 Command line configuration manual

Chapter 32 Controllable Multicast Profile

Managmenet Commands

1.54 Controllable multicast profile management commands

Controllable multicast profile management commands includs:

 multicast-ctrl profile
 multicast-ctrl
 show multicast-ctrl profile
 enable/disable multicast-ctrl profile
 onu-multicast-ctrl profile-binding

1.54.1 multicast-ctrl profile

This command is to creat/delete controllable multicast profile

multicast-ctrl profile profile_id

no multicast-ctrl profile profile_id

【Parameter】

profile_id:controllable profile number,the range is 1－32

【Command mode】

584
 Command line configuration manual
All global configuration mode

【Example】

！Creat controllable multicast profile 1

GPON(config)# multicast-ctrl profile 1

！Delete controllable multicast profile 1

GPON(config)# no multicast-ctrl profile 1

1.54.2 multicast-ctrl

This command is to add/delete controllable multicast profile privilege control

table

multicast-ctrl { permit | preview } { H:H:H:H:H:H vlan_id }

no multicast-ctrl { H:H:H:H:H:H | vlan_id }

【Parameter】

H:H:H:H:H:H: means MAC address

vlan_id:means VLAN id,the range is 1－4094

【Command mode】

Profile mode

【Example】

！Configure controllable multicast profile privilege:

GPON(multicast-profile-1)#multicast-ctrl permit 01:00:5e:01:02:03 2

！Delete controllable multicast profile privilege:

GPON(multicast-profile-1)#no multicast-ctrl 01:00:5e:01:02:03

1.54.3 show multicast-ctrl profile

585
 Command line configuration manual
This command is to display controllable multicast profile privilege control
table

show multicast-ctrl profile profile_id

【Parameter】

profile_id:controllable multicast profile id,the range is 1－32

【Command mode】

Any configuration mode

【Example】

！Display controllable multicast profile 1 privilege control table

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#show multicast-ctrl profile 1

1.54.4 enable multicast-ctrl profile

This command is to enable controllable multicast profile privilege control

table

enable multicast-ctrl profile profile_id

【Parameter】

profile_id:controllable multicast profile id,the range is 1－32

【Command mode】

Profile mode

【Example】

！Enable controllable multicast profile 1:

GPON(multicast-profile-1)#enable multicast-ctrl profile 1

1.54.5 onu-multicast-ctrl profile-binding

586
 Command line configuration manual
This command is to bind/delete onu and controllable multicast profile
privilege control table

onu-multicast-ctrl profile-binding profile_id port_id

no onu-multicast-ctrl profile-binding profile_id port_id

【Parameter】

profile_id:controllable multicast profile id,the range is 1－32

port_id:onu port id

【Command mode】

ONU configuration mode

【Example】

！Bind onu3/3/1 controllable multicast profile 1 privilege control table:

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#onu-multicast-ctrl profile-binding 1 0/2

！Delete onu3/3/1 controllable multicast profile 1 privilege control table:

GPON(onu-3/3/1)#no onu-multicast-ctrl profile-binding 1 0/2

587